en 
ate 


oy 
2 

~ 

on 


hat 


ee) 
ae 


ce 


as 


yee 


33 


parr 


SCY he 

Wear ole 

70 A 

‘ SL 

AUB TAN * 
EA Bee ED baNS 
PNVeay 4 
RESTS 


vt 
¢ 


beet 
Nae 


bt ky 
i} 


“a 


RN A 
YY he ake 
A) a) UK 
wi t 
SUELO SS TEL INS) 
is Oy AN * Vive 


‘ 
oh 
v.N 


ay 4) 
SENDA 
WNNAS 

o\ 


y 
\ 


Vee’ tit? 
N : 
iS Maka 21s 

Notes }rAN} 


PeERIERS 
DMCA 


t 


\ AY ss 


Hao 
aa 
Aye 


seen 
es 


antes 


aie 


HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 


LIBRARY 


OF THE 


= 


MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 


ee 
bechansge 


Noay $0, 18%8. 


F] 


eo 
ty a ee 
ft 4 


— 1s 
7 rransacrions ano PRocezomvas * 


| (— < 
m REPORT 
ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 


AY A SS Fae Mar Bs a Fel Bg. 


(For 1885-6.) 


“Avelaide : 


G. ROBERTSON, 103, KING WILLIAM STREET. 
1887. 


Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- 
| tralia, from Europe and America, should be addressed ‘** per 
W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk 
y Street, Cheapside, London.”’ | 


o> E—~e 


Webb, Vardon, & Pritchard, Printers, Gresham Street, Adelaide. 4 


poe tea 


i * “a :- 4 
ae, ee ee, : ah ernst teer Ancetvnene, alindtth (Partch nie pense wals : bptiapemnicee 4 pn ee ‘= » Sopp Oe se a 
ee ; - . 5 - 4. : he ae r, 

‘< = > = , : * r , z : 


Se ee Sy NF Bae Bone Lintner hy ae aan nmel tne 


TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS 


AND 


KR, Eee ©) KR 1 


OF THE 


ROYAL SOGIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 


eee Se. 


(For 1885-6.) 


Adelaide : 


G. ROBERTSON, 103, KING WILLIAM STREET. 


1887. 


Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- 
tralia, from Europe and America, should be addressed ‘*per 
W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk 
Street, Cheapside, London.”’ 


* Bopal Society of South Australia, 


—es\K Fe— 


DALron : 
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. 


Bice-Datron : 
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR WILLIAM ROBINSON, K.C.M.G., C.B., &e. 


Orbe i @on hS. 


[Elected October 5, 1886.] 


resident : 
PROFESSOR RENNIE, D.Sc., F.C.S. 


Gite-Dresidents : 


WALTER HOWCHIN, Esgq., F.G.S. (Editor). 
RICHARD L. MESTAYER, Esgq., C.E. 


Hon, Creasurer : 


Hon, Seeretarp: 
WALTER RUTT, Eso., C.E. 


|W. L. CLELAND, Ese., M.B. 


Other Members of Council: 

H. T. WHITTELL, Esq., M.D. 
(Re-presentative Governor) 
C. TODD, Esa., C.M.G., M.A. 


D. B. ADAMSON, Esa. 
J. W. BUSSELL, Esa. 


PROFESSOR BRAGG, B.A. 
J. DAVIES THOMAS, Esoq., M.D. 


Assistant Secretary: 
MR. A. MOLINEUX. 


CONTENTS. 
Si 


W. Ernest Cooxe: A Few Notes on Jupiter (plate i.) .. oe er od 
Pror. E. H. Rennie: Poisoning by Tinned Foods ws = ey. 510 


J. G. O. Tepper: Notes on Some South Australian Trogide and a 
New Species of 7ror.. oe te Vee 56 55 Seok 2 


J. G. O. Tepper: Notes on Ogyris Amaryllis, Newm. .. ar ja LS 


G. GoypER, Jun.: On the Production and Measurement of Gold and 
other Metallic Spheres to determine their Weight .. a rape |i 


R. B. Lucas: On the British Standards (plates vii.-xiii.) = aie LS 


Gavin Scounar: Sketch of the Geology of the Southern and Western 
Parts of the Lake Eyre Basin (plate iii.) ee ps Al Srucioe 


Baron F. VON Mveuier: Additions to the Extra-Tropical Flora of 
South Australia .. se i “8 ae ae, fe cia oe 


Baron F. von Muewuer: Description of a New Corchorus from Central 
Australia .. 2c =e = ae a on os Bi) ds) 


Pror. R. Tate: Diagnosis of a New Species of Caladenia (plate ii.) .. 60 


Pror. R. Tate: Description of some New Species of South Australian 
Marine and Fresh Water Mollusca (plates iv.-v.) oe e ty iy 


Pror. R. Tate: A Revision of the Recent Lamellibranch and Pallio- 
branch Mollusca of South Australia .. ae we ve ace LG 


J. G. O. TEPPER: re of a Buepeeet New Species of Phasmidz 
(plate vi.) . . os es a ee Be LY 


J. G. O. Tepper: Additions to the Flora of Kangaroo Island .. co LIZ 


Joun Brazier: Troghide and other Genera of South Australia, with 
their Synonyms, Part I... Se a te ais on el 


E. Gusst: A Classified List of Geometrina found round Balhannah, 
with Notes on Species .. os se oe ae ais see 20 


Pror. R. Tare: The Lamellibranchs of the Older Tertiary of Australia, 
Part II. (plates xiv.-xx.) .. ae Ae oe oe ar olny LEX 


Pror. R. Tate: The pore as of the Older sae of Australia 
(plate xx.) .. a - : : ee : ae Be 


Pror. R. Tate: The. es of the Older Tertiary of Australia 
(plate xx.) .. Ar be Sc as aie as ce sreeh Oe 


CLEMENT L. Wracae: Scientific Observations made during the Voyage 
of the Maranoa from London to Adelaide, 1883 (plates xxi.-xxvi.).. 201 


iv. 


MISCELLANEA. 
Plants Collected in the vicinity of the Mulligan River by Mr. W. H. 
Cornish—Baron F. von Mueller.. ok a +5 ar -. 213 


Additional Lichens and Fungi of South Australia—J. G. O. Tepper .. 215 
Excerpts from Baron von Mueller’s Third and Fourth ‘“ Supplements ” 216 
Additions to the Entomological Fauna of South Australia—E. Meyrick. 218 
New Australian Freshwater Entomostraca .. ae a es oo ae 


Remarks on an Unusual Development of a Low Vegetable Organism— 
W. Howchin ae ste ie a #3 ss ae: co ome 


Abstract of Proceedings Bre BS ae oa Se ue oe ow 

Annual Report .. - oe oe ar oe ie 55 o. 225 

President’s Address .. se ote =: ae ne 5: .. 228 

Balance-sheet .. oh a5 se aie ae ae oe .. 247 

Donations to the Library oe os Se aie a6 Hip .. 248 

List of Fellows, Members, &c. oi oie ee a fee ~. 254 
APPENDIX. 


PRocEEDINGS oF Fre~p NaTURALISTS’ SECTION— 


Excursrons—Rocky Gully—Montacute—Waterfall Gully—Onkapa- 
ringa—Mount Lofty—Aldgate—Glen Stuart—Fletcher’s Dock 
—Trawling in St. Vincent Gulf—Marino to Hallett’s Cove— 
Patawalonga Creek—Glen Stuart—Government Farm—Golden 
Grove—Blackhill—Highbury and the Gerge .. oe 257-280 


EvENING MEETINGS— 
Gossip Meetings oa ae es 280-282 
Lectures—Chairman’s (Dr. Cleland) frre: ; J. G. O. Tepper, 
‘¢ Metamorphosis of Insects;” Walter Howchin, ‘‘The 
Preparation of Microzoa;” Dr. Stirling, ‘‘ The Borderland 
of the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms; W. T. Bednall, 
‘‘Bivalve Shells” Be Ss a -- 283-290 
Annual Meeting and President’s De. Cleland) Address oo JUL 
List of Members .. oe aa ay os Bie se oe 298 


MicroscoPicaL SECTION aie mgs oe Ze ae fs. oo OUL 


A FEw NOTES ON JUPITER. 
By W. Ernest Cooxe, B.A., Assistant Astronomer. 
[Read February 2, 1886.] 


Prate I. 


The phenomena revealed in the Jovian system are as remark- 
able as they are obscure, and evidently denote the existence of 
forces in an intensity of manifestation utterly unknown in this 
world at the present time. The condition of Jupiter’s surface 
is a subject for interesting speculation. We cannot possibly 
say with certainty what that condition may be, but have reasons 
for believing that some of the whiter portions, at all events, 
consist of a semi-transparent vaporous substance. Mr. Todd, 
our Government Astronomer, was the first to point out this 
peculiar semi-transparent property ; for on one occasion, when 
watching an occultation disappearance, he distinctly saw the 
satellite through the planet’s limb, and could still see it when 
its light must have pierced through more than a thousand miles 
of the surface matter of the planet. This was confirmed 
by subsequent observation and after the fact had becn 
pointed out several other astronomers, including Mr. Ellery, 
of Melbourne, observed the same effect. I have witnessed 
this phenomenon on several occasions during the past two or 
three years, when the definition of the limb has been so re- 
markably sharp as to utterly preclude any idea of optical illu- 
sion. Ths whole of the planet’s surface, however, is not white, 
but there are well-marked dark belts, which seem to keep their 
shape more or less the same for a number of years, and dark 
and bright spots that disappear and reappear in a remarkable 
manner, some apparently suddenly, but most, I think, gradu- 
ally. The principal belts (all of which are almost parallel to 
the equator) aretwo dark ones about five to ten degrees on either 
side of the equator, and inclosing a broad equatorial light 
band, with many interesting markings. [Besides these there are 
occasionally visible narrow belts in the northern and southern 
temperate and polar regions. The two principal ones seem to 
have kept their position ever since systematic observations 
have been taken, but they are noticed to be constantly changing 
in points of detail. The light equatorial band seems to be the 
centre of the most intense forces, for the markings here are 
constantly changing. I think it would be difficult in any series 
of sketches to find the same detail twice on this part of the 
planet. The general appearance remains fairly steady for some 


2 


length of time. During almost all of its last apparition the 
general appearance was that of a series of beautiful festoons, 
sometimes depending from the northern dark belt, but usually 
throwing out pillars to the southern and more conspicuous of 
the two. The interior of these festoons was generally beauti- 
fully white by contrast with the darker matter forming their 
substance, and sometimes, under not very favourable atmos- 
pheric conditions, would appear like brilliant white spots. I 
think it is quite possible that this has given rise to a degree of 
confusion with some astronomers in the northern hemisphere 
in respect to this part of Jupiter’s surface, which will be re- 
ferred to presently. Underneath a remarkable hollow in the 
south dark belt is the most striking feature on the whole planet 
—the great red spot. Spot is hardly an appropriate name for 
a space in which the whole of Australia would be lost, but it 
is the name that happens to be attached thereto. It is just 
possible that this spot was observed by Cassini in 1665 ; at all 
events, a famous spot was observed in that year by this illus- 
trious astronomer. The next notice of it is in 1792, when 
Schroeter was observing an occultation of the planet by the 
moon on April 7. The most remarkable phenomena noticed were 
two nebulous undefined spots, perceptibly darker than the 
principal belt; and a still more remarkable spot is represented 
by Schroeter in the southern hemisphere of the planet, circular, 
bright in the centre, and with a dusky shading all round. A 
similar spot was also observed in 1786 and 1787. In 1868 Mr. 
Denning records on the south belt a dark snot of elliptical 
form. This may have been the precursor of the great southern 
ellipse first observed by Mr. Gledhill on November 14, 1869. 
This ellipse was situated in about the same latitude as the 
great red spot at present is, and is very likely the same object. 
In fact, a sketch made on January 23, 1870, reveals a most 
striking similarity to the present appearance of the planet in 
almost every respect. The first certain record we have of the 
appearance of the great red spot is from some observations 
made at the Morrison Observatory by Professor C. W. Pritchett 
in July, 1878. He says:—“On July 9 Jupiter was again 
examined from 11h. to 12h. 5m., Gl. M. T. I was surprised at 
the extraordinary changes which had occurred both in the spots 
themselves and in the contiguous parts of the belts. Two spots 
still showed, but much enlarged, and with irregular outlines. 
Their position, however, was very different from the position 
noted on July 6. The place of one was a little west of the 
most easterly one seen on July 6, and near the inner edge of 
the northern equatorial belt; but the other had changed to the 
south side of the southern equatorial belt, and far eastward, and 
seemed to be rapidly breaking up. What was more remarkable 


3 


was a total change of the whole structure of the belts in that 
vicinity and the formation of an elliptic cloud-like mass, 
separate from the general contour of the belts. This cloud 
was almost a perfect oval in shape, and was pre-eminently 
rose-tinted. But the most remarkable phase of all was the 
vapid proper motion of this ‘elliptical cloud.’ I watched it for 
nearly an hour, and in that time its front moved on the disc of 
the planet about one-fourth of the planet’s diameter. It passed 
by the most easterly of the spots, and its front had reached to 
the most westerly spot, and was passing it at 12h. 5m., GL.M.T.” 
These remarks of Professor Pritchett were not written until 
November, 1878, and meanwhile other observers had noticed 
this spot. Mr. F.C. Dennett first saw it on July 27, and 
makes the following remarks ve its proper motion :—‘‘ Between 
July 27, 138, and November 11, 5.5, the longitude of its 
preceding extremity seems to have increased some 24°, which 
means a proper motion eastward of more than 230 miles per 
day. But that isnot all. At 6h. 5m., October 25, the oval 
patch was well elevated in the south temperate zone, whilst on 
November 11, 5.5, it had seemingly ‘pushed’ the equatorial 
belt some 8,000 miles nearer the equator.’ The next that seems 
to have been heard about this spot was from a letter written 
to the “Observatory” of April 1, 1879, by Mr. E. Leopold 
Trouvelot, of Cambridge, U.S.A., dated January 20, 1879. He 
observed it for the first time on September 25, 1878, at 6.30, 
C.M.T., and in his letter draws attention to the fact that it is 
apparently periodic in its visibility. He thinks, however, that 
this may not have been the identical spot seen on July 9 by 
Professor Pritchett, although it occupied almost exactly the 
same position ; for Professor Pritchets failed to see it on July 
10 and 15, when it should have been visible if it existed; and 
Mr. Trouvelot also failed to see the spot on September 6, 10, 15, 
20, and 22, when Jupiter presented the same region to the ob- 
server. (We must not forget, though, that Mr. Dennett ob- 
served the spot on July 27.) Mr. Trouvelot further says:— 
“Between September 19 and 20 considerable changes occurred 
in the markings of the planet, the southern border of the 
equatorial belt assuming at one point a very characteristic 
angular form, which on the 25th was recognised on the west of 
the red spot, and quite close to it. If the red spot had existed 
on the 20th it is impossible that it should have escaped 
notice, as the atmospheric condition was very fine on that 
night, and a good drawing of Jupiter was obtained. lt seems 
certain, therefore, that this spot formed between the 22nd and 
25th of September, as it was not seen on the 22nd at 7h., 
C.M.T. It is very remarkable that this spot appeared precisely 
at the same place, or, at least, very nearly so, where a similar 


4: 


object had been observed over two months before. The recur- 
rence of some of the markings on Jupiter at the same places 
where similar forms had already been observed previously, 
although quite a rare phenomenon, is not, however, without 
precedent, as appears from my observations of this planet. For 
instance, the angular marking on the southern border of the 
equatorial belt described above, and near which the red spot 
made its appearance, very strikingly illustrates the principle of 
recurrences, since this spot, so familiar to me, has disappeared 
and reappeared three times in a period of observation embrac- 
ing a little over one year.” There seems to be something 
curious about this remark, for this particular marking is now 
visible, and has been ever since the appearance of the red spot. 
It is true that the angularity is now on the eastern side of the 
red spot, but this is attributable to a very gradual change, oc- 
curring as described below, and is due neither to a motion 
westwards of the red spot, nor to a sudden alteration of the 
belt. A similar angularity was noticed on the eastern side of 
the spot shortly after Mr. Trouvelot made his remarks, and it 
looked then as if the great red spot was simply an oval patch 
of the southern dark belt that had got separated and moved 
southwards, a huge bight being formed in the belt immediately 
north of the spot, of which the two angular formations pre- 
viously noticed formed the edges. After a time a white streak 
was noticed almost all along the middle of the southern dark 
belt, and this gradually spread over that portion of the belt 
immediately west of the spot, until now the dark belt at this 
part of the planet is reduced almost to two streaks, the nor- 
thern (corresponding to the north edge of the remainder of 
the belt) being very dark, and the southern so faint as to be 
almost invisible unless the definition 1s good. 

Then, with regard to the periods of visibility of the red 
spot. In August, 1879, Professor Pritchett, in referring to 
Mr. Trouvelot’s remarks, gives several dates on which the red 
spot ought to have been seen if is were visible, but mentions 
that, although he looked carefully for it, he was unable to seea 
sign of it. These dates are 1878, July 10, August 15, 31, Sep- 
tember 10, 20, 22, October 2, and November 2. Added to these 
we have the days when Mr. Trouvelot looked for and failed to 
see it, viz., September 6, 10, 15, 20,22. But, on the other 
hand, Mr. Dennett observed it on July 27, and at the Adelaide 
Observatory it was first noticed on August 4, and was again 
seen on the 9th and 18th of the same month. Professor - 
Pritchett goes on to say :—‘ I find by numerous trials that this 
spot is plainly visible in my telescope with a power of 275 for 
more than two hours before and after passing the middle point 
of its visible arc of rotation. Here, then, are at least eight 


DS 


different occasions on which I have observed Jupiter closely 
when this spot should have been seen. In several of them it 
should have been near the middle of the disc. Even considering 
its longitude 240 deg. (as Mr. Dennett has done), it could not 
possibly have passed out of sight by axial rotation. I cannot 
think it could be present and escape my attention, unless its 
character had wholly changed; for anyone who sees it now 
and as it was on July 9, 1878, a year ago, will at once detect it 
on any part of the disc. For instance, on the morning of July 
2, 1879, as soon as my eye glanced on the disc I recognised _ it, 
though seen very obliquely to the line of sight and seen unex- 
pectedly after the lapse of a year. Now, whether this spot has 
periods of ‘recurrence,’ as Mr. Trouvelot suggests, or whether 
at certain times it has a very rapid proper motion on the sur- 
face of the planet I cannot pretend to determine. On July 9 
of last year I saw it extend beyond a white spot north of it, 
but which was in motion is unknown. . . . It is important, 
I think, to remember that both preceding and following the 
observation of July 9 the belt region was in a state of unusual 
agitation.” J think that, taking into consideration Mr. Den- 
nett’s observation of July 27 and our own on August 4, 9, and 
13, we may safely assert that the red spot was viszble from July 
9 (the first record we have of its appearance), until August 13. 
Then the question naturally arises, ‘ Did this spot suddenly dis- 
appear between August 13 and 15, on which latter date Pro- 
fessor Pritchett failed to see it, although it should have been 
plainly visible?” If so, it is a most extraordinary occurrence, 
especially considering its enormous size. Then, as to the other 
hypothesis, ‘ Could it have had an enormous proper motion at 
that time?” Of course it must be borne in mind that at pre- 
sent it is impossible to ascribe a proper motion to any spot on 
Jupiter, for astronomers have not yet satisfactorily settled 
which particular spots belong to the planet itself, and which 
are moving on its surface, and hence are unable to fix a period 
of revolution. But still it may be interesting here just to 
compare two notes, one by Professor Pritchett, already quoted, 
where he remarks on the motion of the red spot past two white 
spots in its vicinity, and the other made by Mr. Todd on the 
night of August 13, 10h. :—‘‘ The oval red space on the southern 
bright belt, noted on the 4th, still visible, but not the bright 
spot on the equatorial cloud belt, but a bright spot very lke 
it precedes it several Jovian hours—being near the western 
edge of the planet, when the red space was rather more than 
half visible on the opposite or eastern side of the planet.” 

At present the red spot looks very similar to what it did in 
1878 and 1879, although not quite so dark. Its immediate 
surroundings, however, have altered to a certain extent. If 


6 


we were to compare the drawing of Jupiter made on July 9, 
1878, by Professor Pritchett with one made by ourselves at the 
present time, it would be difficult to imagine that it was one 
and the same object. But I cannot help thinking that the 
drawing published in the Observatory scarcely does justice to 
the subject. The drawing shows scarcely any sign of Jupiter’s 
two. well-known dark belts on either side of the equator, 
although Professor Pritchett makes constant reference to them. 
However, from our own remarks made about July, 1878, it is 
evident that there has been no enormous change in Jupiter’s 
physical appearance. The most noteworthy alterations in the 
immediate neighbourhood of the red spot have been, first, the 
formation of that angularity in the southern dark belt imme- 
diately west of the spot, then the formation of an indentation 
in the south edge of the belt, and lastly, the evident super- 
position of that white cloud streak along the portion of the 
belt west of the spot, which has gradually widened until the 
belt is now reduced to a mere streak. In 1883 and 1884, how- 
ever, the red spot became very faint indeed, and when the 
definition was unsteady could not be seen at all, even when at 
mid-transit. During periods of good definition we could just 
faintly glimpse it, but on most occasions we could only see its 
northern edge, which merged into a faint coloured streak a 
little south of the dark belt. The Director of the Dearborn 
Observatory (Mr. G. W. Hough) seems to have observed this 
spot all through 1883 and 1884. In his annual report for 1884 
he says :—‘‘ It was seen on various occasions, with the Chicago 
telescope, entirely separate and distinct from any belt, and 
presenting the same outline that it did in 1879. The most 
marked change has been in its visibility. During the latter 
portion of the previous opposition it became very faint, and 
was announced to have disappeared, but observations were 
made on it at the Dearborn Observatory as long as the planet 
was visible.” 

The period of Jupiter’s rotation has for a long time been, 
and is now, a guestio verata among astronomers. As early as 
Cassini’s time the period was fixed at 9h. 55m. 30s., and ever 
since then various observers have deduced periods ranging from 
9h. 55m. to 9h. 56m. Most of these have been obtained from 
well-defined dark markings, situated on or to the polar side of 
the two principal dark belts. 

In 1871, however, Dr. Lohse took some observations of a 
bright spot near Jupiter’s equator, and found the period of 
rotation of this spot to be less than 9h. 52m. In the “ Ephemeris 
for the Physical Observations of Jupiter,’ Mr. Marth has 
until quite recently adopted 9h. 55m. 4s.; but in the 
Supplement to the monthly notices of the “R.A.S.,” vol. 


7 


44, he has changed his period to 9h. 50m. 20s., this being 
the rate of rotation of a certain white spot in the equa- 
torial regions. This seems to be a great mistake, for if 
it has always been the same white spot observed, it is far 
more reasonable to suppose that this spot has an enormous 
proper motion (something like 2,000 miles per day) westward, 
than to imagine that this spot has remained in the same place 
while all the other markings have been moying simultaneously 
eastward at this pace. The Director of the Dearborn Obser- 
vatory seems to have devoted a considerable amount of atten- 
tion to the rotation period of the red spot, and he obtains a 
mean for 1883-4 of 9h. 55m. 38°5s., or a mean for five years 
(1879-84) of 9h. 55m. 37'01ls. There is one great disadvantage 
in taking “white spots,” viz., that on the equatorial belt there 
are such a number of them, often coming and going on the 
same evening with the variability of definition. But the red 
spot cannot be mistaken, and it has always kept its position 
immediately south of the great hollow in the southern dark 
belt. Last year there were three beautiful little dark spots on 
the south edge of the southern dark belt, and these kept their 
positions relative to the red spot approximately ever since they 
were first observed here on February 19, 1885. They were 
situated a little east of the red spot, and could all be seen on 
the planet at the same time. The most eastern was just like the 
shadow of one of the satellites, quite black and round; the 
centre one not nearly so dark as either of the others, and elon- 
gated ; the most westerly was of an elongated oval shape, and 
of a very dark red colour. No very accurate measures were 
taken, but a sufficient number of sketches were made to give a 
tolerably exact period of revolution, and the central spot gives 
for 77 revolutions 9h. 56m. 7s. In a similar manner the red 
spot from 70 revolutions gives 9h. 55m. 34s. On March 18, 
1885, we discovered a round dusky spot on the equatorial light 
belt, just below the northern dark belt; this passed the central 
meridian at 11.41 a.m. It was observed on several occasions 
since, and again, after twelve Jovian days, passed the central 
meridian on March 23 at 9.47a.m. This givesa rotation period 
of 9h. 50m. 30s., almost identical with that adopted by Mr. 
Marth in his “ Ephemeris.” I think there can be no doubt, 
however, that this is not a fair rotation period to assume, for by 
far the majority of the markings rotate in periods varying from 
9h. 55m. to 9h. 56m., keeping their positions relative to one 
another at all events approximately. It is certainly curious 
that the white spot of Mr. Marth and our own little dusky 
spot should give so nearly equal a result, but from an inspec- 
tion of our sketches it is easily seen that the dusky spot has a 
large proper motion westward relative to its environment. 


8 


There is, for instance, a well-defined break or hollow in the 
northern dark belt, which at first preceded the spot by some 
20m., but which, on the 23rd, was considerably to the east of 
the spot. It is a noticeable fact that both the white spots and 
this dusky spot are on the light equatorial belt, and there are 
also one or two fainter markings on this belt that seem to keep 
their position relative to the dusky spot. It thus appears that 
the surface on the equatorial bright belt moves round faster, at 
the rate of about 2,000 miles per Jovian day, than the portions 
connected with the darker belts to the north and south of the 
equator. This extremeiy interesting hypothesis has been often 
previously stated. 

It will be well in conclusion to take a rapid glance at the 
general physical appearance of Jupiter’s surface at the present 
time. All round the north pole, extending to about latitude 
45°, isa dark grey shading, which seems to defy the resolving 
power of even the largest and best telescopes. At times, with 
an unusually good definition, it presents a streaky appearance, 
and seems to consist of innumerable very fine lines parallel to 
the equator. South of the shading to about latitude 10° to 15° 
N. the planet’s surface is of a white or very faint yellowish 
colour, broken by two dark bands encircling the planet in 
about latitude 23° and 25°. At 10° or 15° N. is the northern 
edge of the north dark belt. This is by far the most irregular 
belt or band on the planet. It is roughly parallel to the 
equator—as, in fact, are all the belts—but on either edge are 
protuberances, hollows, knots, breaks, &c., while the interior is 
constantly exhibiting white patches or streaks, looking like 
masses of white cloud. The northern edge is usually well 
defined, but the southern gradually merges into the equatorial 
bright belt. This belt is, perhaps, the most beautiful portion 
of the planet. Its general appearance, without critical 
examination, is that of a light reddish band round the centre 
of the planet, darker on the north than on the south side, and 
with a number of white-looking patches, somewhat like a bank 
of cumulus cloud resting on the dark belt bounding its southern 
extremity. On more careful examination it will be noticed 
that there are a series of festoons, some regular, but for the 
most part of a somewhat irregular formation, the tops of the 
arches making a wavy line along the equator; while the pillars 
of the festoons extend downwards to the south dark belt, 
which very often forms a protuberance to meet them. It is 
very likely, I think, that the white patches inside of these fes- 
toons, which are constantly changing, have given rise to the 
irregular rotation periods that have been quite recently deduced 
for Jupiter’s equatorial regions; and the most interesting 
questions for the present Jovian season will centre in the 


9 


permanence of any particularly white spot or patch, and its 
movement, if any, relative to the great red spot. 


EXPLANATION OF Puate I. 


Fig. I. represents Jupiter’s surface on 1870, Jan. 23, 8.20G.M.T. This 
is copied from a sketch made by Mr. Joseph Gledhill, and published in 
Vol. III. of ‘“‘ The Observatory.” 


Fig. II. represents Jupiter’s surface on 1884, April 21, 5.51 A.M.T. The 
definition was excellent. The portion of the broad dark belt west of the 
great hollow was of a deep reddish colour. The curved shading just below 
the hollow was all that could be seen of the Great Red Spot. The northern 
dark belt was considerably split up, and at one place, near the preceding 
limb was a dusky black spot. Power used 200. 


Fig. III. represents Jupiter’s surface on 1885, Feb. 19, 9.45 A.M.T. The 
definition was excellent. The most striking features were three dark mark- 
ings on the southern edge of the broad dark belt. The most western was 
elongated, and the most eastern quite round, like the shadow of a satellite; 
the central marking was not so distinct as either of the others though near 
mid-transit. Two other dark markings were noticeable, one on the northern 
side of each of the principal belts. Power used 200. 


Fig. IV. represents Jupiter’s surface on 1885, Feb. 21, 10.16 A.M.T. The 
definition was not very good, except at times. The Red Spot was just going 
round the preceding limb, but was plainly visible. The dark marking on 
the south dark belt is the same as the preceding one of the three in the 
previous sketch. Equatorial light band seemed to consist of a series of 
festoons. Power used 200. 

Fig. V. represents Jupiter’s surface on 1885, March 18, 11.17 A.M.T. De- 
finition fair. Most noticeable feature, dusky spot on the equatorial belt, as 
shown. Power used 200. 

Fig. VI. represents Jupiter’s surface on 1886, Jan. 22, 13.20 A.M.T. De- 
finition very good. The Great Red Spot is just going off. The most notice- 
able feature is the manner in which the south dark belt becomes suddenly 
fainter to the east of mid-transit. Power used 200. 

Note.—All sketches, except the first, were taken with an 8 inch refractor ; 
focal length, 9ft. 1lin. 


10 


POISONING BY TINNED FOODS. 


By E. H. Renniz, M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Chemistry in the 
University of Adelaide. 


[Read April 6, 1886.] 


In December, 1885, a family at Tanunda, S.A., who had par- 
taken of some tinned fish (Machonochie’s fresh herrings) were 
seized with violent symptoms indicative of an irritant poison. 
The portion of the fish which remained uneaten was forwarded 
to me by the President of the Central Board of Health for 
examination. Analysis revealed the presence of considerable 
quantities of tin—about 0°25 grain oxide of tin to a tablespoon- 
ful of fish—and traces of lead, the interior of the tin being 
much corroded. Under an impression, which seems to be a 
general one, that tin saits are poisonous, I gave the opinion 
that in the case referred to the symptoms were due to the 
presence of these compounds in the fish. 

A very similar case occurred about the same time at. Mur- 
rurundi, N.S.W., the symptoms having been caused by eating 
tinned fish of the same brand; but Dr. Ashburton Thompson 
(Medical Inspector under the Board of Health, Sydney) in- 
formed me that in this case there were some symptoms which 
could not be referred to an irritant metallic poison alone, and 
he at the same time expressed himself as more inclined to be- 
lieve that all these cases were referable to animal poisoning. 
He at the same time pointed out that were they due to poison- 
ing by tin compounds illness of the same kind would probably 
be much more frequent, the presence of tin in larger or smaller 
quantities having been so frequently recognised. 

Since then my attention has been called to a paper published 
in a German periodical devoted to physiology (reference un- 
fortunately lost), and to an abstract (Lancet, 1886, p. 455) of 
a paper by Dr. Patenko. In the former paper an account is 
given of experiments with two soluble tin compounds, viz., 
tin triethyl and the double tartrate of tin and sodium, on 
various animals, and it is shown that while the subcutaneous 
injection of these compounds gives rise to very serious symptoms, 
the administration of large doses by the mouth day after day 
produces little or no effect. In the latter paper an account is 
given of similar experiments with ‘“‘bichloride of tin,” with 
similar results. 

These facts, coupled with recent investigations on the for- 


a al 


mation of poisonous cadaveric alkaloids, or ptomaines, in putri- 
fying animal and vegetable matter, lend considerable 
probability to the animal poison theory. In connection 
with this it may be mentioned that a member of the firm above 
referred to has stated—whether on sufficient grounds or not I 
cannot say—that all these cases of poisoning have occurred in 
the summer time, and when the fish has been eaten after the 
tins have remained open for some time. 

It must be borne in mind, on the other hand, that the fish 
could not have been in such a state of putrefaction as has been 
usually considered necessary for the formation of ptomaines, 
otherwise it would have been quite unpalatable; and, moreover, 
I have been informed of cases of poisoning atter partaking of 
tinned fruits—e.g., pineapples (in which much tin was found), 
and in which, much sugar being present, it is difficult to under- 
stand how putrefaction could have advanced to such an extent 
as to produce the effects observed, without rendering the fruit 
quite uneatable. ~ 

There is still another suggestion as to the cause of these 
symptoms, viz., the presence of living poisonous matter, which 
has found in the foods referred to a suitable medium in which 
to grow and multiply. And here I may quote a case, an ac- 
count of which was communicated to me quite recently by Mr. 
Hamlet, Assistant Government Analyst in Sydney, N.S.W. 
Some persons who had partaken of a tin of black currant jam 
were seized with symptoms of poisoning. A chemical exami- 
nation failed to detect any metallic’ or other poison, but a. 
microscopic investigation revealed the presence of considerable 
quantities of fungi of various kinds. 

Obviously the matter needs investigation, but such an in- 
quiry is beset with many difficulties. It is scarcely necessary 
to point out that if we are to arrive at any satisfactory conclu- 
sion in the matter, and to find a means of prevention, careful 
records of all cases should be kept, even of minutest details. 


12 


NOTES ON SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN TROGIDA, 
AND A NEw SPECIES OF TROXx,. 


By Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.LS. 
[Read July 6, 1886.] 


The Trogide are a family of Coleoptera widely distributed, 
put are not attractive either for colour or habits. They are 
usually of a dull black, brownish, or grey, live on dry dung, 
skin, hoofs, or under putrid dead animals, but do not trouble 
man. In form they are oval, the back arched semi-cylindri- 
eally, and the elytra not only cover the whole body, but extend, 
in many species, in a fairly wide margin under the flat abdo- 
men. In this case they are usually joined in the middle, the 
wings being absent. Whenever disturbed these beetles simu- 
late death by drawing the legs tightly under the body, the head 
in a cavity under the prothorax, and the short antenne (with 
three lamelle) into a depression of the tibia of the front legs. 
No amount of torturing seems capable of startling them into 
motion. Central Australia, to the west coast, appears to pro- 
duce the largest of the genus Zrox, viz., Trox (Phoberus, 
McLeay) gigas, Har. (the species was kindly identified by the 
Hon. W. McLeay), of which two specimens are in the Museum, 
marked ‘‘ Port Wakefield” and “ Ardrossan” respectively. It 
is nearly an inch in length, and half as wide, dull black, with 
three rows of twelve or thirteen shining black conical tubercles 
on each elytron, generally arranged two, three, seven, or two, 
four, six, the four near the posterior extremity being much 
more prominent than the others, especially the medial two. 

More than a year ago a gentleman from the neighbourhood 
of Eucla left some fifteen or sixteen specimens of similar 
beetles at the Museum, stating that they were obtained in the 
arid country one hundred miles north of that place. They are 
known there under the name of ‘“ Musk Beetles,” as they emit 
a most powerful musk-like odour, which even now is still very 
strong. Some specimens were sent to the Hon. W. McLeay, 
in Sydney, who pronounced them as a new species. It differs 
from Trox gigas, though of the same size, or even larger, by a 
different serration of the tibie of the forelegs; the claws 
smaller and less spreading, and the form, position, and number 
of tubercles upon the elytra. Each of the latter bears fifteen 
to seventeen low oblong tubercles, nearly alike in height, in 


13 


rows of three, five, seven, or three, six, eight, besides three or 
one small one at the shoulder, so that the total number appears 
to be always eighteen. 

As they cannot fly, it is difficult to conceive how in a country 
so'thinly inhabited by animals as that where they are found, they 
can obtain sufficient food, unless they can resist starvation to 
an uncommon degree. This appears the case, for some of them 
still showed signs of life when they were handed to me, after 
they had been in possession of the donor for many months. 

The commonest species about Adelaide is Trox litigiosus, 
Har.—a grey beetle half an inch long, and usually found under 
rather dry carcases of cattle or sheep. It is rather beneficial 
than otherwise. 


NOTE ON OGYRIS AMARYLLIS, Newm.: AN 
ADDITION TO THE S. AUSTRALIAN BUTTER= 
FLIES. 


By Mr. J. G. O. Teprsr, F.LS. 
[Read July 6,, 1886.] 


It is a notable fact that within some twenty odd years several 
butterflies, or Papilionide, have made their appearance here, 
which formerly were only obtained from Eastern Australia, as 
for example the red and black Danais Archippus and Danais 
Chrysippus. To these is now to be added the above, for in 
February last I received several specimens from the neighbour- 
hood of Edithburgh, Y.P., by Mr. J. G. McDougall. They do 
not appear to have been rare at the time and place indicated 
above. 

The species is described and figured in W. C. Hewitson’s 
catalogue of Lycenide, 1862 Gassued by the British Museum), 
page 3, Plate L., figs. 5 and 6, but the description as well as the 
figures only apply to the female, with which the specimens: 
agree well. The male differs much, and appears to have been 
unknown to the authors cited. I append Hewitson’s descrip- 
tion of the female, and add that of the male :— 

“ Ogyris Amaryllis, Newman, MS. 

“Upper sipE dark brown. Both wings from the base to 
beyond the middle light blue. [Upper margin of the same 
interrupted by a square patch of intense black at the end of 
the cell._—O.T.] The costal margin of the anterior wing— 


14 


{not in all specimens well defined.—O.T.]—and the outer 
margin of both wings white. 

“UNDER sIDE.—Anterior wing dark brown, lighter towards 
the anal angle; the apex and outer margin light grey, crossed 
by submarginal bands of brown ; two spots of scarlet (bordered 
with light blue), and a white spot within the cell. Posterior 
wing light grey, clouded at the middle and outer margins with 
rufous brown, marked near the base with four spots of the 
same colour.”’ 

Male. Smaller than the female. 

Upper stpE.—Both wings from the base light blue. The apex 
and outer margin of the anterior and the teeth of the posterior 
wings black, with a very narrow whitish fringe. 

UnbDER sipE.—Anterior wing dark brown, lighter towards 
the anal angle ; the apex and outer margin light grey, crossed 
by a very narrow marginal and submarginal brownish band ; jive 
narrow bands (broadening from the base) between the costal and 
discoidal vein, the second and third blue, the fourth white, 
edged with blue, the remainder white. Posterior wing light 
grey, with slightly darker nterrupted bands, narrowly edged with © 
black. 


ON THE PRODUCTION AND MEASUREMENT OF 
GOLD AND OTHER METALLIC SPHERES TO 
DETERMINE THEIR WEIGHT. 


By Mr. G. GorpeEr, Jun. 
[Read July 6, 1886.] 


In making assays for gold where the amount of gold is very 
smallalittle silver is required in which the gold may be collected. 
As nearly all commercial litharge contains silver it is rarely 
necessary to add any separately for this purpose. The litharge 
JT at present use contains at the rate of six pennyweights of 
silver and one-seventh of a grain of gold per ton. 

Having obtained a prill in which the amount of gold is a 
third, or less than the silver, the pri!l is boiled in dilute nitric 
acid in a porcelain capsule, to dissolve the silver ; and where 
the amount of gold is more than one pennyweight to the ton, a 
second boiling in strong nitric acid should be given. If care 
be taken in using dilute acid at first and boiling gently the gold 
will be left in one piece of a nearly black colour. The acid is 
now decanted off, and the gold washed two or three times with 
distilled water. The gold may now be placed on an aluminium 
or other polished metal plate by inverting the capsule and 
leading the last drop of water and the gold with a glass rod 
on to the plate; the water is drawn off by a piece of filter 
paper, and the plate gently heated till dry. 

Having thus obtained the gold ina pure state, a bead is 
made with boracic acid on a platinum wire loop, and pressed on 
the gold while still red hot. The gold adheres without diffi- 
culty, and by heating the bead before the blowpipe the gold is 
obtained as an almost perfect sphere. Should the resulting 
sphere of gold be very minute it is better to measure it under 
the microscope while in the bead, but if large enough to be 
seen with the naked eye it can be measured more accurately 
after dissolving the boracic acid bead in a watch glass with hot 
water, and placing the sphere of gold on a glass slide. 

The pian of measuring minute prills of silver and gold to 
determine their weight was first introduced by Harkort, who 
used an ivory scale engraved with two fine lines, meeting at an 
acute angle, and divided into fifty equal parts. According to 
the fifth edition of Plattner’s “ Probirkunst,” page 520, Gold- 
schmidt determines the weight of silver and gold prills by 


16 


measurement with the microscope. As I have not access to the 
paper on the subject his manner of preparing the prills for 
measurement is unknown to me. Harkort and Plattner in 
making scales for the determination of the weight of gold and 
silver prills weighed prills corresponding to the larger divisions 
of the scale, and from their weight calculated the weight for 
the smaller divisions. These prills were taken direct from the 
cupel, and at the point of contact are flattened, but as the 
amount of flattening is not always the same and hardly varies 
in extent with the size of the prill, and as the converging ‘lines 
on the scale cannot be very sharply defined, this method is not 
capable of the same accuracy as where the almost perfect 
spheres are measured with the microscope. 

No other flux seems to possess advantages equal to those of 
boracic acid for obtaining a sphere of gold. Borax and other 
fluxes are so fluid when hot that the gold is very hable to alloy 
with the platinum wire; this rarely occurs with boracic acid, 
on account of its great viscosity, even when white hot. Boracic 
acid is also easily soluble in water, so that the gold spheres 
can be separated without loss of time. 

The following rules and figures may be useful to anyone 
wishing to adopt the system here described :— 

1. The weight of a sphere increases as the cube of the 
diameter. 

2. The weight of a sphere of any substance of which the 
specific gravity is known is obtained by multiplying the weight 
of a unit sphere of water by the specific gravity of the sub- 
stance and the cube of the diameter. 

Constants for use with gramme weights— 

1 weight of a sphere of water 0°01 mm. in diameter= 
0:0000000005236 of a gramme. 
2. Weight of a sphere of gold 0°01 mm. in diameter= 
0:0000000102102 of a gramme. 
3. Weight of a sphere of gold 0‘Ox mm. in diameter, x* x 
0'0000000102102 of a gramme. | 
4. If 20 grammes of ore are taken for assay the number of 
grains of gold per ton is found by x’ x 0:008004 in which 
x=the diameter of the sphere of gold in hundredths of a 
millimetre. 
Constants for use with grain weights— 
. Weight of a sphere of water 0°001 inch in diameter= 

0:0000001324 of a grain. 

. Weight of a sphere of gold 0001 inch in diameter= 

0:000002582 of a grain. 

. Weight of a sphere of gold 0:00x inch in diameter, x* x 
0'000002582 of a grain. 
. Two hundred grains of ore being taken for assay the number 


= OO  jpD> -& 


17 


of grains of gold per ton is found by x* x 0°2045288, in 
which x=—the diameter of the sphere of gold in thou- 
sandths of an inch. By taking 978 grains for assay x3= 
grains of gold per ton. 

To test the accuracy of the above figures a comparatively 
speaking large sphere of gold from an assay was measured, and 
found to be 0°593 mm., or £23 of a millimetre in diameter, 
and 59°33 x 0:000000102102—0:002129 of a gramme. When 
weighed on a very delicate balance it was found to weigh 
0'0021 gramme, and as this balance does not indicate beyond 
the fourth decimal the results may be considered identical. 
This sphere indicated gold in the sample tried at the rate of 
3 ozs.9 dwts. 13 grs. per ton. The smallest sphere of gold I 
have yet measured was 0°024 mm. in diameter, and by applying 
the above rule the weight would be 2°43 x 0:0000000102102 x 
15°43235 (to convert grammes to grains)==0'000002178, or a 
trifle over two millionths of a grain. 

Spheres of silver may be obtained and measured in a similar 
manner; the boracice acid acts slightly on the silver, but the 
quantity dissolved is inappreciable, as the action 1s not pro- 
longed. The specific gravity of silver being 10°53 the weight 
of =1, mm. would be 0:0000000005236 x 1053= 
0:000000005513508 of a gramme. In a test assay made with 
silver the sphere measured 0'57—=,57, of a mm., from which 
the weight deducted would be 0:00102096 of a grain, the 
balance showing the weight as 0:0010. 

Copper, lead, and other metals cannot be melted in boracic 
acid on platinum wire without dissolving to a perceptible 
amount, but may with care be melted in sodic carbonate, and 
by dissolving the latter in hot water the sphere of copper, &c., 
obtained and measured. 


18 


ON “THE BRITISH STANDARDS.” 
By Me FR. &.. Lvcas. 
[Read December 1, 1885.] 
Prams. Vi XT. 


I need not lay any stress upon the importance of absolute 
accuracy of measurement, and especially of standards being 
accurate, and though to those unconnected with scientific 
matters such errors as are observed and corrected in verifying 
standards would seem unimportant, yet scientifically the 
dimensions treated of will be quite appreciable. 

It has been found that “no two primary standards, even, 
have ever been compared between which some difference has 
not been found,” and this being the case it becomes a question 
as to the mit of error, or put in another form, the amount of 
trouble to which it is advisable to go in order to obtain the 
highest amount of accuracy. 

The British Board of Trade has settled that the limit of 
error to be allowed in the standard yard line measures is not to 
exceed ‘003 of an inch, or +3355 of the yard which corresponds 
to a range of temperature of 10° Fahr. The actual expansion 
of the metal of which primary standards are usually made is 
"000341 inch for each degree of Fahr. This metal is a mixture 
of copper, sixteen ounces; tin, two anda half ounces; zine, 
one ounce; and is called “‘ Baily’s metal.”’ 

To observe with sufficient closeness to note such dimensions, 
a comparing apparatus, fitted with microscopes, has been 
designed by Mr. Sheepshanks, a well-known authority in such 
matters, and is now in use at the Board of Trade offices at 
Westminster, where all the standards are kept. 

When in London lately I met with the most courteous 
reception by Mr. Chaney, the warden of the standards, who 
has expressed and shown a willingness to distribute infor- 
mation on these matters that is highly praiseworthy. When 
it is possible to obtain valuable information from so high an 
authority given so generously it is unwise not to seek it. I 
accordingly made use of the opportunity, and am now in the 
possession of a mass of valuable information on the subject. 

It was not until the year 1867 that the British Government 
saw the importance of establishing upon a firm and reliable 
basis a set of standards, devoting to the purpose a special 


19 


department of the Board of Trade, now called the Standards 
Department, and appointing a staff of officials to carry it on. 
The Commission, which was appointed to inquire into the 
matter, consisted of G. B. Airy (Astronomer Royal), chairman ; 
Lord Colchester, Right Hon. S. Cave, M.P., Sir J. G. S. 
Lefevre, K.C.B., the President of the Royal Society (General 
Sabine), the Master of the Mint (Professor Graham), Pro- 
fessor W. H. Miller, F.R.S., and the Warden of the Standards 
(then Mr. Chisholm). 

They carried on their labours for three years, and on July 
30th, 1870, handed in their fifth and final report, bearing date 
1871. This comprehensive report embodies the results of the 
work of the Commission during those three years, and is itself 
the basis upon which the Imperial Weights and Measures Act, 
of 1878, was constructed, and is, indeed, the foundation upon 
which the law relating to weights and measures of all British 
dependencies is constructed. Our Act, of 1885, just passed, is 
in all the technical detail entirely based on it. So are the 
Victorian, Canadian, and other Acts. It is from this source 
that much of the information for this paper is drawn. 

With reference to extreme accuracy of measurement and the 
carrying of such refinements to a degree that practical people 
might consider an extreme, we have an examplein the French sys- 
tem. French technical departments are distinguished for their 
tendency to carry on these “refinements of science,” and their 
attendant theories. This tendency has borne magnificent fruit 
in the shape of the Metric system, and this not only of a scien- 
tific but of an eminently practical nature. There is little doubt 
that within the next few years the Metric system will have 
made great strides, as it has done within the last five or six 
years. An International Metric Bureau sits in Paris in 
September of every year, at which questions concerning the 
introduction of the metric system throughout the world are 
discussed, as also other questions of weights and measures. 
This system is legalised in England and the United States, and 
is in force in Germany, Russia, France, and numerous other 
parts of the world. 2 

The state of the British Standards in 1758 is an illustration 
of the looseness and irregularity resulting from an uncertain 
system and imperfect supervision. They were compared by 
Mr. Harris, then Master of the Mint, having at that time been 
in use for 170 years. This was simply a comparison of one 
with another, and had no reference to any fixed or primary 
standard, such a thing being at that time without form and 
void. “It was found that such wide discrepancies existed 
when one standard was compared with another in whatever 
way they were tried that the operators immediately turned 


20 


their attention (as they themselves expressed it) to ascertain 
some standard which should be uniform and to preserve a due 
proportion as well in its parts as in its multiples.”’ 

Notwithstanding the defects in all these standards made in 
the reign of Elizabeth, they continued to be used at the Ex- 
chequer until 1825, when they were superseded by the stan- 
dards then established by law, the standard of capacity having 
been again replaced in 1834. 

It must be remembered that the comparison of these stan- 
dards was conducted without any of the refinements now con- 
sidered necessary, and I doubt if even a normal temperature 
was defined, or if temperature was observed at all, or if the 
effect of specific gravity was recognised in these verifications. 
The scales and other comparing apparatus must at that time 
have been of a crude and unreliable kind, as the results pub- 
lished in the fifth report of the Commissioners seem to ind1- 
cate. Even in the smaller weights such large fractions of a 
grain as the quarter and half were very doubtful quantities. 

The limit of error settled by the Commission for the one 
ounce troy weight is the =.4;, or ‘100 of a grain, the same as 
for the one pound troy, which in the latter case is the =-1,, of 
the total weight, whereas the comparison referred to above 
shows that the errors between the standards themselves in the 
possession of the Exchequer amounted to, for the one ounce 
troy, the 54,, or half a grain. 

It is specified that the balance used in modern verifications 
of such weights as one-eighth of an ounce up to one ounce is 
‘“‘a balance with gun-metal beams, steel knife edge, and agate 
planes, made by Messrs. Ladd & Oertling, No. 4, to weigh from 
one ounce to one grain, to turn with the ‘005 of a grain.” The 
vast difference between an observation which takes note of the 
‘005 of a grain, and that which is very doubtful about the ‘250 
of a grain is significant enough. 


LENGTH. 


If we look back to the origin of weights and of mea- 
sures of capacity (for the idea of making capacity a scien- 
tific derivative of length or weight appears to be of very 
modern application) we shall find nothing but confusion, and no 
sign of concordance or system; but if we turn our attention 
to measures of length we shali find some indication of a natural 
unit of length, more or less vague, but the concordance is 
somewhat remarkable. Upon an examination of the diagram, 
Plate VIT., the idea will suggest itself that the step or human 
stride, or the human foot, formed the basis of most of such 
measures among the countries or nations there represented. 
The most natural way of roughly estimating the distance from 


21 


one point to another on the ground is to pace it. Roughly, the 
foot will be found to be about the third of a step and approxi- 
mate to twelve inches, which will allow for the rough covering 
in the form of sandals or shoes, and the step will be very nearly 
a yard. With reference to the metre 39°37 in., the estimated 
ten millionth part of a quadrant of a meridian, which corres- 
ponds very closely with the length of a pendulum beating 
seconds at the equator, viz., 39°013 in., it is only an arbitrary 
measure after all, and has after each careful measurement of 
an are differed, but its approximation to the more primitive 
yard and three-foot measures suggests the idea that it origi- 
nated in these; for the five-millionth or any other fraction on 
the quadrant might just as well have been adopted, for the 
matter of that. One reason of its adoption was that it closely 
corresponded with the measures in use at the time and pre- 
viously. It is more than a coincidence. The diagram speaks 
for itself, and I need not delay over this any longer, but can 
proceed to a description of the British standard measures. 

The excellence of a principle is in proportion to its sim- 
plicity ; hence the metric system, which demands only one 
arbitrary unit, is superior in that respect to ours, which re- 
quires two., viz., length and weight. In the British system 
one arbitrary unit of length and one arbitrary unit of weight. 
being agreed upon and fixed by Act of Parliament, all others 
are derived from these. Hence the yard and pound specially 
legalised by the Imperial Act of 1878 are called the ‘“ Primary 
Imperial Standards,” and all others are called “ Derived 
Standards,” capacity being based on clause 15 of this Act, 
which specifies that the gallon shall contain ten pounds weight 
of distilled water under certain conditions. 

The present standard yard and the pound are the result of 
natural evolution, their history having been one of progres- 
sively accurate definition from time to time by Act of Parlia- 
ment. The French have broken this chain of evolution by the 
arbitrary selection of the metre as a unit, but, as shown above, 
even this has been influenced by its prior history. Their idea 
was to avoid such a thing as an arbitrary standard at all, and 
if the actual length of an are could ever be obtained, the thing 
is accomplished (but this will never be done); and in pur- 
suance of this policy the kilogramme* and litre as units of weight 
and capacity respectively were based upon the measure of a 
given weight of water, everything thus being based only upon 
the metre. In short, we have two arbitrary units, the French 
have only one. 


*The Kilo=the weight of one cubic decimetre, of water; and the litre con- 
tains one kilogramme weight of water. 


22 


The latest stage in the development history of the yard and 
pound is their definition by Act referred to above, as follows: 
—‘“ The following standards were constructed under the direc- 
tion of the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury, after 
the destruction of the former Imperial Standards in the fire at 
the Houses of Parliament in 1835 :— 

‘The Imperial Standard for determining the length of the 
Imperial Standard yard is a solid square bar, thirty-eight 
inches long and one inch square in transverse section, the bar 
being of bronze or gun-metal; near to each end a cylindrical 
hole is sunk (the distance between the centres of each hole 
being thirty-six inches) to the depth of half an inch. At the 
centre of this hole is inserted in a smaller hole a gold plug or 
pin about one-tenth of an inch in diameter, and upon the sur- 
face of this pin there are cut three fine lines at intervals of 
about the one-hundredth part of an inch transverse to the axis 
of the bar, and two lines at nearly the same interval parallel 
to the axis of the bar. The measure of length of the Imperial 
Standard yard is given by the interval between the middle 
transversal line at one end and the middle transversal line at 
the other end, the part of each line which is employed being 
the point midway between the longitudinal lines; and the said 
points are in this Act referred to as the centres of the said 
gold plugs or pins; and such bar is marked—Copper, sixteen 
ounces; tin, two and a half ounces; zinc, one ounce; Mr. 
Baily’s metal No. 1 Standard yard, at 62°00° Fahr. Cast in 
1845. Troughton & Simms, London. 

“The Imperial Standard for determining the weight of the 
Imperial Standard pound is of platinum, the form being that 
of a cylinder nearly 1:35 inches in height, and 1°15 inches in 
diameter, with a groove or channel round it whose middle is 
about °34 inch below the top of the cylinder, for insertion of 
the points of the ivory fork by which it is to be lifted; the 
edges are carefully rounded off, and such standard pound is 
marked P.S., 1844, one pound.” 

It is then provided that four copies of the above, made at the 
same time, should be disposed of as follows :—-One copy at the 
Royal Mint, one at the Royal Society, one at the Royal Obser- 
vatory, Greenwich, and one immured in the New Palace at 
Westminster. 

The originals are located in a strong-room at the Standards 
Department of the Board of Trade, at Old Palace Yard, West- 
minster, just adjoining Westminster Abbey. An immense 
number of derivatives of these are in the possession of the 
Board of Trade, and also numerous standards of purely 
historic interest. All the weighing and comparing instru- 
ments are deposited in the Old Jewel Tower (in the basement), 


23 


adjoining Westminster Abbey, which was a monk’s refectory 
in days gone by. All coinage standards and sample coins are 
located under lock and key in the Pyx Tower, close adjoining. 
The standard photometer, described further on, is fixed in a 
small room with groined roof, attached to the old refectory ; 
this was probably used by the monks of those days as a 
retiring-room, or possibly as a lavatory. The walls are black- 
ened, as is usual, with open photometers. All these walls 
are of immense thickness, and of considerable age, and are so 
well set that the long measures, such as ten feet, are set out 
on them, and the results are found to be most accurate upon 
comparison with other standards. 

When it is remembered that the linear expansion of stone is 
about ‘00000652 of its length for one degree of Fahr., it will 
be seen that a practically permanent distance is maintained 
between the contact plates of the measure. It must be pointed 
out that the principal reasons for using those rooms are that 
being underground they are less liable to changes of tempera- 
ture, and from their solid construction and age are free from 
any vibration or settlement. 

Bed measures (or end measures) are those measures whose 
extreme length indicates the measure, and which are accom- 
panied by a bed into which they fit between two end blocks; 
thus a subsidiary measure is tormed by the bed, while the 
principal measure is generally the rod or bar. The process of 
verifying an inside measurement in a case in which the bed 
was the principal measure was accomplished by Captain Kater, 
the well-known authority on such matters, as follows :—The 
bed was of brass, with rectangular steel terminations, and the 
bar of brass, one inch square. Two bars of brass three-quarters 
of an inch square and a little less than eighteen inches long 
each were prepared; their ends formed true planes at right 
angles to their length. Upon the upper surface of each bar 
very near the end, a fine transverse line was drawn; the other 
ends of the bars were then placed in contact, and kept so by a 
spring, as shown in drawing. 

The distance between the lines was taken by means of two 
micrometer microscopes, fixed to a bar of wood, and referred 
to Sir George Shuckburg’s scale, which Captain Kater affirms 
does not sensibly differ from the Imperial Standard yard 
(see Plate VIIT.). It was found that the error was 919 
micrometer divisions—each division equal to 3z4,,% of an inch, 
or ‘0000428 in. The two bars were then placed as shown in 
diagram No.2 upon the standard to be examined, their marked 
ends together, and their opposite ends kept in contact with 
the steel faces of the standard by means of springs. Therefore 
the distance between the lines should, if the standard had been 


24 


correct, have equalled what the former distance lacked of 
three feet. The distance was measured, and from the mean of 
six observations was found to be 918°2 divisions of the micro- 
meter, which Captain Kater says “differs so little from the 
919 that this standard vard may be considered as perfectly cor- 
rect.”” The amount of error was that the standard official yard 
was ‘00003424 inch less than the Shuckburg scale, which error 
was of course not important enough to justify rejecting the 
measure. It was, however, considered by the Astronomer 
Royal that little importance was to be attached to the Shuck- 
burg scale itself on account of its imperfections and the dis- 
cordancies of its comparisons, and Mr. Sheepshanks (the 
designer of the present microscopic comparing instrument 
described below) did not place much trust in Kater’s experi- 
ments, on account of the objectionable mode of resting the 
microscopical apparatus upon the scale. The idea of dividing 
a bar into approximate halves, as in this process, originated 
with Prof. Airy, the Astronomer Royal, who points out that 
“by placing two such end measures of a yard in a straight line 
end to end a line measure of a yard is formed, which may be 
compared with a line standard, and experience proves that line 
measures can be much more readily and accurately observed 
than end measures. 

The microscopical comparing apparatus now used by the 
Standards Department consist of two principal parts—a travel- 
ling rest or stand for carrying the bars to be compared, and a 
fixed shelf of slate carrying four microscopes with micrometers, 
as per drawing (Plate [X.). The whole of the top part of the 
table, namely, the three plates of gun-metal, marked 1' 1" 1'", and 
their connections, are enclosed after adjustment in a mahogany 
box, together with the measures to be compared attached to 
them, to prevent any variations of temperature during testing. 
As a further precaution a thick woollen rug is wrapped round 
this with holes eut in it for observation. 

The micrometers of the microscopes were carefully rated, 
and it was determined provisionally that one division of the 
micrometer equalled ‘00003173 inch—eventually settled at 
0000318 inch. This is the instrument used for the verification 
of line measures, or measures @ traits, as they are termed; but for 
end measures, or measures @ bouts, a specially-devised contact ap- 
paratus isemployed. The instrument is made of brass, as per il- 
lustration (Plate IX.). By means of small contact pieces of steel, 
with fine lines engraved on gold studs upon them, the measures 
are converted into measures @ traits. The contact pieces must 
first be sated by ascertaining the exact distance between the 
fine lines of the two pieces when in contact, and this constant 
always deducted from the observed measure gives the actual 


25 


length of the bar. (It has been found to be (02014554 inch.) 
These contact pieces are not suited, however, for comparison of 
bars with square or rectangular terminations, and others have 
been prepared as shown in Plate IX., with small spherical 
projections. They are rectangular, and are made of gun-metal 
instead of steel. The distance between the lines in these studs 
has been determined to be ‘099232876 inch. By means of 
these instruments measurements can be made accurately down 
to the ‘00003187 of an inch, that being about the value of the 
micrometer division. 

I need not detail the regulations to be observed for comparing 
standards by this instrument; it will suffice to say that most 
definite and precise instructions are laid down, and the greatest 
care is observed. The first observations are to be discarded, 
and only the subsequent readings to be taken as authentic. 

The British Government, in rating the micrometer divisions, 
used an inch measure of Messrs. Troughton & Simms’ very 
carefully divided into tenths and hundreds, together with a 
scale of its real errors. The defining lines upon their scales 
are cut upon silver, and like the lines in the gold studs of the 
Exchequer standards, are so fine that itis only in the strongest 
light that they are visible to the naked eye. To show the care 
considered necessary by this department, the breadth of the 
finest lines is nearly ten divisions of the micrometer, aud the 
human hair is about 100 divisions. 

The first work done by this instrument was the verifying 
the Victorian Standard yard in 1866, which is similar to the 
Imperial Standards, and is marked on sunk gold studs. Ihave 
seen this standard in Melbourne, and am of opinion that it 1s 
not a suitable form for these colonies. Under the Weights 
and Measures Act, 1885, which leaves the form of standard 
yard optional, and in accordance with advice received lately 
from Mr. Chaney, I am recommending a different form of yard 
measure. 

The objection to the Victorian Standard is that to use it at 
all a comparing instrument similar to that above described is 
required, and this would be absurdly costly for us to employ ; 
and again, there is no necessity for us to trouble about fourth 
decimals of an inch. The allowance of error recommended 
by the Commission in their report of 1841 was ;,15, of the 
whole, or ‘003 inch to the yard. This corresponds witha range 
of temperature of ten degrees; and the necessary accuracy 
can be attained by means of much simpler standard known as 
the Canadian Standard, and marked S.S., which I am recom- 
mending, as mentioned above. 

Amongst the instruments used in comparing lengths are the 
following :—An instrument for verifying measures of twenty 


26 


feet to ‘01 inch, fitted with five microscopes and micrometers ; 
calipers and micrometer for verifying measures of capacity ; an 
apparatus for finding the expansion of metallic bars at varying 
temperatures from 32° Fahr. to 212° Fahr. Small test-glass used 
with micrometer microscopes, having minute subdivisions of 
the millemetre cut upon it, known as Nobert’s lines. Nobert, 
the German optician, has ruled bands containing 224,000 lines 
to the inch; he regularly makes plates with bands consisting 
of from about 11,000 to 112,000 lines to the inch, numbered 
first to nineteenth, which are used as microscopic tests. It is 
of interest to note that the spaces between the lines on the 
nineteenth band are about half the length of a wave of violet 
light; and the length of such a wave being ‘0000179 inch, and 
the micrometer being capable of measuring to the half of one 
division, viz., half of ‘0000318, it follows that the yard can be 
measured to about the length of a wave of violet light.* 

The department is furnished with a complete set of Whit- 
worth’s plugs and diesinform as perillustration (Plate X.), vary- 
ing from six inches diameter down to ‘1 of an inch by degrees of 
‘l inch and ‘01 inch. In connection with these is a set of three 
plugs and one die ina small case. The die is exactly one inch 
in diameter ; one plug is exactly the same, but the other two 
plugs are 1:001 inches and ‘999 inch diameter. The object of 
this is to enable one to judge of an accurate fit. Upon applying 
the plug one inch diameter I found that by keeping it moving, 
and turning it as I pushed it, I could pass the plug into 
the die and withdraw it; but if I allowed it to stop for a 
moment cohesion would take place, and some force was re- 
quired to withdraw it. 

When I applied the plug ‘999 inch in diameter, it easily 
passed through, but without play, and without the experience 
of the one-inch plug would have appeared a perfect fit. The 
plug 1:001 inches in diameter would not pass in at all. These 
are all made by Sir Joseph Whitworth & Co., and are examples 
of perfect workmanship. ° 

Wire Gauges.— With reference to wire gauges, dissatisfaction 
and uncertainty having previously existed, steps were taken 
under certain clauses of the Weights and Measures of 1878 to 
set this question at rest. At the Privy Council held on 23rd 
August, 1883, an order was made to legalise certain wire 
gauges, and establish them as standards under the Act; and 
although other gauges are in use, viz., a ‘Sheet and Hoop-iron 
Gauge” (South Staffordshire Ironmasters’ Association), Stub’s 


*The periodical report by Board of Trade (of date February 6, 1882) 
refers to the subdivisions of the inch to the 100,000th by means of micro- 
meter screws. 


27 


iron-wire gauge, and steel-wire gauges, no other but the 
Imperial Standard gauge is strictly legal. 

Expansion by Heat.—General Baeyer some time ago pointed 
out a phenomenon with regard to the expansion of metallic 
bars by heat. He found upon careful verification of certain 
measuring bars used in measuring an arc of meridian that the 
co-efficient of expansion had sensibly decreased, while the 
length of the bars at their normal temperature had during 
twenty years remained the same. To explain this, he ventures 
three hypotheses—Il1st. That at each time the bars are subjected 
to increased temperature a step is made towards reducing the 
temper of the steel, and thus rendering it less expansive. 
2nd. That a crystalline structure is set up by the vibrations 
and concussions these bars were subject to. 38rd. A somewhat 
complicated hypothesis, based on the fact that certain sub- 
stances exist consisting of two sets of wholly different crystal 
systems, due to high and low temperatures, and that the bars. 
remaining at ordinary temperature, there is a tendency to 
reduce the system of crystals to a third, corresponding to the 
medium temperature. He admits himself that this is least 
probable. 

WEIGHTS. 

The Imperial Weights and Measures Act, and Acts derived 
from this, specify the standard pound to be of platinum, and 
the weighing to be conducted in vacuo. The object of this will 
be evident—and is, of course, the elimination of the disturbing 
effect of specific gravity, and platinum being the densest of all 
metals is least influenced by the buoyancy of the air. Asa 
matter of fact the comparisons are not usually made in vacuo, 
though provision is made for this, but careful observations of 
the barometer and thermometer are made and corrections apphed 
—based upon the ascertained specific gravity of the compared 
and comparing weights. Indeed, to such a pitch of refinement 
and delicacy are verifications of important standards carried 
that the expansion of the metal due to temperature is observed 
and corrections are made for this, Professor Schumacher in 
his paper on “ The Comparison of the late Imperial Standard 
Pound Weight with a Platina Copy of the Same and with 
Other Standards of Authority,” read before the Royal Society 
in 1836, says:—“ It is to be hoped that no pound will in future 
ever be declared a legal standard unless its specific gravity 
and expansion (the knowledge of which is indispensable, even 
for a single comparison with a good balance) are previously 
determined with the greatest possible precision.” 


As it has been decided that immersion in water is calculated 
to injure the standards, their density must be determined by 


28 


means of the stereometer, invented by M. Say, and used by 
Professor Miller. It is described as follows :—“ It consists of 
two glass tubes of equal diameter communicating with each 
other at the bottom. One tube is graduated by lines traced on 
the glass ; it is connected on the top to a cup capable of being 
Closed airtight. The body to be tested is placed in this cup. 
The volume of air in this cup is measured by means of mercury 
poured into the other tube, by which the graduated tube be- 
comes a barometric tube. The volume of the weight is shown 
by the difference of the volume of air before and after the 
standard weight is inserted in the cup. By means of this 
instrument the specific gravity of soluble bodies, gunpowder, 
&c., may be ascertained without injuring them.” 

In order, therefore, to ascertain the true relative weights, 
as well as the actual weights of standards differing in density 
when weighed in air, it is necessary to allow for the weight of 
the volume of air displaced by each standard. Thus, in weighing 
two standards of different material for the purpose of deter- 
mining their relative weights, it becomes necessary to reduce 
these weighings to a vacuum by deducting the weight of the 
volume of air displaced by each of them. 

The correction is to be made according to the formula, thus 
given by Professor Miller :—‘‘ If the weights of P and Q appear 
to be equal when weighed in air, then the weight of P — 
weight of air displaced by P = the weight of Q — weight of 
air displaced by Q.’’ Asa body when weighed in water weighs 
less than when weighed in air, by the difference of the weight 
of air and the weight of water displaced by its volume, in the 
same manner a body weighed in air weighs less than when 
weighed in a vacuum, by the weight of air which its volume 
displaces. 

But the weight of air is affected by temperature, aqueous 
saturation, &c., hence the correction is to be ascertained from 
the following data :— 

Ist. Mean temperature of the air during comparison. 

2nd. The mean barometric pressure reduced to 30° Fahr., and 

corrected by deducting the pressure of vapour in the 
air. 

3rd. The density of the metal of which each standard is 

composed. 

4th. Its co-efficient of expansion. 

5th. The apparent weight of each standard. 

And the method of computing the weight in grains of air 
displaced by each standard is by adding the logs. of the follow- 
ing terms :— 

1st. The given barometric pressure in air, corrected and 

reduced to 30° Fahr. 


29 


2nd. The given ratio of the density of the air to the maximum. 

density of water. 

3rd. The ratio of the density of the metal of which the- 

standard is composed at 0° to its density at the given 
temperature, and co-efficient of the lineal expansion of 
the metal. 

4th. The weight of the standard in grains, and by deducting 

from the sum the loss. 

5th. The ratio of the density of the standard at 0° to the- 

maximum density of water. 

In these calculations the latitude of the place of observation 
together with its elevation above normal sea level have to be- 
taken into account. 

In order to observe the needle of the balance with an 
accuracy commensurate with such corrections as I have des-. 
cribed, it has been found necessary to use microscopes. 

To the balance known in the department as Barrow’s Balance 
two microscopes with a single horizontal hair line have been 
attached, so that two persons can simultaneously observe 
each needle. Provision is made for illuminating the scale if 
required. A double glass screen is placed between the obser- 
vers and the balance, and an arrangement is provided for 
shifting the pans from one arm to the other without opening 
the glass case in which the balance is contained. A holder is 
fixed to carry two thermometers, so as to adjust the bulbs to 
the level of the centres of gravity of the weights in each pan. 

A vacuum balance to weigh up to one kilogramme (made by 
Oertling) was shown to me by Mr. Chaney, of which the draw-. 
ingin Plate XI.is a sketch from memory. This, I understand, is 
only used occasionally as a test after the process above described 
has been effected. Itisnot incommonuse. A powerful air-pump, 
constructed by Troughton & Simms, was used in connection 
with this balance, and almost a perfect vacuum could be ob- 
tained. The glass is one and three-quarter inches thick. The 
balance is provided with thermometers, gauge, and arms for 
removing and changing the pans and removing the weights. 
These are not made air-tight by stuffing boxes, but are sealed 
by a 30-in. seal of mercury, which hangs down underneath the 
table. Very minute weights can be observed with this instru- 
ment. I was also shown a small scales weighing down to the 
0001 of a grain, which is to carry weights up to one ounce. 

The beam is formed of filaments as fine as hairs braced to- 
gether for stiffness. 

Another balance was shown to me, enclosed, as is usual, in a 
glass case ; the scale was read by a telescope, by which means 
the observer could be removed twenty feet away from the instru- 
ment to avoid disturbing the temperature by the heat of the body. 


30 


The mode of using the scales is as follows :—The standard to 
be compared is placed in the left-hand pan and the comparing 
standard in the right-hand pan. ‘The divisions and fractions 
of a division which would be pointed out by the index on the | 
ivory scale attached, if the beam were allowed to come to a 
state of rest, are ascertained by taking the mean of the extreme 
of the vibrations when the extent does not exceed the limit of 
the ivory scale, and it is presumed greater accuracy is thus 
obtained than if the balance came to a state of rest. The 
standards are then changed from right to left-hand pans, and 
similar observations are made. The same process is repeated 
three or six times or more. Half the difference between these 
two means shows the difference between the two weights in 
divisions of the index or ivory scale, and this when converted 
into parts of a grain shows the actual difference in weight. 

There are two gilt gun-metal copies of the Imperial Stan- 
dard Pound deposited in the Standards Department, No. 31 of 
1845, which is ‘00008 grain heavier than the standard, and No. 
34, which is ‘000089 grain lighter. As the combined weight of 
the two standard pounds is thus correct to ‘000009 grains, their 
mean weight may be assumed to be equal to the Imperial Stan- 
dard, and to form a true basis of comparison. These weights 
have therefore been used for such verifications, the average of 
their weight being assumed to be absolutely correct. 

It might at first sight be considered that a weight standard 
once proved correct would remain so practically forever. But 
such is not the case, and variations have been proved to have 
taken place. 

Weights will increase and decrease in weight according to 
whether they are used or not. If not used they increase by oxida- 
tion, and if used they decrease by wear. The official standard 
pound which had been in use since 1825, when compared in 1866 
with Captain Kater’s primary brass pound, No. 1, which had 
never been used, and of which itis a copy, was found in the mean 
of five comparisons to be ‘90177 grain lighter. This has been 
assumed to be the loss of weight due to wear and tear in 40 
years. I consider we must also assume that so careful an ob- 
server as Captain Kater could not have overlooked so great a 
difference. As an instance of increasing in weight, Captain 
Kater’s pound, No. 5, was compared in 1824, and again in 1844, 
and in these 20 years it had gained ‘0089 grains by oxidation, 
and upon comparing again in 1867 it had gained ‘01698 grains 
in the next 23 years. The accuracy of this has been questioned, 
but there can be no doubt of an increase in weight. 

An illustration of different forms of one-pound weights, half 
full size, is given (Plate XI.) to give an idea of their specific 
gravyities. | 


31 


CAPACITY. 


The universal unit of capacity by which all liquids and dry 
goods shall be measured is the gallon defined in clause 15 of 
Act of 1878 as containing ten pounds of distilled water 
weighed in air at a temperature of 62° Fahr. and thirty inches 
barometer against brass weights. The single exception to this 
is the apothecaries’ fluid ounce, being the measure of an ounce 
weight of water. This is the same as the troy ounce, and the 
apothecaries’ grain is the same as the avoirdupois grain. 

The gallon forms the basis of all liquid measures, and the 
bushel of eight gallons of all dry measures. The bushel is 
defined in Act of 1878 to be a hollow cylinder having a plane 
base, the internal diameter of which shall be double the internal 
depth. 

There are three possible modes of verifying measures of 
capacity :— 

Ist. By lineal measurement and cubing the contents. 

2nd. By measuring the quantity of water contained. 

3rd. By weighing the water contained. 

The first mode has seldom been resorted to, and is not 
reliable or capable of any accuracy. The second is the mode 
adopted in all ordinary verifications. The third is used in 
scientific verifications and researches, and though capable of 
ensuring the greatest accuracy of any system, requires careful 
observation and many corrections. 

The second mode (measuring with water) is effected ag 
follows at the Standards Department. The standard and 
measure to be compared are left together in the same room 
with the water to be employed for twenty-four hours, in order 
to secure equal temperatures. First, the standard is accurately 
levelled, and then slowly filled by a small syphon until the 
water appears slightly elevated above the rim. Any air 
bubbles are carefully removed with a quill. A circular plate 
of glass with a plane surface and-a small hole in the centre in 
a depressed cup is gently slid over, pushing off any superfluous 
water. Any water appearing in the small cup in the centre is 
removed by a pipette. The measure to be compared is also 
accurately levelled, then filled with water, emptied and drained, 
and the water from the standard is transferred by a syphon. 
The syphon itself is similarly filled and drained before using. 
The object of this precaution is evident. The glass plane, 
with any water that may be on it, is now slid over the measure. 
The excess or deficiency is measured by means of a burette. 

Weighing—the more scientific process—is implied by the Act 
of 1878, clause 15, which defines the size of the unit of capacity 
by specifying the weight of water contained therein. It there- 
fore follows that this mode more closely conforms with the 


32 


spirit of the Act, and hence in any official scientific verifications 
this mode is adopted. The tare of the vessel to be examined, 
together with the glass plate, is taken, and this weight, to- 
gether with the weight of water it should contain, is placed in 
one pan of the scales, and in the other the measure filled with 
water. The errors due to temperature and barometric pres- 
sure are observed, and balanced by means of weights in either 
pan, according as the error is plus or minus. I correct, the 
balance will be in equilibrium. As a difference of 1° Fahr. 
between 62° and 70° will occasion an error of from four to six 
grains in the gallon, or thirty-two to forty-eight in the bushel, 
the importance of observing the temperature will be evident. 

The reason for specifying brass weights by the Act will be 
evident after the observations on specific gravity of weights, 
and it is done to fix the conditions; but as the specific gravity 
of water is very different to that of brass, it appears to me that 
consistency demands the same scientific accuracy in this point 
as in others, especially when it is remembered that as fine, or 
finer, corrections are applied which are due to other circum- 
stances ; and even the weighing of the platinum pound weight, 
which is so little affected by the buoyancy of the air on account 
of its great specific gravity, has to be reduced to vacuo. 

Captain Kater, in his researches, takes the weight of brass 
as eight times that of water; the effect, therefore, of the 
buoyancy of the air upon the brass will be one-eighth of that 
upon the water, thus lessening the effect on the water by about 
one-eighth of the whole quantity.* The calculation to give the 
correction is gz335 x % x 70,000 grains = 2°46 grains = the 
gain in the weight of water due to a depression of one inch of 
the barometer in one gallon. Since Kater’s inquiries further 
researches have been made by other scientists, especially by 
Regnalt, whose results are accepted throughout Europe as 
authoritative. It is true that this correction may be made 
now in official comparisons, but I can find no account of it, 
and I omitted to ask Mr. Chaney if it were observed when I 
saw him. 

With reference to the expansion of gases under varying 
conditions something has to be said further on under the head 
of gas measurement. The question of saturation somewhat 
complicates the matter, which would otherwise be simple and 
satisfactory ; but with reference to water and the expansion of 
liquids generally there is little satisfaction. The expansion of 
water by heat is, as we know, subject to the, as yet, unaccount- 
able phenomenon that from 32° to 39° it contracts, and from 


* Water is taken as 831 times the weight of air; this, multiplied by 
thirty inches barometer for the pressure of air, gives 24,930. 


33 


that point upwards expands in the same ratio as it previously 
contracted, a fact which complicates finer researches. 

Considerable difficulties have been experienced in obtaining 
consistent results in verifying the bushel. The chief seems to 
be the large area of the surface (viz., 1841in. diameter), and 
the consequent difficulty of getting a true water surface. The 
drawing in Plate XII. shows a water-line indicator attached to a 
bushel measure. This is, I understand, now used in preference 
to the glass plate at the Board of Trade. The reasons of 
errors in these verifications of the bushel measure are as 
follows :-— . 

Ist. Its difference of specific gravity caused by absorption 

of air, &c., from the atmosphere. 

2nd. The evaporation of the water during the time neces- 

sarily occupied by the weighings. 

3rd. Variations of temperature during the weighings. 

4th. Difficulty of obtaining an exact plane of the surface of 

the water. 
The importance of the last will be seen from the fact that a 
difference of ‘001 inch in the height of the water line makes a 
difference of 31 grains. In view of these facts it has been pro- 
posed by Professor Miller (as the process of verifying a bushel 
measure is most troublesome on account of the great weight of 
water, and the necessity of filling the standard exactly up to 
the brim) that a form of standard measure more resembling the 
cubic foot bottle, used in gas measurement, would answer 
better. 
GAS MEASURING. 

The Sales of Gas Act of 1859 provides that certain instru- 
ments deposited with the Board of Trade should be regarded as 
standards for the sale of gas, chief among which is the cubic 
foot bottle, as shown in drawing. And the unit is thus speci- 
fied, Clause II. :—“ The only legal unit for the sale of gas by 
meter shall be the cubic foot, containing 62°321 pounds weight 
of distilled water, weighed in air at the temperature of 62° 
Far., the barometer being at 30in.” And the next clause pro- 
vides for the construction of this and derived standards, and 
their deposit in the Standards Office. The mode of using the cubic 
foot bottle is by placing counterbalance weights upon the chains. 
The tank containing water is raised, and the measure is thus im- 
mersed, and the air contents expelled through the outlet at the 
top (Plate XII.). As soon as the water makes its appearance 
at the neck (seen through glass plates) the outlet cock is shut 
and a cubic foot of air has been expelled. The secondary 
standards take the form of small gasholders of five or ten feet 
capacity, carefully made and provided witha scale of cubic 
feet, divided into tenths and hundredths. The principal diffi- 

c 


J4 


culty exists in accurately graduating this scale for a particular 
bell, as the disturbing effects of varying temperature, &c., 
affect the result. The laws laid down by Boyle, Gay Lussac, 
and others that all gases expand and contract the same for the 
same temperature, that expansion is in direct ratio to the abso- 
lute temperature, and that the bulk is in inverse ratio to the 
pressure, only hold good so long as the gas under consideration 
is a perfect gas, and as soon as the vapour element is intro- 
duced all this is modified. As it happens that in practice gas 
and air are always wore or less saturated with aqueous vapour 
the normal state must be taken as that of saturation. To meet 
this difficulty the Astronomer Royal in 1861 compiled a table 
of expansions of gas in contact with water at various tempera- 
tures, based upon factors supplied by J. Glaisher, F.R.S. It 
is said to be calculated in accordance with the best modern 
theories. It is the table used in official verifications of local 
standards at the Standards Department, and is found in all 
practical treatises on gas manutacture, but is of course not 
used in the scientific comparisons and verifications conducted 
at the department, as it is only calculated to one-half per cent., 
and much closer observations are required. As an example of 
the dilation I give an extract from the table :— 

A volume of gas at 32° Fahr. increases at 42° by 24 per cent. 


cc a9° 6c (73 52° a4 5 cc 

6c Bge ce 6G 62° cc res 6 
rz oF 2 

cc age (73 73 79° 6c 10 ee 


or about 23 per cent. for each ten degrees of Fahrenheit. As 
the dilatation of pure or dessicated gases is in direct ratio to 
the absolute temperature, which is found by adding 459 to the 
Fahrenheit temperature, it will be found that the volume of a 
pure gas at 32° will increase 2:036 per cent. for every ten 
degrees of Fahrenheit, as against 24 per cent. in the case of 
saturated gases. 

In order to calculate such a table the amount of aqueous 
vapour in the air must be ascertained by determining the tem- 
perature of the dew point. This is done by means of M. Regnalt’s 
hygrometer, as used by the British Standards Department 
(Plate XIT.). It consists essentially of two test tubes of glass, 
each fitted with a silver thimble. Ether is poured in that 
marked 6, and the air or gas bubbled through it; the tempera- 
ture is thus reduced until dew is observed upon the silver 
thimble, and the temperature is observed by the thermometers. 
Of course the lower the temperature required to deposit dew 
the less vapour exists in the atmosphere or gas being tested. 

The mode of verifying a cubic foot measure is very similar 
to that employed in weighing the contents of a bushel measure, 
and similar corrections are required. But in verifying the 


35 


derived measures, viz., the one cubit foot, the five cubic foot, 
and ten cubic foot holders at the Standards Department, the 
greatest precautions were taken to maintain the temperature 
of the water in the tanks of the holders and in the cistern of 
the cubic foot apparatus, the same as that of the air of the 
room by means of hot and cold water properly mixed. But 
with all these precautions, and the use of screens to keep the 
heat of the body from affecting the contents of the bells, there 
was frequently a difference of 1° Fahr. between the two 
measures. 

The great difficulties experienced in maintaining a body of 
water at a uniform temperature led the Board of Trade to 
instruct the Cambridge Scientific Instrument Company to con- 
duct experiments with a view to solve this question. The 
report of their inquiries, dated December, 1885, shows that the 
maximum variation of temperature in fourteen days was ‘04° 
centigrade, while the variation in the room itself was about 
4° centigrade. This was effected automatically, and the 
results are satisfactory so far. 

In the first case water is used as a means of comparing the 
measures, as in the bushel measure, but in the latter saturated 
air has to be used, hence the difficulty 1s augmented. 

The limit of error for official standards proposed by the 
Astronomer Royal and approved by the Treasury is ‘005 for the 
cubic foot, ‘025 for the five cubic foot, and ‘05 for the ten 
eubic foot. As the errors in the above standards were proved 
to be, for the one cubie foot, —'00053 cubic foot ; for the five 
eubie foot, —'00667 cubic foot; and for the ten cubic foot, 
—'02495 cubic foot, they were passed as correct, but these 
errors are allowed for and taken into consideration in using 
these standards. 

Although these, viz., the cubic foot bottle and gasholders, 
are the only forms specially legalised, Clause III. of the Act 
gives power to adopt other forms, and under this clause 
“secondary derived standards’’ have been constructed and 
adopted, with the object of obtaining a portable standard. 
They take the form of wet meters, and are capable of almost 
absolute accuracy, as I have found myself. At our Standards 
room we have a 50 light and a 100 light meter as models under 
the Act of 1881, which were made by Alex. Wright & Co., and 
are very satisfactory. 

COINAGE. 

Amongst other standards of weight are coin weights, corres- 
ponding with the standard weight of each coin of the realm, 
and with these the coin weights used by Banks throughout 
England and by the Mint are verified. 

The duty of verifying coin weights used by the public was 


36 


originally conducted at the Mint, but since the establishment 
of the Standards Department of the Board of Trade it has been 
relegated to that Department. JI was informed by Mr. 
Chaney that sample coins are taken at haphazard from 
coinings, and deposited in a strong room in the Pyx Tower ; 
at the end of the year they are taken out and verified care- 
fully ; by this means a check is maintained upon the accuracy 
of the work at the Royal Mint. Asarule these trials prove 
the errors, as to weight and fineness of the coins, to be far 
within the allowed limits, and I doubt if any case of condemn- 
ing has occurred within late years. Glass weights are some- 
times used by tradesmen to test gold coins. 


LIGHT. 


An Act of 1859 provides a standard of light, and modes and 
apparatus for testing lights. In accordance with this the 
necessary standard burners, photometer, &c., are deposited, 
amongst other standards, with the Board of Trade. The drawing 
in Plate XIII. will show one of the two authorised forms of pho- 
tometers and the form of burner. The legal standard of light is 
the sperm candle of six to the pound, burning 120 grains of 
sperm per hour—the consumption of gas has to be adjusted to 
five feet per hour. The candle has been proved to be a most 
unsatisfactory standard, and there is at present a strong feeling 
in favour of some other form being legalised. The opinions 
lie between the Pentane standard of Vernon Harcourt and the 
Methven slit, which are the chief competitors. 

Attention has lately been drawn to F. von Hefner Alteneck’s 
amylacetate lamp, the extreme variations of which are claimed 
to lie within the limits of perception of the human eye, whereas 
the candle (the existing standard) is liable to variations as 
great as 23°7 per cent. in extreme cases, which would make 
eighteen-candle gas appear to be either fourteen or twenty-two 
candle power; whereas the eye is, if properly assisted, capable 
of judging to within about a fifth of a candle in eighteen- 
candle gas (say about one per cent). 

For cannel gas a burner specially constructed is legalised. 

The Pentane standard of Vernon Harcourt consists in using 
a specially-prepared gas from highly-rectified petroleum, 
which, burned under certain fixed conditions, he claims, gives 
a constant unit of light. John Methven’s system is based on 
the assumption that by cutting off from an ordinary argand 
flame all but the central rays of light, by interposing a screen 
having a slot of fixed size, a constant unit is thus obtained. I 
found amongst authorities I met in England a very strong 
feeling in favour of the latter; and it is used at numerous 
testing stations throughout England by Companies and Cor- 
porations, but is not yet included in the British Standards. 


37 


An immense variety of propositions have been made from 
time to time with the object of establishing something like a 
definite unit of light, but up to this time with only partial 
success. The International Congress of electricians, assembled 
in Paris in May, 1884, adopted the proposal of M. Violle, 
fixing as the unit the quantity of light emitted by a thread of 
platinum of a thickness of a square centimetre heated to melting 
point, and tested at the moment of cooling; but difficulties 
occur in this which will effectually prevent it remaining the 
ultimatum. 

It is a field of inquiry that to many scientists has a great 
fascination, and is now attracting much attention from 
specialists. I met persons in London who devoted the greater 
part of their time to researches in this direction, which will 
seem, however, to the general public a somewhat restricted 
specialty. 

Some systems which have been proposed are as follows :— 
Keat’s standard sixteen-candle oil lamp, the French Carcel oil 
lamp, Crooke’s radiometer, the selenium photometer, Lewis 
Thompson’s one-candle standard lamp, &c., &e. 

The British Standards Department, besides carrying on the 
duties indicated above, give attention to such matters as the 
following :—Advising all British dependencies as to the best 
course to pursue in all matters relating to weights and mea- 
sures; issuing reports periodically as to the business done 
under the Act, together with instructions and advice to 
inspectors as to the best mode of carrying on their duties; 
directions for testing all descriptions of weighing-machines ; 
adjudging limits of errors to be allowed in weights and mea- 
sures; inquiring into questions of various metal gauges and 
screw threads from time to time; attending international 
conferences in Paris and elsewhere as to the metric system, 
unification of longitude, &c.; testing petroleum-testing appa- 
ratus ; conducting numerous scientific researches as to expan- 
sions and contractions of metals and other substances, together 
with other matters. It will be seen from this list that the 
scope is very wide and comprehensive. 


CONCLUSION. 


I have now described the British Imperial system of stan- 
dards, which is, so far as it goes, excellent. But theoretically 
it is far from perfect. Standards of length, weight, capacity 
(dry, fluid, and gas), and light are alone represented; but an 
ideal system would represent besides these electric units and 
meters, atomic units, musical pitch, time, alcohol, temperature, 
motion and power, «ce. 

With regard to electricity, a unit is now taking form, and 


38 


something has already been done to secure his. The B. A. 
Ohm was determined in 1862, and since this period improved 
Ohm-meters have rendered possible the more exact measuring 
of that amount. 

As to musical pitch, efforts are now being made to settle a 
universal pitch, and this, when effected, can easily be repre- 
sented among other standards. 

The possibilities of such a department as Standards Depart- 
ment of the British Board of Trade are unlimited, and asa 
power to reduce to order the various systems of the world its. 
importance cannot be over-rated. 


39 


SKETCH OF THE GEOLOGY OF THE SOUTHERN 
AND WESTERN PARTS OF THE LAKE EYRE 
BASIN. 


By Gavin Scounar, Corresponding Member. 
[Read September 7th, 1886.] 
Puate IIT. 


The following notes were made in the course of a journey 
which I undertook in September last as far north as Anna 
Creek and Mount Margaret. 

Geology of the Country Around Farina.—The secondary beds 
thin off to the south, dying out about ten miles south of the 
Railway Station. The higher lands in the neighbourhood are 
chiefly occupied with hard calcareous beds, apparently non- 
fossiliferous, whereas the flats, which have been denuded by 
Leigh’s Creek, consist of a powdery gypsiferous material. 

Geology of the Country passed through between Farina and 
Anna Creek Head Station —FYor the first thirteen miles we 
passed over a plain of very uninteresting country to the 
ceologist; there then appeared in the distance, to the westward, 
white gypsiferous cliffs, which to some degree relieved the 
monotonous aspect of the landscape. We shortly after entered 
upon the low swampy lands of Hay’s Creek. After crossing it 
we halted on a small sandhill on the eastern side, about two 
miles above its junction with Leigh’s Creek. Mount Nor’- 
West now began to loom ahead in the distance to the north- 
west. 

By making a detour I had the opportunity of examining the 
debris of a deserted well, which had been dug in the thin 
covering of secondary strata which rests upon the primitive 
rocks a little below the crossing place, but did not find any 
fossils nor discover anything interesting about the material 
which had been taken tromit. After crossing the creek we 
travelled upon a ledge of old primitive rocks which runs across 
the bed of the creek from 15 to 20 yards. No doubt these 
beds constitute a portion of the old slate series, which appear 
from beneath the cover of secondary beds far more frequently 
in the north country than is generally supposed. The strike 
of these beds is approximately north and south, and the dip is 
westerly. 

We then ascended a slight rise, from 15 to 20 feet, on to a 
stony plain of secondary age that stretches away for several 


40 


miles to the north. This plain, which seemed to be almost 
level for a distance of about two miles after leaving the creek, 
begins to rise before reaching the gate leading into the sheep 
paddock, about one and a half miles north-east of Mandowna 
Railway Station. About 40 yards within this enclosure funda- 
mental rocks of a dark purple colour appear at the surface, 
having a strike, as determined, of 45° west of north, and a dip 
of 80° westerly. From the general appearance of the country 
north and north-east of this place, these beds are extended 
much further in these directions, probably constituting the 
greatest part of the highlands between this point and the 
River Frome. Passing on in a westerly direction, the surface 
still rising and consisting of secondary strata, we bore straight 
for the eastern side of Decoy Hill, the northernmost summit of 
the Mount Nor’- West Range, and about four and a half miles 
slightly west of south from the Boorloo Springs. 

On ascending Decoy Hill, I found it to consist of a very 
hard quartzite. I also found that on both sides of the band 
the material was slightly less metamorphosed, and thinly 
bedded, whilst the centre of the band was very hard and com- 
pact, carrying blocks of considerable thickness; strike, 50° 
west of north; dip, about 80° westerly ; estimated thickness, 
about 200 feet; locality, about four and a half miles—from 
20° to 30° south of west from Hergott Railway Station. The 
water of the largest of the Boorloo Springs possesses very 
nauseous properties, presumably due to salt and sulphurous 
ingredierts. We stood by the spring and observed its motions 
carefully for a short time, and noticed as its waters were 
liberated at the surface of the pool an intermittent or an occa- 
sional puff of gas was set free, indicative that gas of some 
kind was generated in their passage to the surface. Besides 
salt and sulphurous matter, the waters of the springs must 
hold a considerable percentage of lime in solution; for the 
travertine thrown down around the outlet of the springs has 
already accumulated to a height of from eight to ten feet 
above the level of the surrounding plain. We ascended 
another, which is situated a short distance north-east from the 
main spring; also a third, which seemed to be left in its 
primitive state, located a few yards distant from the last, and 
estimated that the outflow of the two smaller ones is barely 
equal to the discharge of water from the main spring, though 
to all appearance the travertine collected around them is quite 
as great as the mound around the larger spring. This ma 
indicate that they are in process of extinction, or that they 
have been longer in existence, if the discharge of water has 
been equable from their commencement. The quartzite band 
we had seen at Decoy Hill is continued in a northerly direction 


41 


quite as far as the Buoorloo Springs, which in its course appears 
on the rising ground about three-quarters of a mile westerly 
of them. Here it has become metamorphosed into a quartz. 

Leaving the Springs, we proceeded crossing a flat about 
three miles north-west of the Hergott Railway Station, and 
followed the track leading nearly west over a tableland until 
we abruptly descended into Collanna Creek. The eastern sec- 
tion at this creek has, at a distance of about seventy yards 
from the bed of the creek, an altitude of about one hundred 
feet. The lower portion of this section consists of a clayey 
material, with flakes of selenite scattered throughout, evidently 
the waste of an argillaceous bed, the upper portion consisting of 
variously-sized pebbles, averaging from four to nine inches in 
diameter. The wasting away process is here carried on more 
rapidly in the clayey deposits than it is in the conglomerates, 
hence the latter become undermined, and finally fall in large 
blocks, soon to become disintegrated, the pebbles getting pro- 
fusely scattered over the slopes and base of the cliff. Further 
up the creek, but on the opposite side, there is a bluff of 
secondary strata, without the conglomerate cover, higher than 
the other including its capping of pebbles. The presence of 
these conglomerates imbedded on the surface of the plain at 
so high a level above the bed of the creek leads me to suppose 
that before the ravine was cut through the secondary beds, the 
creek emptied its waters over the plain at this place, hence the 
presence of boulders of a primitive type so high above the level 
of the modern channel. 

Leaving Collanna Creek, for a short distance we passed over 
an undulating, or rather a knolly country, similar geologically 
to the foregoing, excepting that there were not so many stones 
of a primitive character scattered over the surface. On as- 
cending any small height we could descry in the distance to 
the south hills presenting a semi-chalky aspect on their nor- 
thern slopes. Coming to the Welcome Springs we found them 
situated in a valley about twenty feet below the level of the 
plain. The question arose, from whence came so large a volume 
of water sufficient to cut a channel deep enough to expose and 
liberate the waters of the various springs? A moment’s reflec- 
tion led me to consider that I had seen hills and tablelands to 
the south and south-west sufficiently high to collect and dis- 
charge from their summits flowing water, which in time may 
have scooped outa channel of these dimensions across the plain, 
and deep enough to liberate the waters of the springs. The 
water from the largest spring was a little more palatable than 
that we got at the Boorloo, though it hasa peculiar sulphurous 
taste andsmell. Travertine in large quantities has been thrown 
down around the two lesser springs which I examined, whilst very 


42 


little is accumulated around the outlet of the chief or great 
spring of the group. It is therefore my opinion that the lesser 
springs at some former period constituted in turn the chief 
spring, and that when the accumulation of travertine ascended 
to a height sufficient to prevent, in a great measure, the free 
outflow of water from them it found its escape in another place 
on the flat where less resistance was offered to its outflow. 

Following the leading track across the plain as far as Kinde- 
ber Creek, we continued our course until we reached the 
Wangeyanna Springs. These springs occur in a valley or 
ravine very similar to the Welcome, but the outflow of water 
is not so great. The water, though alkaline to the taste, is far 
more palatable than either those at the Welcome cr Boorloo. 
Gradually ascending we obtained a fine view of Pole Creek 
Range ahead. When flooded the Pole Creek must pour down 
enormous quantities of water on account of the large extent of 
highlands that are situated around its sources. The Davenport 
Springs, which we next reached, are distributed over the bed 
of the creek for the length of a quarter of a mile. Through 
the evaporation of their waters a goodly amount of white saline 
material has accumulated over the bed of the creek in the 
vicinity of the springs. The water of the chief spring of the 
group is not very palatable. It is nevertheless considered to 
be of fair quality for stock purposes. To the south-west of 
the main spring, at a distance of less than 300 yards, a bluff 
of fundamental rocks occurs, consisting chiefly of old, dusky, 
and purple-coloured slates, with a quartzite band of no great 
thickness interbedded, the latter giving a bold outcrop and 
peculiar prominence to the whole. The strike of the quartzite 
is 10° south of west, dip 67° westerly. 

About two miles down the Davenport, on the eastern side, 
fossil shells of secondary age were found scattered about on 
the surface of a gentle rise. Indeed, it seems that wherever 
the argillo-calcareous prominences occur fossils may be found. 
As we passed to the north-east of the Finniss old head-station 
we came upon drift and numerous sandhills. To fully account 
for the drift sand, the country must have been partially 
covered with desert sandstone after the secondary marine 
strata were deposited. The winds and waste of centuries have 
perfectly disintegrated the once consolidated eolian deposits, 
and, so tar as can be observed, no remains of the solid parts of 
the formation now exist in the neighbourhood. 

On the western side of the creek, near Humphrey’s Springs, 
several of the argillo-caleareous knolls occur, with abundance of 
fossil shells belonging to various species. This is the most prolific 
spot I have seen in the north for fossil shells. A few paces north- 
easterly from these low hills or knolls, on the south-western 


43 


side of the creek, a section of the secondary strata is exposed 
from eight to ten feet in height. Although in close proximity 
to the knoll which yielded the greatest variety of fossil species, 
none were discovered in the face of this section. The lower 
portion of the section consists chiefly of soft clayey material, 
whilst the upper beds are composed of much harder rock. 

Quitting this place, and following the bed of the stream 
about fifty yards to the north-east, I discovered a band of old 
rocks running across the bed of the creek, the strike of which 
was found to be 10° north of west, dip 45° to the south. A 
reversal in the dip of the primitive beds between here and the 
Davenport Springs can only be accounted for by the fact that 
the Humphrey’s Springs beds are situated further to the 
north-east in the old series of beds than those occurring at the 
Davenport Springs with an anticline intervening, causing the 
alteration of dip between the two places. From the large 
amount of saline matter deposited over the bed of the creek, 
it might be considered that the waters from the springs would 
be far less palatable than they are. 

After leaving the springs we crossed to the northern side of 
the Gregory, from which position we could look back and see 
the hill of primitive rocks, which constitute the range south- 
west of the Davenport Springs, dipping under the secondary 
beds to the north-west. The Priscilla Springs were next 
reached. Here a considerable quantity of mineral incrusta- 
tions is spread over the bed of the creek, caused by the evapo- 
ration of the waters from the springs, around which sand and 
sandhills abound. The flow of water is not great, but is very 
fair in quality. We passed within a mile of Lake Phibs, the 
waters of which, I was informed, are very salt, and that in the 
centre of the lake there is an island with a spring of very salt 
water upon it. We crossed Stuart’s Creek a little above the 
highway crossing, the north-western bank of which rises im 
places from eight to ten feet high. I had been informed that 
fossils were to be found here, but although I looked carefully 
for such I observed none. The non-fossiliferous character of 
the deposits at this place does not by any means imply a similar 
absence of fossil remains further up the creek. 

Passing Stuart’s Creek we crossed the Margaret River, and 
afterwards came upon more knolls containing fossils. For 
several days from this point we passed over a succession of 
arid plains almost bare of vegetation, making a detour of about 
two miles in a more westerly direction by the Mount Hamilton 
cattle yards, after which we crossed a creek and passed over a 
very stony plain to the Warburton Springs, from the chief of 
which a considerable volume of water flows, but soon disappears 
through evaporation and absorption, not reaching beyond the 


44. 


bare claypan, which is now covered to dazzling whiteness for 
-an area of several hundred acres with an incrustation of salts. 
The water, however, was of fair quality. 

On the following morning I examined the two smaller 
‘springs that are situated north of the Beresford or Trig. Hill, 
and found the waters much similar in taste to those of the 
Warburton, or chief spring of the group. From the height the 
travertine has attained around these springs, and the compara- 
tive smallness of the volume of water issuing therefrom, it 
appears to me that at some former period in their history these 
two springs were the main outlet to the water which now flows 
from the chief spring in large volumes. The travertine around 
the lesser springs is about fifty feet in height, and the 
reason why their waters have now become languid in their out- 
flow may be on account of the greater distance they have to 
rise before reaching the surface, whilst the greater outflow of 
water at present from the much lower situated spring, south of 
the Beresford Hill, may arise simply from the difference of 
level at their exit. 

The most interesting section of the secondary strata I met 
with in my travels in the north was obtained in connection 
with the Beresford Hill, but for various reasons it did not get 
the thorough inspection from me it otherwise should have got. 
From the imperfect view I obtained of it I saw that the beds 
constituting the upper portion of the hill, though seemingly 
perfectly horizontal, were much harder in texture than those 
forming the lower parts. 

The Strangways Springs are a remarkable group, amounting 
in all, I was told, to about 400. I observed whilst some had a 
considerable volume of water, others seemed to have about at- 
tained their maximum height of travertine, and consequently 
discharged their waters more slowly; while others, again, 
seemed to be completely choked up through the accumulations 
of travertine that had collected around their outlets. The 
travertines from these waters consist chiefly of carbonate of 
lime, a little soda, and sulphurous matter, and in many cases a 
considerable percentage of ferruginous matter. I also observed, 
in several cases, that these mounds of travertine have been ap- 
parently acted upon by internal forces. Mr. Warren, sen., of 
Springfield, informs me that not unfrequently strange sounds 
have been heard about the Strangways, as if the pent-up gases 
in the water below were escaping upwards and exploding on 
reaching the surface, and he attributes to this cause the pre- 
sent shattered-like appearance many of the mounds present. 
In support of this theory he stated that one night a peculiar 
rumbling sound was heard in the neighbourhood of Finniss 
Springs, and on the following morning water was found to be 


45 


issuing from a place it had never been known to issue from 
before, and is still continuing to do so. 

On leaving Strangways Springs we crossed the Warrenei 
Creek, and for miles afterwards there is nothing seen but a 
country bestudded with sandhills and claypans alternately— 
the latter being the bared portions of the secondary strata, the 
former the reconstruction of the desert sandstone, the pre- 
vailing winds having so arranged the sandy materials resting 
on the impervious clays of the secondary era into the features 
of sandhill and claypan, which may be said to culminate at 
the Yellow Waterhole Lake. This lake or waterhole is ex- 
ceedingly uniform in depth throughout, and cannot contain a 
less area than sixty acres. Its entire surface is covered 
with a species of water-grass, which stands from four to five 
feet in height. This grass was nearly ripe at the time we 
were there, and the horses seemed exceedingly fund of it. 
Although fresh, the waters of the lake were thick with clayey 
and other matter in suspension. The sand-dunes, which must 
on an average stand about twenty feet high (contrary to 
natural order), seem to encircle this lake. For a considerable 
distance from the lake we travelled over a very similar country 
to that we had passed over the day before. At length we 
emerged upon an open plain, and the fossiliferous nodules, 
which we had not seen for some time, began to occur again. 

Pursuing our course along the plain we arrived at the Emily 
Spring. A salt swamp intervenes between this spring and the 
William Spring, the two being situated about a mile apart—the 
former on the southern side of the incrusted claypan, and the 
latter on the northern. Neither of these springs have mounds 
rising more than three feet above the level of the surrounding 
plain, and from appearances are not likely ever to attain a much 
greater height. The water from the Emily Spring, though not 
abundant, is very fair in quality. 

Next morning I visited the borehole on Anna Creek, the 
road being over sandhill country a considerable part of the 
distance. The country about the borehole, and for a consider- 
able distance towards the Emily and William Springs, is 
evidently covered with the waste of the desert sandstone, as 
the well-sinkings immediately north of this place fully prove. 
Mr. John Hogarth, of the station, informs me that the kitchen 
well was the first he sank in this group, and that the first 
eighteen feet was through sand and clay, at which depth salt 
_ water was obtained. Atadepth of thirty feet from the sur- 
face the blue clays of the secondary period were struck. Ata 
total depth of seventy feet from the surface a plentiful supply 
of very fair household water was obtained, which rises in the 
shaft to within fifteen feet of the surface. During the shearing 


46 


season the draw upon this well cannot be less than 4,000 gal- 
lons daily, and that amount never lowers the water in the shaft 
more than about four feet. 

About half a mile down the creek, and from ten to fourteen 
feet below the level of the kitchen well, the boreholes of the 
wool-washing establishments are situated. These two bore- 
holes yield almost an unlimited supply of rather better water 
than the kitchen well does. In both cases the superficial 
spring of salt water was struck at a depth of from ten to four- 
teen feet from the surface, which was dammed back in the 
usual way by inserting piping in the borehole. One of these 
boreholes is only seventy-five feet in depth. The other, though 
yielding a large flow of water, was continued to a depth of 
160 feet, in hope of increasing the supply, but in both cases the 
water rises to within eighteen inches or two feet of the sur- 
face. The deeper one yields a little more than the other, but 
the slight increase bears no proportion to the extra depth. 

The blue secondary clays, which underlie a covering of sand 
from 20 to 30 feet in thickness at the borehole, occupy the sur- 
face of the country a mile or so before reaching the creek 
about six miles north of the Wiliam Spring. How far this 
formation extends from the boreholes in a north-westerly di- 
rection beneath the sandhills it is impossible at present to say. 
This much, however, with confidence may be said, that these 
clays stretch all the way beneath the sandhills across the 
country from the boreholes past the William and Emily 
Springs southward as far as Warrenei Creek near the Strang- 
ways Springs. Their north-westerly limits cannot, however, 
extend further than the site of the Moorumbuma Well, for in 
that sinking they are not represented, neither are they in the 
well at Anna Creek Head Station. 

I also visited the flat, some nine miles distant, in which the 
Moorumbuma Well is situated. In this well the desert sand- 
stone is the water-bearing stratum. ‘The beds penetrated in 
this sinking are as follows:—A surface stratum of sandy clay. 
Beneath this clay the desert sandstone occurs, in which water 
was obtained at a depth of 63 feet, and at a total depth from 
the surface of 82 feet a copious supply of excellent stock water 
was obtained. It is possible that the blue clays at the secon- 
dary era may underlie the desert sandstone at this spot, but I 
scarcely think so, on account of the great thickness of the for- 
mation and the plenteous supply ef water it produces. This 
well and all others whose waters are obtained in the desert 
sandstone seem never to rise in the shaft above the level at 
which they are first obtained. This peculiarity leads me to infer 
that waters with this feature are all of local origin. 

After crossing Moorumbuma flat we ascended a large sand- 


47 


hill, from the top of which we could see the head station, 
situated on a gentle rise about half a mile before us, at which 
place we had not well arrived when rain began to fall, and 
though about quarter of an inch fell during the night, by 8 
o'clock next morning scarcely a vestige of 1t was to be seen 
upon the surface. 

For a distance of about two and a-half miles up from the 
head station on either side of Anna Creek the country con- 
tinues to be of a sandhill character. To the south-west and 
west of Milcheterrana Hill it is studded over with gentle rises 
belonging to the Primary series. To the east of that hill, how- 
ever, and for about a mile south-east on the eastern side of the 
ereek a sandy plain stretches away for several miles in that 
direction. ‘This plain is also here and there interrupted with 
bluffs of old rocks. Close to the creek and about three miles 
above the head station there is a band of very hard quartzite 
standing about eight feet above the level of the present sur- 
face; strike, 10° west of north; dip, about 10° easterly ; thick- 
ness, about 16 feet. Fundamental slate rock also appears at 
the surface in sitw at this place on the eastern side of the 
quartzite. The band, which here rises above the plain as a mere 
bluff, on pursuing its course northward constitutes the summit 
of Milcheterrana Hill. Directing our path a little more west 
from here, and at a distance of about a quarter of a mile, a 
band of blue marble was observed, which makes (as Mr. 
Hogarth informs me) most excellent mortar. Strike of this 
marble band, which is exposed at the surface for at least one 
hundred yards north, is about magnetic north and south, dip 
60° east. The quartzite band, referred to above, constitutes the 
summit of the hill, from 130 to 140 yards to the east of the 
marble one. Between it and the quartzite, however, about 
one-third of the distance is occupied with marbles much more 
argillaceous in quality. On the western side of the pure 
marble band, which at this place is not more than two feet in 
thickness, a band of gritty quartzite is interbedded, the strike 
and dip of which are the same as that of the marble band. 

The Anna Creek head-station and well are situated in lat. 
28° 60' south, long. 136° 8' east. The well yields an inexhaus- 
tible supply of most excellent water. The strata penetrated 
consist, in descending order, of twenty-five feet of sandy clay, 
thirty-eight feet of desert sandstone, at which depth water 
was struck, ‘The sinking was continued four feet further, 
making a total depth of sixty-seven feet. The stratum in 
which water was first discovered consisted chiefly of a gypsi- 
ferous clay. The daily quantity of water which the well pro- 
duces has never been fully ascertained, but taking from it at 
the rate of 1,000 gallons an hour lowers the water in the shaft 


48 


one foot, but beyond that depth, although the quantity ex- 
tracted be greatly increased, no further impression can be 
made upon the supply. 

Tom’s Well, which is also in the desert sandstone, is situated 
on a flat among sandhills about ten miles in a southerly 
direction from the head-station. The section of strata passed 
through in descending order was twenty-three feet through 
sand and clay, forty feet of desert sandstone, at which depth 
water was obtained. A thin bed of ferruginous conglomerate 
was afterwards pierced, from which the greatest amount of 
water flowed. This water, though of fair quality for stock, is 
rather salt for domestic purposes. 

The Deep Well is situated about five miles from the pre- 
ceding one, on a flat among sandhills about twelve miles south 
of the head-station, and about five miles distant in a north- 
westerly direction from Tom’s Well. ‘This well penetrates 
the desert sandstone 125 feet; its waters are much the saitest 
of any I have tasted in these parts of the north. A nodule of 


galena was taken from the sandstone beds whilst the well was 


in process of sinking. A borehole in progress some five to six 
miles above the William Spring was visited, and some of the 
clay which I secured from this sinking has been examined by 
Mr. Howchin, F.G.S., and has yielded some very interesting 
microscopic forms, particulars of which I append to this paper. 
Near this place I saw the spot where the fossil wood brought 
down by me had been taken from. I also satisfied myself on 


this occasion that the secondary strata, though obscured in the 


greater part of the distance with sandhills, are continued beneath 
them uninterruptedly from the borehole to William Creek. 
My next geological tour was north as far as Mount Mar- 


garet. From the head station the first three or four miles of 


the journey the surface of the country consists either of loose 


sand or old rocks. In the middle of the plain—about four 


miles from the head station—the latter appear on the surface 
asa quartzite. The strike of these beds is about north and 
south; dip, east. These quartzites constitute a slight rise 
for a considerable distance north, and in one place showed in a 
hill of much greater size. On the southern slopes of this name- 
less hill the William Creek takes its rise in primary strata, 
but the mesozoic strata put on iong before the creek reaches 
so far south as the William Spring. It would appear that the 
desert sandstone is continued as far east as this hill, for about 
four miles south-south-west from it water was found in a 
well penetrating that rock. From the summit of the hill just 
referred to we gradually descended to the Douglass, passing 
chiefly over sandy country. Before we reached the bed of the 
stream we came upon a patch of rock, overlying the old beds, 


49 


which closely resembles the Upland Miocene arenaceous beds 
of Munno Para East and the surrounding neighbourhood. 

The Douglass Wel], which is sunk in fundamental rocks, only 
yields about 1,000 gallons of water daily; it is about 60 feet 
in depth to the water-line, of which about fifteen feet is sur- 
face material, the remainder passing through old slate rock. 
At this depth a scanty supply of excellent fresh water was 
struck, which was slightly increased by sinking about ten feet 
further. Ata total depth of 70 feet a bed of very hard and 
dry slate was struck. Driving was then resorted to in the hope 
of finding a better supply, but that, too, failed, and the enter- 
prise was abandoned. Following the dry channel which runs 
nearly in a south-east by east direction from the well, I came 
to a bold bluff of very hard quartzite projecting about 20 feet 
above the general level of the country. The strike of this bed 
is 20° east of north; dip, 25° easterly. Looking down the dry 
channel into the Douglass gorge and at about three-quarters 
of a mile distant from this place, on the north-north-east side 
of the channel, another and a more prominent bluff of quartzite 
was displayed. As near as could be ascertained the strike of 
the beds is 10° west of north; dip, 45° easterly ; height above 
the general level of the plain, about 50 feet. For a consider- 
able distance up the stream, on the north-eastern side, seem- 
ingly nothing but felspar is exposed to view. 

The track we then followed led in a north-north-easterly 
direction, and over country showing primary rocks. Nothing, 
however, of a very striking nature was observed, unless it was 
the occurrence of a patch or two of arenaceous beds similar to 
those we discovered on the western side of the Douglass. On 
reaching the Blackfellows’ Quarry, which is between three and 
four miles from where we started in the morning, I noticed 
that the stone exposed to view is a gritty fissile quartzite, and 
must have been worked by the aborigines from time im- 
memorial, judging from the size of the excavation, which 
extends along the strike of the beds a distance of from fifty to 
sixty yards, the depth of which in several places is not less 
than from ten to twelve feet. The strike of these beds is 10° 
south of east, dip 45° northerly. From the quarry referred to 
the country declines for about a mile and a half into the bed 
of Sunny Creek, after which a gentle rise occurs, when suddenly 
the surface aspect of the country is changed from that of 
-a sandy nature to one literally covered over with ferro- 
arenaceous boulders and nodules of every fanciful shape and 
form. This character of surface is maintained for a distance 
of from half to three-quarters of a mile, when the track 
rapidly begins to fall to the level of the plain below. Yet the 
potstones and catheads of ferro-arenaceous material are scat- 


D 


50 


tered over the surface as profusely as ever, and continue to be 
so until the bottom of the declivity is reached, which cannot 
be less than forty feet below the level of the upper plain. 
Afterwards a stratum of loose sand, varying in depth, takes 
the place of these ferro-arenaceous nodules all the way to the 
crossing at Davenport Creek. On the south-western side we 
examined a hill which was one of the many remnants of an 
extensive bed of Desert Sandstone, which at some former period 
had been deposited against the old rocks that lie to the south- 
west. We afterwards found the same formation had at one 
time overlapped the secondary strata to the north-east. From 
the uneven manner in which decay seems to be acting upon 
the formation, and the peculiar structure its bedding presents, 
there can be little doubt that the formation was of eolian 
origin, and that the deposits, of which these stacks now form 
but small and isolated remnants, were originally formed by 
being blown by the winds against the sheltered and upstanding 
edges of the primitive rocks. 

About half a mile before reaching the crossing at Davenport 
Creek we observed a conical hill of old rocks situated on the 
eastern side, and at a distance of from 400 to 500 yards from 
the track, which cannot be less than 50 feet above the level of 
the surrounding plain. 

On arriving at the bed of the creek we found by recent flood- 
marks that this creek when flooded carries quite as much water, 
if not more, than the Douglass. We also observed that the 
gumtrees are more numerous along its margins, and although 
somewhat stunted end gnarled in appearance they are also 
much taller than at the Douglass. Mulga and other lesser 
shrubs seem to thrive tolerably well on the flats around its 
banks. Crossing the Davenport Creek we soon found our- 
selves treading again on the blue clays of the secondary era, 
which here overlie for several miles to the west the rocks 
of primitive age, forming, as it were, the inside half of a rude 
parallelogram against the old rocks of the Mount Margaret 
Range on the west and those of the Douglass and Blackfellows’ 
Quarry country on the south. 

The rocks constituting the eastern side of Mount Margaret 
Range have a strike of about 30° west of north, and the trend 
of the range itself is nearly north and south. After crossing 
Hope Creek and approaching nearer the range we began 
distinctly to observe the outcrop of the harder beds as 
they showed in bold relief along the mountain side, presenting 
a most magnificent aspect under the rays of a declining sun. 
On arrival at the spring at the cattle yard we found the streams 
from the detached hills to the west had cut a gorge through 
the eastern side of the range immediately south of the spring, 


ol 


extending for quite a mile across the mesozoic deposits. This 
channel is about ten feet deep near the junction of the old and 
new beds, and therefore I fully expected to find fossils of some 
kind or other, but so far as I could discover the beds were non- 
fossiliferous. From the top of the nearest peak we obtained a 
very fine view of the detached hills constituting the western 
part of the range, and also of the vast plain stretching east- 
erly. Asfar as the eye could reach to the west nothing but 
hill beyond hill was to be seen presenting their weathered and 
shivered peaks to the setting sun; whilst to the east the view 
before us was a vast plain of unusual sterility, composed of 
secondary strata. The strike of the primitive rocks was found 
to be 30° west of south and east of north; dip, 65° westerly ; 
estimated height above the level of the eastern plain, about 
200 feet. The spring, which by no means can be called a strong 
one, wells out at the junction of a band of marble or primit- 
ive limestone, where the old beds join the new. A con- 
siderable amount of calcareous material (travertine) has been 
deposited around the spring at a former period. The water, 
though slightly tainted with mineral ingredients, is, neverthe- 
less, very good drinking water. 

I ascended another of the eastern peaks of the Mount Mar- 
garet Range, which stands about 25 feet higher, and situated 
about half a mile north of the one we had previously ascended. 
From the difference between the trend of the range and the 
strike of the strata the material of which this peak is composed 
is entirely covered with secondary beds ere they reach so far 
south as the spring, and I also observed that the rocks were 
becoming more gritty in character. I ascended another peak 
situated about a quarter of a mile further north, and found it 
composed of rocks still more gritty and harder than the summit 
I had left. From the top of this peak an excellent view of 
the surrounding country was obtained, and the bearings I 
found much similar to those we had taken the previous night. 
Following up the creek in the neighbourhood [ came upon a 
stratum of the prevailing quartzite, metamorphosed so highly 
as to present the appearance of a quartz rock. 


ANALYSES OF SAMPLES OF WATER. 

Several samples of water taken from the springs mentioned 
in this paper were submitted for analysis to Mr. A. Thomas, 
F.C.S., analytical chemist, with the following results. All 
the wells referred to except one (Mount Margaret Spring) are 
situated on Messrs. Hogarth & Warren’s run :— 


52 


Deep Weil. 

Solids per Imperial gallon, 10°60 SrHiney consisting of — 
Sodium chloride : ie OA 
Sulphuric acid se Ra <4} Le 
Tron and alumina oe se aa. 0s 
ame’, ..: be ie Be ea cee 
Magnesia ee sa ae .. "44 


Mount Margaret Spr ang. 
Solids per Imperial gallon, 2°06 hes: consisting of — 


Sodium chloride } ol) Bea 
Sulphuric acid es mak Pe es 
Tron and alumina h. 1“ un 30s 
Lime a ye me ah. te Stee 
Magnesia big ai Ue 5y) Heo 

2°19 


Douglass Well. 
Solids per Imperial gallon, 0°80 grains, consisting of—. 


Sodium chloride ae DA We fete |) 
Sulphuric acid ... ee oy Penge thee 
iron and alumina be ie pupae Uo! 
Fame"... Ee ee aR To OS 
Magnesia Be ase a ee OD 

0'74 


Wool-wash Borehole. 
Solids per Imperial gallon, 5°00 grains, consisting of— 


Sodium chloride ce we se ae 
Sulphuric acid ... a ie: sts fu Lae 
Tron and alumina me fy. sbevc ope 
Lime ee re ise adem Vagos 
Magnesia Pe an a es 2-) 

5°14 


: Kitchen Bore Hole. 
Solids per Imperial gallon, 5°70 Hab consisting of— 


Sodium chloride : 1) 4a 
Sulphuric acid ... Aas Me cused ae 
Tron and alumina We Sh HAO 
Lime Bu at 42 se La) eG 
Magnesia oe Sse oe ee 


53 


Anna Creek Well. 
Solids per Imperial gallon, 0°54 grains, consisting of— 


Sodium chloride ee sm ... 020 
Sulphuric acid ... o oh nopetee bY é 
Tron, clay, and magnesia te eee | 0 

0.47 


Tom’s Well. 
Solids per Imperial gallon, 10°70 grains, ie aie of— 


Sodium chloride 1:56 
Sulphuric acid ... “*: Bs iow OS 
Tron and alumina ee ae bask oi Sel 
Lime Aes aa ue i ee nas 
Magnesia oe sie ae be OG 
10°49 

PAaLZONTOLOGY. 


List oF Fosstz Mozrtusca collected by Mr. Scoular at 
Davenport and Humphrey Springs, Central Australia, deter- 
mined by Prof. R. Tate :— 

Belemnites australis, Phillips (7). Fragments only. 

Monotis Barklyi, Aloore. 

Modiola linguloides, Huddleston. 

Modiola Scoulari, spec. nov. An ovately reniform shell similar 
to M. imbricata, Sowerby, of the English Jurassic rocks, but 
a little less curved ventrally and with strong corrugations 
in the umbonal region ; length 65, breadth 32 millimetres. 

Modiola sp. <A cast only. Lanceolate with much produced 
anterior side. 

Trigonia sp. Casts only. A trigonal form, a little longer than 
broad ; certainly neither T. mesembria, Z. Woods, nor T. 
nasuta, Etheridge. 

Arcomya sp. Cast. 

Pleuromya sp. Cast. 

Cytherea (?) Clarkei, Moore. 

Cypricardia sp. Cast. 

List oF Fosstz Microzoa.—A small quantity of material 
from William Well, Lake Eyre district, was subjected to micro- 
scopical examination by Mr. Walter Howchin, who has supplied 
the following particulars :— 

The Microzoa consist chiefly of Foraminifera, of which five 
species were noticed, viz.— 

. Cristellaria gibba, d’ Orbigny. 

. Marginulina glabra, d’ Orbigny. 

. Vaginulina lecumen, Linné. 

. Nodosaria radicula, ‘Linné. 

. Haplophagmium sp. (a single example much distorted). 


Om che 


54 


All the above are known as fossil forms in British Paleon- 
tology. Nol dates from Cretaceous times, No. 2 from the 
Lias, No. 3 from the Trias, and No. 4 from the Permian. 

The geological material resembles that passed through in the 
Hergott borings, and all the foraminifera noted above were 
obtained in the Hergott material. There is therefore little 
doubt that Mr. Scoular’s gatherings belong to the same geo- 
logical formation. . 

The fossils other than foraminifera observed in the material 
under notice were a single carapace of an Entomostracan and 
some fragments of vegetable tissue. A few minute pyritous 
casts also indicate the existence of vegetable life. 


ADDITIONS TO THE EXTRA-TROPICAL FLORA OF 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 


By Baron F. von Mvuetter, K.C.M.G., FBS. &e. 
[Read September 7, 1886.] 


Capparis spinosa. Near the Finke River. Lveuwt. Dittrich. 

Tribulus macrocarpus. Near Charlotte Waters. ev. H. 
Kempe. 

Sida platycalyx. Near Charlotte Waters. Rev. H. Kempe. 

Phyllanthus thesioides. Near Charlotte Waters. ev. H. 
Kempe. 

Casuarina humilis. Eucla. Bate. 

Portulaca australis. Near Finke River. Lveut. Dittrich. 

Dodonea tenuifolia. Near Spencer Gulf. Prof. Tate. 

Gomphrena Browni. Finke River. Kempe. 

Bassia Cornishiana. Near the Queensland Boundary. Cornish. 

Pultenza scabra. Kangaroo Island. Tepper. 

Crotalaria Mitchelli. Spencer Gulf. Prof. Tate. 

Ptychosema trifoliolatum. Near McDonnell Range. Aempe. 

Neptunia monosperma. Near McDonnell Range. 

Acacia stipuligera. Near McDonnell Ranges. Giles, 

Acacia Spilleriana, J. H. Brown. Wirrabara, Clare &c. 
Brown. 

Acacia Whanii. Near the Murray River. 

Acacia gonophylla. Near Eucla. Bate. 

Acacia iteaphylla. Spencer Gulf. # ov. AL. 

Rotala diandra. Near MacDonnell Ranges. Dittrich. 

Melaleuca quadrifaria. Near Eucla. Bate. 

Eucalyptus Oldfieldi, # v. WZ. McDonnell Range. Schwarz. 

Hydrocotyle pterocarpa. Near Glenelg River. Mrs. Dr. 
Wehl. 

Actinotus Schwarzi, #. v. M2. McDonnell Range. Schwarz. 

Spermacoce marginata. Near the Queensland Boundary. 
Cornish. 

Pluchea tetranthera. Near McDonnell Range. Kempe. 

Gnaphahum Indicum. Finke River. Kempe. 

Calogyne Berardiana. Near Charlotte Waters. Kempe. 

Goodenia Strangfordii. Near McDonnell Range. Aempe. 

Cuscuta Tasmanica. Murray River. 


58 


Peplidium humifusum. Near Charlotte Waters. Kempe. 

Utricularia lateriflora. Near Glenelg River. F. v. I. 

Eremophila denticulata. Near Eucla. Bate. 

Acianthus caudatus. Kangaroo Island. Tepper. 

Crinum angustifolium. Near McDonnell Range. 

Triodia Mitchelli. Near McDonnell Range. 

Nitella microphylla, Al. Braun—named by Dr. Nordstedt. 
Onkaparinga River. Tepper. 

Cladophora crispata. St. Vincent Gulf. Tepper. 

Physcomitrium repens, C. Mueller. Spencer Gulf. 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEw CoORCHORUS FROM 
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA. 


By Baron von Mvetier, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph.D., F.RS. 


[Read September 7, 1886.) 


Corchorus Elderi. 


Somewhat shrubby, upright, much branched, thinly starry- 
tomentose ; leaves small, almost oblong, or some merging into 
an ovate form, crenate-serrulated, above soon glabrescent ; 
flowers minute; peduncles usually very short or obliterated ; 
pedicels one—three, soon longer than the flowers, scantily star- 
hairy; calyx while unexpanded nearly globular; petals hardly 
exceeding the calyx; stamens twenty or fewer; style ex- 
tremely short; fruit small, ovate-globular, four—five-valved, 
outside densely setular-and starry-tomentose ; seeds five—three 
or rarely two—one in each cell. 

In the region north of MacDonnell Range, found by Lieut. 
Dittrich during Mr. Lindsay’s expedition. 

Habit not unlike that of C. hirsutus; height, one—two feet ; 
leaves short-stalked, half—one inch long, somewhat crisped ; 
stipules and bracts wiry, short, setaceous-linear; peduncles 
occasionally lengthening to half an inch; flowers only one 
sixth cr one-fifth inch long; calyx deciduous, slit in its upper 


59 


part only, unless finally deeper; petals pale-yellow, glabrous, 
orbicular-ovate, not distinctly gland-bearing, though slightly 
thickened at the base; anthers cordate- or globular-ovate ; 
style glabrous ; fruit-bearing pedicels one-third to half-inch 
long; torus extremely short; disc spreading, membranous, 
undulating, glabrous; well-developed fruits one-third inch 
long, but not rarely smaller and also then maturing ; its ves- 
titure greyish and remarkably dense, consisting of star-hairy 
minute setules ; valves inside glabrous and shining; septum of 
each valve straight and firm; descendingly tranverse, slight 
elevations between the seeds, but no distinct septules; seeds. 
about one-twelfth inch long, oblique- or truncate-ellipsoid, 
smooth, brown-black outside and not shining. 

This species is nearest allied to C. sidoides, but very different 
in its fruit, standing as regards the main characteristics of 
the latter quite alone; some affinity of our new plants to 
C. echinatus is also obvious, but that species is rendered by the 
septicidal dehiscence of its fruit-capsule somewhat anomalous 
in the genus Corchorus and verges much towards Priumfetta. 
Indeed, for limiting these two genera we can best rely on the 
structure of their fruits, and if from that the main distinc- 
tions are to be derived then 7. pilosa among Australian species, 
as well as some African and other congeners, would need to be 
transferred from Triumfetta to Corchorus, as to some extent 
pointed out already in 1863 (Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. IV., 29). 

In bestowing on so humble a plant the name of Sir Thomas. 
Elder, I should remark, that this floral novelty is the most 
interesting gained during the expedition, which through the 
special aid of this munificent promoter of all interests of 
South Australia has been enabled to shed additional light 
also on the Central Australian flora. 


60 


DIAGNOSIS OF A NEW SPECIES OF CALADENIA. 
By Prorrssor Rate Tare, F.LS., F.GS., &. 
[Read October 5, 1886.] 
PrateE IT. 


Caladenia cardiochila. 


A slender hairy species from six to nine inches high; one-, 
rarely two-fid. Leaf linear lanceolate, sheathing at the base, 
from two to three inches long. 

Sepals and petals brownish-red with a yellow margin, or 
yellowish with a brownish-red streak down the centre; lnear- 
lanceolate, neither contracted nor clavate, and quite free of 
glandular pubescence. Dorsal sepal erect, incurved over the 
column; narrower than the lateral sepals, which are flat, 
lanceolate, dilated upwards, abruptly acuminate, and about 17 
millimetres long by 45 broad. Petals linear, 17 millimetres 
long by two broad. Labellum on a long claw, undivided, 
margin entire, cordately ovate, somewhat flat, but not recurved, 
contracted towards the tip where the margin is thickened, and 
of a dark red-brown colour. The colour of the labellum is 
yellowish above and below, with a reddish margin, and streaked 
dichotomously on the upper side, and blotched on the wedge- 
shaped tip with the same colour. Length, ten millimetres; 
breadth, eleven mills. Calli in two rows, large, elevated, 
closely packed, oblong, attenuated at the base and graduating 
into linear-clavate at the base of the labellum, of a very dark 
red-brown colour. The anterior third of the labellum is naked. 
Column much curved, broadly winged in the upper two-thirds, 
mottled with brownish-red. Anther with a short acute point. 
Two oval calli at the base of the column. 

Sandy ground under the shade of Casuarinas and Eucalypts, 
Golden Grove. Collected by various members of the Field 
Naturalists’ Club, October 2, 1886. Barabba Scrub, Hundred 
Grace, S. Dixon (!), 1865. 

This species is conspicuous amongst congeners associated 
with it by its broad labellum and short petals and sepals. The 
accompanying species were C. dilatata, R. Brown, C. leptochila, 
Fitzgerald, C. carnea, R. Br., and C. latifolia, R. Brown. From 
C. dilatata and its allies it is at once separable by its short 
sepal points, in which respect it approaches C. Cazrnsiana, 
F. v. M. Its nearest ally is C. ¢essellata, Fitzgerald, 


61 


agreeing with it in its short non-clavate sepals and petals, and 
its flattish labellum, from which it differs by the calli being in 
two rows, not continued to the point of the labellum, and by 
their shape, also by the simple margin to the labellum, and by 
its broadly ovate outline. 

A few years ago Mr. R. Fitzgerald personally explored the 
neighbourhood of Adelaide in search of orchids, and with the 
result that six species previously undescribed were made scien- 
tifically known. Of these there are two Caladenias—C. 
leptochila and C. reticulata—both of which have sepals with 
long points, clavate, and glandular; and are therefore only 
distantly related to the species herein described. The former 
is easily recognisable by its narrow-oblong labellum; the 
latter, which externally resembles C. dilatata, has the labellum 
less deeply cut, and reticulated with raised veins (as in the 
section Phlebochilus, Benth., to which C. Cairnsiana belongs). 


EPLANATION oF Puate II. 
1. Side view of the whole plant; nat. size. 
2. Flower seen from the front; slightly enlarged. 
3, Lateral sepal; 4, Petal; 5, Labellum. All enlarged two diameters. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF SOUTH 
AUSTRALIAN MARINE AND FRESH=-WATER 
MOLLUSCA. 


By Professor Ratpu Tare, F.LS., F.GS., &e. 
[Read October 5, 1886.] 


Prates [V. anp V. 


Helix reteporoides, spec. nov. Plate v., figs. 14 a—c. 


Shell rather widely umbilicated, depressed, orbicular, thin ; 
spire a little elevated; whorls five, convex, separated by a 
deeply-impressed or channelled suture; last whorl rounded, 
not descending in front, base convex; aperture slightly 
oblique to the vertical axis, subcircular; peristome simple, its 
margins disunited; columella slightly reflected over the um- 
bilicus, which is wide and perspective. The ornament consists 
of regular, crowded, thin, elevated, equal ridges, and trans- 
verse, equidistant microscopic striz in the intercostal furrows ; 
the ridges are more distant on the spire whorls than on the last 
whorl; the transverse striz are more conspicuous on the base, 
and the distance between them about equals the width of the 
interstitial grooves. Colour of sheil reddish-brown. 

Dimensions.—Major and minor diameters, 7 and 6°25; height, 
4; diameter of umbilicus, 1°5 millimetres. 

Localities.—Black Hill, near Adelaide, under rotten stumps 
of the “ grass-tree’’; under stones at the foot of the cliffs at 
the junction of the River Para and Jacobs’ Creek; slopes of 
Kaiserstuhl, Barossa Range; in the stringybark forests about 
Clare and Penwortham. 

This species belongs to a group of small shells, more or less 
depressed, and ornamented with raised lamelle, represented by 
many species in Tasmania, with most of which I have compared 
it, and by three described species in South Australia, but two 
or more species yet remain undiagnostically known. As im- 
plied by the specific name, the shell above described has affinity 
with H. retepora (Cox), inhabiting the Flinders Range (Masters) 
and at Port Lincoln (R. 7.); the general shape is the same, 
but in H. reteporoides the spire is not quite so elevated, the 
whorls more rotund, deeper suture, more convex base, larger 
umbilicus, the costal lamelle equal and very much more 
numerous, and the transverse striz finer. 


63 
Helix Tomsetti, spec. nov. Plate v., figs. 13a—c. 


Shell conoidly depressed, rather thin, widely and deeply um- 
bilicated ; spire slightly elevated, widely conical, obtuse ; 
whorls five, flatly convex, narrowly concavely depressed near the 
anterior suture, and margined at the suture ; last whorl rounded, 
rather depressed above, and bluntly angled at the periphery ; 
posterior to the angulation at the periphery the surface is 
slightly depressed, thence convex to the suture ; base rather 
abruptly convex ; aperture not descending in front, oblique to 
the vertical axis, rotundately lunate; peristome simple, thin, 
disunited ; columella very slightly reflected over the umbilicus. 

The ornamentation consists of coarse, irregular, oblique 
striations and distant granulations; the one and a half apical 
whorls granulose only ; under surface striated. Colour of the 
living shell unknown. 

Dimensions —Major and minor diameters, 145 and 125; 
height, 7; height of aperture,6; diameter of umbilicus, 2°5 
millimetres. 

Locality —Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, (Lomsett!). This 
new species is somewhat intermediate between H. Bordaensis 
and H. Evandaleana, having more the shape of the former, but 
with the sculpture of the latter; it is flatter and has a larger 
umbilicus than H. Hvandaleana. 


Mitra pellucida, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 13. 


Shell minute, slender, fusiform, translucent, colourless, 
polished ; apex obtuse; whorls 6, flatly convex, suture distinct ; 
the two or three apical whorls smooth, the rest with thick de- 
pressed axial cost, the interstices linear and puncturated ; last 
whorl lirate at the base; anterior portion of the columella shghtly 
recurved; columella with three strong oblique plaits ; outer hp 
not thickened, smooth within. 

Dimensions.—Total length, 7:25; of aperture, 3:25; breadth 
of last whorl, two millimetres. 

Localities—In beach sand, Fowler and Streaky Bays in the 
Great Australian Bight. 

This new species may perhaps belong to the section Mitroidea, 
it is certainly not the young of any known Mitride inhabiting 
South Australian waters, and I cannot attach it to any figured 
species of the family. 


Paludina lirata, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs. 6a—b. 


Shell subglobose, thick, imperforate ; spire depressed, conic, 
obtuse, eroded at the apex; suture much impressed. Whorls 
four, convex, somewhat flattened posteriorly. Aperture 
oblique, large, semicircular; outer lp attenuated and acute ; 
interior bluish-white; epidermis of an olive-green colour ; 


64: 


surface ornamented with longitudinal lire and faint strie, and 
obliquely transverse strie and wrinkles of growth. There are 
s1x or seven prominent lire on the penultimate whorl with a 
finer one occasionally interposed between them. On the last 
whorl the lire in front of the periphery are less pronounced. 
Operculum horny, concentric, with the nucleus nearer the 
columella margin. The embryonic shells are diaphanous, pale- 
green, carinated on the periphery of the last whorl, on the 
posterior part of which are interstitial strie between the lire ; 
the base is strongly striated ; the nuclear whorls are depressed 
faintly striated longitudinally ; there is no umbilicus. 

The animal is oviviparous, so also is P. sublineata, P. Han- 
leyt, Melania Tatet and M. Balonnensis, giving birth to six to 
eight embryos of about three millimetres diameter. 

Dimensions.—Total length, 18 ; greatest width, 18; height of 
aperture, 13; width of aperture, 10. 

Locality.—Cooper’s Creek at Innamincka, Central Australia, 
(Mr. James McLeod!). 

The species is quite unique among Australian congeners. 


Aspergillum multangulare, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs. 4a—b. 

Disk roundly oblong, laterally sub-compressed, ventral and 
anterior sides prolonged into two rows of longish tubes ; par- 
ticles of coarse sand or shell are usually agglutinated to the 
disk, or it is adherent by one valve. 

Valves oblong, inequilateral, translucent ; umbones anterior, 
prominent; surface with distant concentric growth-folds, and 
rayed with microscopic lines. 

Tube short, straight, or slightly bent, rather constricted at 
the proximal end ; octagonal, obtuse, not keeled at the angles ; 
transversely irregularly striate. 

Dimensions.— Disk, antero-posterior diameter, 8; umbo- 
ventral, 5; sectional diameter, 3°55. Tube, length, 6; diameter, 
3 millimetres. 

Locality —Not unfrequently cast up on the sandbeach of 
Holdfast Bay, St. Vincent Gulf. 

This species belongs to the section of the genus correspond- 
ing with Humphreyia of Gray, which includes two other species 
only, both Australian; from those it differs conspicuously by 
its small size and many-angled tube. 

Hemimactra versicolor, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs. 12a—b. 

Shell cuneiformly ovate, solid, equivalve, very inequilateral, 
moderately convex; colour, white, yellowish, brown, purplish, 
bluish-white; shining, ornamented with rather fine growth 
ridges ; umbos distinct, incurved, approximate; anterior side 
very short, its margin regularly rounded; posterior side pro- 
duced, with a narrow dorsal area limited by an ill-defined um- 


65 


bonal ridge extending to the somewhat pointed post-ventral 
extremity; post-dorsal margin gently sloping for half its 
length, thence more abruptly descending to form an acute angle 
with the moderately convex ventral margin. 

The right valve has the anterior lateral tooth thick and 
short, the posterior longer and less stout; the doubling of these 
laterals is but faintly exhibited; the cardinal tooth is small. 
In the left valve there are no traces of the superior and supple- 
mentary laterals. 

Pallial line with a broad, very shallow, posterior emargination 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 12°5; umbo-veutral. 
diameter, 9°5 ; sectional diameter, 6 millimetres. 

Locality —Living in great abundance on the sandy bottom 
of Lake MacDonnell, Great Australian Bight. Lake MacDon- 
nell is now entirely cut off from the ocean by lofty sanddunes ; 
Zoster and other plants, as also several species of mollusca, 
still inhabit it. 

The nearest ally of this pretty species is Jf. cuneata, Chem. 
It also bears some general resemblance to Spisula fluviatilis, 
Angas, but is more oblique and gibbous, not sharply angulated 
at the post-umbonal slope, and the dentition is very different. 


Psammobia Brazieri, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 1. 

Shell elongate, somewhat donaciform, thin, shining, pellucid, 
slightly gaping at both ends, depressed; umbos small, acute, 
directed posteriorly, and situated far back. 

The front dorsal margin is almost three times as long as the 
posterior, nearly horizontal and straight; the post-dorsal slope 
is yery oblique and straightish. The ventral outline is but 
slightly curved, forming an obtuse rounded extremity an- 
teriorly, and a blunt angle with the obliquely truncated pos- 
terior extremity. The posterior area is bounded by an acute 
umbonal carina, a little anterior to which on the interior is a 
thick ridge descending from the umbo and appearing on the 
exterior as an opaque white line. 

Colour whitish, with a pink flame enclosed between the 
carina and the internal umbonal ridge. The sculpture consists 
of fine concentric lines of growth, becoming coarser on the 
posterior slope. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 12; length of pos- 
terior side, 3°5; umbonal ventral diameter, 65; sectional 
diameter of united valves, 2:25 millimetres. 

Locality —Aldinga Bay. 

Tellina subdiluta, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 9. 

Shell small, thin, semipellucid, white or pale yellow, shining ; 
ornamented with close, regular, flat concentric ridges and linear 
- interspaces ; the ridges are slightly elevated, lamellar, fewer 


E 


66 


and more distant on the posterior side. Elongate-oval, very 
inequilateral, a little convex; posteriorly narrow, rounded ; 
anteriorly produced, acuminately rounded; post-dorsal slope 
very oblique, slightly concave behind the small acute umbo, 
thence a little ecurved to the rounded posterior margin; the 
antero-dorsal slope is very much longer, nearly straight. 
Right valve with two cardinal teeth, the posterior larger, 
triangular, and bifid; laterals well developed. Left valve with 
one bifid cardinal tooth only(?). 

Dimensions. — Antero-posterior diameter, 9; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 5'5 millimetres. 

Locality — Dead shells from 22 fathoms in Encounter Bay. 

This neat little species bears considerable resemblance to 
T. diluta, Smith, in Voy. Challenger, but is much shorter pos- 
teriorly, and otherwise a little different in outline, as also in 
sculpture. 

Tellina Aldingensis, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 2. 

Right valve transversely elongate, subdepressed, much in- 
equilateral; the anterior side larger than the posterior, rounded 
at the extremity and scarcely narrowed ; posterior considerably 
attenuated, and narrowly truncated and inconspicuously bi- 
angulate at the extremity. The carination of the posterior 
slope is broadly and flatly convex, in front of which the shell 
is slightly depressed, but corresponding therewith on the in- 
terior there is a conspicuous, white, narrow ridge. Colour 
yellowish-white. The sculpture consists of linear strie of 
growth, which are developed into slightly-raised lamine on the 
posterior slope. 

The sip honal inflection is very deep, reaching near to the 
anterior scar, narrowly rounded at the end, and confounded 
with the pallial line. 

This species comes near to 7. zmbellis, Hanley. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 31; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 18; sectional diameter of right valve, 3; length of 
posterior side, 11°5 millimetres. 

Locality —Aldinga Bay. 


Venerupis crebrelamellata, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs. l4a—b. 

Shell oblong, somewhat elliptical, tumid about the umbones 
which are incurved, approximate, and anterior; anterior side 
attenuated ; roundly truncated behind; concentrically closely 
exfoliated. 

The anterior side is short, its dorsal margin straight, and 
very sloping, and forming with the abruptly ascending slope of 
the ventral margin a blunt angle; the post-dorsal side is 
slightly arched, descending to the narrow somewhat obliquely 
truncated posterior margin; the posterior part of the ventral 


67 


margin is nearly horizontal, thence rapidly ascending to the 
somewhat apiculate front extremity. 

Sculpture.—On the umbonal region it consists of concentric 
ridges and raised radial lines; the interspaces between the 
ridges are concentrically striated and decussated by the radial 
lines. Proceeding outwards the ridges are gradually developed 
into thin, erect, crowded, crenately-wrinkled lamine, which 
towards the posterior margin are broader and frilled; the 
radial lines of the umbonal area are continued as opaque pinkish- 
white thickenings in the crenatures on the dorsal face of the 
otherwise pellucid lamelle. 

Colour greyish, with a purplish or flesh-coloured stain about 
the umbones and posterior area. 

The pallial line which is stained brown is near the margin ; 
the sinus is narrow rather short and acute at the apex; the post 
adductor scar is purplish-brown and the anterior one pale-horn. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 24; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 14; sectional diameter, 13 millimetres. 

Locality — Burrowing in stiff clay on the north side of the 
mouth of the River Patawalonga, Holdfast Bay. 

This species differs from all known species having lamellose 
ornament by its attenuated front and crowded lamelle. 


Corbicula desolata, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs, l1la—b. 


Shell subtrigonally ovate, subequilateral, very convex with 
very prominent umbones; anterior side shorter, rounded at the 
margin, posterior margin more sharply curved. 

Epidermis glossy, straw-coloured in young examples, brown 
in the adult. The ornament consists of distant, regular, acute, 
concentric ridges, passing into crowded raised lines on the pos- 
terior side where the epidermis is dull, darker in colour, and is 
crossed by fine oblique filaments. 

Ligament short, brown. Interior of the valves bluish-white 
towards the margins, opaque-white towards the umbones. 
Hinge with three cardinal teeth in the right valve ; the anterior 
one is small, the other two are grooved on their summits; the 
sockets for the lateral teeth are transversely striated. The 
left valve has two cardinal teeth, and the lateral teeth are 
transversely striated on both faces. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 17; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 15; sectional diameter, 11 millimetres. 7 

Locality.—Cooper’s Creek at Innamincka, Central Australia 
(Mr. James McLeod !). 

C. desolata is related to C. Angasi, but differs by its more 
equilateral outline and great convexity, 


Lucina crassilirata, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 2. 


Shell orbicular, subglobose, very thick, regularly convex except 
in the post-dorsal area which is abruptly compressed. Surface 


68 


ornamented with thick concentric ridges, broader than the 
intervening concave sulci, and rather distant thickish threads 
which somewhat crenulate the margins of the lire, but do not 
pass over them; inner margin of the valves strongly crenu- 
lated on the ventral region, minutely so on the front dorsal 
and posterior edges. Lunule small, shallow. 

Dimensions.—Autero-posterior diameter, 8°5; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 8°25 ; sectional diameter, 7 millimetres. 

Locality.—Shell sand, Streaky Bay. 

This little specics has a general resemblance to L. columbella, 
Lamarck, but has its closest ally in L. nuczformis, Tate, a fossil 
of the Older Tertiary beds of Aldinga Bay, from which it 
differs by being less gibbous, less angulated behind, and by its 
thicker lire. 

Lepton ovatum, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 11. 

Shell oval, thin, semitransparent, moderately convex, subin- 
equilateral ; umbos, blunt, approximate, projecting beyond the 
dorsal margin, slightly inclined to the front, situated a little 
behind the centre. Margins rounded on sides, except dorsally. 

The sculpture consists of slght concentric strie and 
microscopic granules. Owing to the transparency of the 
shell, the exterior exhibits the muscular scars and palhal line 
of the interior. 

The right valve has one cardinal tooth, and the left valve two 
cardinal teeth, each with a lateral on each side, those of the right 
valve more remote. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 2; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 1°5; sectional diameter of closed valves, 1 milli- 
metres. 


Locality Shell sand, Holdfast Bay. 


Kellia Angasiana, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 7. 

Triangularly oval, inequilateral, rather convex, extremely 
thin, dull, semitransparent. Dorsal margins sloping from the 
beaks towards each end, somewhat roundly truncate on the 
anterior side, roundly produced posteriorly, and the ventral 
margin moderately curved; umbo small, prominent, situated 
considerably in front of the centre. 

The sculpture consists of numerous unequal elevated concen- 
tric threads. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 2°5; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 2; sectional diameter of both valves, 2 millimetres. 

Locality.—Shell sand, Holdtast Bay. 


Montacuta meridionalis, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 4. 
Ovately orbicular, sub-equilateral, somewhat gibbous, ex- 
tremely thin, glossy, transparent, margins rounded ; umbo 


69 


small, acute, hardly projecting beyond the dorsal margin, 
situated a little in front of the centre; posterior side the 
larger. The sculpture consists of fine concentric striz. 

Left valve with two diverging teeth, between which is the 
cartilage pit. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 10; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 8 ; sectional diameter of both valves, 4 millimetres. 

Localities.—Shell sand, Aldinga Bay and Port Lincoln. 


Scintilla (?) lunata, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 8. 


Shell minute, approximately semicircular in outline, sub- 
equilateral, compressed, yellowish-white, dull, translucent ; 
umbones small, though prominent, median, smooth. Surface 
of the valves concentrically faintly striated, and towards the 
margin minutely papillose, with a few larger papille grouped 
somewhat radially. 

Dorsal line straight, the rest of the periphery almost uni- 
formly arched, the posterior side being a little more attenuated 
than the anterior. Ventral gape wide, lanceolate. Ligament 
internal, bounded on each side in each valve by an obtuse 
tooth with a bifid crown and a long lateral. Margin of valves 
plain ; interior nacreous, with the growth lines well shown. 

Dimensions.—Greatest length of dorsal line, 7:25; greatest 
width, 3°5 millimetres. 

Locality.—Creeping on rocks at extreme low tide at Edith- 
burg, St. Vincent Gulf (WeDougall !) 


Cardita rosulenta, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 3. 


Shell trapezoidally ovate, transverse, moderately convex, in- 
equilateral; umbones oblique incurved; anterior side short, 
obliquely and roundly truncated and flattened posteriorly ; 
post-dorsal margin straight, slightly sloping; front-dorsal 
margin abruptly sloping and somewhat concave in front of the 
umbo. Lunule conspicuous, broadly cordate, smooth. Sur- 
face ornamented with 22 very narrow subacute ribs, the an- 
terior ones furnished with thickish annular scales, the middle 
and posterior ones with erect, arched, or subspinose scales; 
interspaces between tke ribs concave, two or three times wider, 
concentrically, distantly, and irregularly striated. 

Epidermis very thin, golden-yellow, minutely ciliate-fringed. 
Colour of shell whitish, the ribs pink and spotted with red; 
interior white, flesh-coloured from the umbo to the post- 
adductor scar. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 21; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 17; sectional diameter, 13 millimetres. Proportion 
100: 81: 63. 

Localities.—Small dead shells dredged in 22 fathoms, En- 
counter Bay, and in 32 fathoms, Backstairs Passage, and cast 


70 


up in Streaky and Fowler’s Bays. Large living examples cast 
up at Rosetta Head, Encounter Bay (R. H. Pulleine!). 

This new species has much the shape of C. Preissiz, Menke, 
as figured by Reeve, from which it differs by being wider be- 
hind, with a well-defined posterior slope, and more convex ; 
whilst the ribs are narrow, elevated, and more numerous. The 
proportion of the measurements of C. Preissit corresponding 
with those given above for C. rosulenta is 100:75:50. C. rosu- 
lenta makes a near approach to C. scabrosa, mihi, of the Old 
Tertiary of South Australia and Victoria, but has fewer ribs, 
and has not the arched dorsal line of that species. 


Cardita obliquissima, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 9. 

Shell minute, very oblique and inequilateral, thick, white 
or pale rose colour. Anterior side much larger than the pos- 
terior, produced in front, pyriform ; posterior side very narrow, 
abruptly sloping from an angulation extending from the umbo 
to the post-ventral margin; the whole surface is sculptured 
with distant, regular, somewhat wavy concentric grooves, and 
the posterior slope is ornamented with four or five radial 
riblets. 

The hinge consists of a single thick, broad, triangular tooth 
in the right valve, which fits in between two more slender 
divergent teeth in the left. 

Margins coarsely crenulated. 

Dimensions—Antero-posterior diameter, 3°75 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 3°25; sectional diameter through both valves, 2 milli- 
metres. 

Locality.—In shell sand at a depth of 22 fathoms, Encounter 
Bay. 

Carditella subtrigona, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 10. 

Shell triangularly ovate, somewhat solid, inequilateral, 
rather compressed, thick; umbones prominent, inclined forward, 
and considerably in advance of the centre. Surface ornamented 
with fourteen radiating coste, which are covered with closely 
arranged, thick, compressed nodules ; the interspaces are deep, 
a little narrower than the ribs, and are concentrically lirate. 

The front dorsal margin is slightly concave in front of the 
umbo, thence rapidly sloping to the rounded anterior margin ; 
the post-dorsal margin is ecurved, not so sloping, and longer 
than the front dorsal margin. The posterior margin is roundly 
truncated, and the ventral one regularly arched. 

The inner margin of the valves is strongly and squarely den- 
tate. 

The left valve has two divergent cardinal teeth, the posterior 
one of which is considerably longer than the other; the right 
valve has a strong broadly triangular central tooth. There is 


ral 


a lateral tooth on each side in both valves; the anterior one in 
the left and the posterior one in the right valve is submarginal. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior, 5; umbo-ventral, 4°25; and 
sectional diameters, 2°75 millimetres. 

Locality—Dead shells cast up in Streaky Bay, Great Aus- 
tralian Bight. 

This species is like C. pallida, Smith, the type of the genus, 
with which it agrees by the number of nodular ribs, but it 
differs as from all known species by its inequilateral trian- 
gularly ovate outline. 

The genus Carditella was established by Mr. E. A. Smith in 
1881 (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 42) for Cardita-like shells with well 
developed lateral teeth on each side. It now comprises nine 
species—three on the west coast of South America, four Aus- 
tralian, one Cape of Good Hope, and one off Tristan da 
Cunha. 


Limopsis rubricata, spec. nov. Plate v., fig. 6. 


Obliquely oval, inequilateral, inflated ; umbo very prominent, 
antemedian. Hinge line straight, the anterior margin obliquely 
descending. 

Colour whitish, with four radial flames of chestnut beneath 
a thin light horn-coloured epidermis. The sculpture consists 
of regular concentric striz, and towards the front margin of 
inconspicuous radial threads. 

Margin of the valves coarsely crenulated all round. Hinge 
line with prominent teeth—three in front and five behind. 

Probably a young shell, but not referrable to any known 
species. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 2°75 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 3; sectional diameter of united valves, 1°75 milli- 
metres. 

Locality Dredged in life from 32 fathoms in Backstairs 
Passage. 


Pinna inermis, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 5. 


Yoang shells up to 100 millimetres long, triangular-elongate, 
thin, semitransparent, slightly convex, ornamented with distant 
depressed longitudinal ribs and imbricating lamelle of growth. 

Colour light-horn, with a yellowish-brown band along the 
dorsal margin posterior to the ligament, and longitudinal 
streaks of the same colour on the rest of the surface. 

The dorsal margin is straight, apical angle about 35°; the 
ventral margin slightly concave about the byssal orifice, thence 
slightly ecurved, the posterior end is truncated, the post-dorsal 
angle being 90° or less, joining the ventral margin with a 
rapidly ascending curve. 


72 


Adult shell cuneiform, somewhat elliptical, elongate, rather 
thick, semitranslucent, of a dark-brown colour, greyish towards 
the posterior margins where the lamelle are densely imbricat- 
ing and exfoliating. | 

In the anterior-third the valves are rather acutely convex, 
becoming increasingly depressed posteriorly ; the axis of eleva- 
tion is nearer the dorsal margin, and consequently the dorsal 
slope is steeper and shorter than that on the ventral side, 
which is undulatory ridged for about one-half or one-third of 
the whole length from the apex ; posterior to the byssal orifice 
the ridges are marginal. 

The dorsal margin nearly straight, varying from slightly 
convex to slightly concave; the ventral margin usually concave 
about the byssal orifice, thence convex to about two-thirds its 
length, where it commences to curve downwards to join the 
posterior margin. The posterior margin arched, somewhat 
produced, corresponding with the axis of elevation of the 
valve. 

Surface ornamented with imbricating adpressed lamelle and 
slight growth folds, especially on the anterior-ventral and-dorsad 
slopes; some individuals exhibit faint longitudinal ribs on the 
dorsal slope. Interior bluish-brown. 

Dimensions of a large specimen.—Greatest length from the 
apex, 280 millimetres (144 inches) ; dorso-ventral diameter at 
right angles to the axis at two-thirds the whole length from the 
apex, 153 millimetres (six inches); greatest sectional diameter 
ot both valves at about half the axial length, 51 millimetres 
(two inches). 

Localities.—Vertically imbedded by their apices in the soft 
bottom of sheltered bays, just below low-tide mark ; general 
from Eucla to the South-East. 

This common so-called “razor-fish” has hitherto been known 
as P. Zeylanica, which name was applied to it by Angas in 
1865, on the supposition that it is identical with the N.Z. shell. 
This identification is obviously erroneous, and is altogether in- 
explicable, as the two species are so widely different. The true 
P. Zeylanica has longitudinal ribs armed with close short semi- 
eylindrical hollow spines, and has a truncated posterior margin. 

T. Woods (Proc. Tas. for 1875, p. 161) has evidently been 
misled, for in his description of P. Zasmanica he says, that in 
the few irregularly much-raised tubular scales it is quite dis- 
tinct from P. Zeylanica, which is not uncommon in Australia. 
This author would seem to have been unacquainted with that 
species inasmuch as the characters he relies on by which to 
separate it from the species herein named, P. inermis, are such 
as ally it to P. Zeylanica, and raises a doubt if it be distinct 
from it. 


73 


Pecten Bednalli, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs. 3a—3b. 

_ Shell somewhat triangularly orbicular, slightly convex, 
rather thin, scarcely equilateral, equivalve ; ornamented with 
about 24 bundles of two or three subequal ribs, and shagreen 
sculpture in the interspaces. Ears very unequal, radially ribbed 
Colour of left valve purplish, with dashes or blotches of white. 
Right valve white, varied with pale flesh colour. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 28; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 25 ; sectional diameter, 8 millimetres. 

This species is like P. asperrimus in shape and auricles, 
though it is a little more attenuated dorsally, but differs in the 
arrangement of the ribs and in the shagreened surface, by 
which latter character it resembles P. bifrons. The ribs in- 
crease in number from the umbonal region to the front by re- 
peated bi- and tri-furcations, and are at first very little raised 
and plain; but towards the margin are subangular, and 
erowned with small prickly serratures (not scales, as 1n 
P. asperrimus). The ribs of each group of two are usually equal 
in size, but when three are together the middle one is usually 
stouter. Occasionally a single slender rib is interposed to- 
wards the front between the bundles. 

Locality —Aldinga Bay (Ir. W. T. Bednall !) 


Pecten Pulleineanus, spec. nov. Plate iv., figs. la—1b. 

This species is allied to P. asperrimus, but less orbicular and 
flatter. The ribs are 33 in number, simple, subacute, crossed 
by close-set continuous lamelle—not interrupted on the flanks 
and in the sulcias in P. asperrimus. Anterior ear of right 
valve very narrow, elongate, radially ribbed ; posterior ear, as 
in P. asperrimus, six-rayed raised into lamellose scales. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 23; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 19°5 millimetres. 

Locality.—South-East coast (Mr. R. H. Pulleine!) 

Among other Australian species it makes some approach to 
P. cruentatus and P. blandus, Reeve, but is not likely to be 
confounded with them. 


Limea austrina, spec. nov. Plate iv., fig. 7. 

Shell subovate, almost equilateral, very convex, solid, orna- 
mented, with about twenty radiating nodulose ribs; the inter- 
vening sulci are somewhat narrower than the ribs, and are 
crossed by distant thickish hre ; umbones prominent, incurved; 
the hinge margin, on each side of the sunken broadly triangular 
ligament pit, is transversely minutely denticulated. 

The outer margin of the valves is bluntly dentate, and the 
interior is regularly grooved, the furrows corresponding with 
the external coste. 


74, 


Dimensions.—Antero-posterior, 6 ; umbo-ventral, 7 ; and see 


tional diameters, 4°5 millimetres. : 

Localities—Dead shells dredged from 33 fms, Backstairs 
Passage, and from 22 fms, Encounter Bay (Pulleine!). Also 
in Pliocene beds, Limestone creek, W. Victoria (J. Dennant!). 


This pretty species has the form and sculpture of Limatula 


Torresiana (EK. A. Smith,), but has fewer ribs and coarser con- 
centric ornament, and by the presence of teeth on the hinge is 
removed generically from it. 


WOWAN Powe 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
PLATE LV. 


. Pecten Pulleineanus, Zute. a, Right vaive, nat. size; 6, 


magnified view of portion of surface near the front. 


. Lucina crassilirata, Tate. Right valve enlarged. 
. Pecten Bednalli, Tate. a, Right valve and apical part of 


left valve, nat. size; b, magnified view of portion of sur- 
face at the front. 


. Aspergillum multangulare, Tate. a, Front view of the 


whole shell; and 8, section of tube at the end; both en- 
larged. 


. Pinna inermis, Zute. Reduced from an example 18 inches 


long. 


. Paludina lirata, Zate. a, Back; and 8, front views; nat. 


S1ze. 


. Limea austrina, Tate. Much enlarged. 

. Scintilla lunata, Zute. Left valve, much enlarged. 

. Tellina subdiluta, Zate. Left valve, much enlarged. 

. Carditella subtrigona, Tate. Left valve, enlarged. 

. Corbicula desolata, Tate. a, Dorsal aspect; and 3, right 


valve; nat. size. 


. Mactra versicolor, Tate. a, Dorsal aspect; and 3, left 


valve; nat. size. 


. Mitra pellucida, Zate. Much enlarged. 
. Venerupis crebrelamellata, TZate. a, Left valve; and 


6, dorsal aspect ; nat. size. 
Pate V. 


. Psammobia Brazieri, Tate. Left valve, enlarged. 

. Tellina Aldingensis, Zate. Right valve, nat. size. 

. Cardita rosulenta, Tate. Right valve, nat. size. 

. Montacuta meridionalis, Zate. Left valve, much enlarged. 
. Semele exigua, H. Adams. Right valve, enlarged. 


Limopsis rubricata, Tate. Right valve, much enlarged. 


. Kellia Angasiana, Zate. Left valve, much enlarged. 
. Semele Ada, Adams § Angas. Right valve, enlarged. 
. Cardita obliquissima, Zate. Left valve, much enlarged. 


75 


. Gastrochena Tasmanica, 7. Woods. a, Right valve; and 


b, dorsal aspect of united valves ; enlarged. 


. Lepton ovatum, Tate. Left valve, much enlarged. 
. Pythina Tasmanica, Tenison Woods. Left valve, enlarged. 
. Helix Tomsetti, Tate. a, Front view; b,:basal aspect; and 


ec, view from above ; nat. size. 


. Helix reteporoides, Tate. a, Front view; b, basal aspect ; 


and ¢, view from above ; enlarged. 


. Dosinia grata, Deshayes. Right valve, nat. size. 
. Modiola semivestita, Dunker. a, Left valve, and 6, dor- 


sal aspect of united valves ; nat. size. 


76 


A REVISION OF THE RECENT LAMELLIBRANCH 
AND PALLIOBRANCH MOLLUSCA OF SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. 


By Professor Rateu Tarts, F.G.S., F.LS8., &c. 
[Read October 5, 1886.] 


Peron, the naturalist to Baudin’s Expedition (1802-8), 
carried the first conchological collection from South Australian 
waters to Europe. From the narrative of the Expedition 
written by Peron we learn that gatherings were made at the 
archipelago of the St. Francis Isles and at Nepean Bay, Kan- 
garoo Island. The collection as a whole remains unpublished 
up to the present day; but Lamarck made some selections 
from it, which were described in his ‘‘ Animaux sans Vertebres,” 
vols. 5 to 7, 1818-1822; they consist of eighteen species of 
lamellibranchs and two of gastropods, a list of which here 
follows :— 

1. Crassatella suleata. Kangaroo Island and Shark Bay, 
W.A. 
2. Crassatella cuneata. Kangaroo Island. 
[== Mesodesma (Anapa) cuneata. | 
3. Amphidesma glabrella. Kangaroo Island. 
4, Saxicava australis. Kangaroo Island. 
[= S. arctica, Lin. | 
5. Venerupis distans. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
[= V. exotica. | 
6. Psammotea candida. Kangaroo Island. 
[= Macoma candida. | 
7. Tellina albinella. - St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
8. Tellina capsoides. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
9. Tellina deltoidalis. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
10. Donax epidermia. Kangaroo Island. 
[= D. deltoides. | 
11. Donax deltoides. Kangaroo Island. 
12. Donax cardioides. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
13. Venus conularis. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
[= Chione aphrodina. | 
14. Venus aphrodina. Kangaroo Island. 
[== Chione aphrodina. | 
15. Cypricardia rostrata. Kangaroo Island. 
16. Isocardia semisuleata. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 


77 


17. Arca avellana. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 

18. Perna nucleus. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 

19. Fasciolaria coronata. Kangaroo Island. 

20. Buccinum fasciatum. St. Peter and St. Francis Isles. 
[= Nassa fasciata. | 

The number of the bivalves is reduced to sixteen by exclusion 
of names considered synonymic ; the following are recognised 
as inhabiting our waters :—Crassatella cuneata, Saxicava aus— 
tralis, Venerupis distans, Tellina albinella, T. capsoides, T. deltoid- 
alis, Donax deltoides, D. cardioides, Venus aphrodina; the 
remaining seven are either indeterminate species, or if defined 
species then not certainly known to occur in South Australia. 
That the names of localities have in some instances been mis- 
quoted is very certain. Of the six Lamarckian types of 
Psammotea candida in the Paris Museum, Von Bertin says that 
one is labelled from Timor, one from China, and four are- 
without localities. Nevertheless, though we may cast a doubt 
as to the accuracy of the record of observation, yet we should 
hesitate to reject 7 toto; for eighty years Donax cardioides had 
remained unobserved in the region whence it was. first 
obtained. 

The late Mr. Cuming extended his collecting tour to our 
waters, and many new species then obtained by him have been 
described by Reeve, Sowerby, Adams, and other monographers. 
The Cumingian collection, on the death of its founder, was 
acquired by the British Museum. 

As a result of several years’ personal collecting in this pro- 
vince, Mr. G. F. Angas published in the Proceedings of the 
Zoological Society for 1865 a list of all the known species of 
marine mojlusca known to inhabit South Australian waters ; 
previously to the publication of which many new species were 
scientifically diagnosed by MM. Crosse and Fisher, himself, 
and others. This list contains the names of ninety-six species 
of Lamellibranchs and one Palhobranch. 

Mr. W. T. Bednall, in a List of Species of our Marine 
Mollusca privately printed, added a few bivalves not previously 
recorded. 

Through material communicated by me, Mr. G. F. Angas 
published in 1878 a first Supplement, and in the following 
year a second Supplement to the List of our Marine Mollusca. 
From these sources the total number of Lamellibranchs was 
brought up to 116, and the Palliobranchs to 2. Of the 116 
names of bivalves 13 are considered synonymic, thereby reducing 
the number of species to 103; by recent accessions chiefly and 
by the recognition of a few Lamarckian species as endemic in 
the province, the total number of known species of Lamelli- 
branchiata is 166, including 9 freshwater species, and of 


78 


Palliobranchiata, 5. The publication of a revised list of our 
bivalves has further been rendered desirable by reason of con- 
siderable changes in the nomenclature. Some of the altera- 
tions consist in the substitution of prior names, and a few of 
them are a consequence of more correct identification. 

To render this list a partial aid to the determination of the 
species, I have added brief characters to each when considered 
necessary. 

I have thought it superfluous to furnish all localities at which 
a common species occurs, and only in the case of rare species 
have localitiesand the collectors’ names been given. The sign (!) 
following the collector’s name indicates that I have examined 
specimens from the reported locality. In every instance I have 
exercised the utmost care in investigating the circumstances 
under which the species were obtained to the exclusion of all 
possible scources of accidental introduction. 

The chief collections which I have had under examination 
are those of Mr. W. T. Bednall, embracing the coast-line from 
Port Lincoln to the South-east; Mr. Forwood, Holdfast Bay ; 
Mr. Tepper, Ardrossan; Dr. Gosse, Wallaroo Bay; Mr. 
McDougall, Southern Yorke’s Peninsula; Mr. Pulleine, St. 
Vincent Gulf and South-east coast; the Scuth Australan 
Museum, St. Vincent Gulf. I have to acknowledge also my 
obligations to Mr. Brazier, of Sydney, for his assistance in the 
determinations of some critical species; by reason of his exten- 
sive conchological library and accurate knowledge of Australian 
species, a value is attached to his identifications, which few 
authors can attain to. Personal explorations during the past 
eleven years have embraced all the more important collecting 
stations from the mouth of the river Glenelg to Eucla. 

Dredging operations have been undertaken only to a limited 
extent, being chiefly restricted to the shallow waters of the 
Port Adelaide creek and St. Vincent Gulf. A haul from 32 
fathoms in Backstairs Passage brought to light a few species 
hitherto unknown to occur with us. Mr. Pulleine’s dredgings in 
deep water off Encounter Bay, carried on during the early 
months of this year, have been more fruitful of results, and the 
oyster dredgings in the Port Lincoln District have furnished 
some little information. And though we may congratulate 
ourselves with an extensive acquaintance with the Molluscan 
life of the littoral and shallow water regions, yet we do 
anticipate a new revelation when the deeper parts of our 
oceanic waters shall have been explored. 

The following list embraces all the species previously re- 
corded under specific names different from those employed in 
the present work and such as are excluded or unrecognisable. 
In the first column are given the names hitherto used; in the 


79 


second the author of the record, and in the third the specific 
names herein adopted, or the reason for the exclusion of the 
species :— 

Corbula nasuta [Sow.], Angas. C. scaphoides, Hinds. 
Saxicava australis, Lamarck. 
Saxicava Angasi, Adams. ines 
Lutraria Philippinarum [Desh.], Angas. L. dissimilis, Desh. 


S. arctica, Linn. 


Spisula Adelaide, Angas. Mactra ovalina, Lk. 
Amphidesma glabrella, Lamarck. Not recognised. 
Mesodesma obtusa, Crosse and Fischer. M. precisa, Desh. 
Donax deltoides, Lamarck. D. epidermia, Zk. 
Soletellina epidermia, Reeve. S. biradiata, Wood. 
Soletellina nymphalhis, Reeve. 
Psammotea candida, Lamarck. Locality erroneous. 
Venerupis distans, Lamarck. V. exotica, Lk. 
Chione alta [Sow.], Angas. C. tiara, Dillwyn. 
Chione australis [Sow.]|, Angas. : C. gallinula, Lamk. 
Chione conularis, Lamarck. , 
Chione Peroni, { Lamarck], Angas. 5 C. aphrodina, Dk. 
Circe rivularis [Menke], Angas. | ee ere Henge 
Marcia faba [ Reeve], Angas. Chione levigata, Sow. 
Callista Victorie, 7. Woods and Angas. Cytherea rutila, Sow. 
Chama fragum [Reeve], Angas. C. spinosa, Broderip. 
Thecalia macrotheca, Adams and )? Mytilicardia concam- 
Angas. §  erata, Chem. 


Lucina Cumingi, Adams and Angas. —_L. quadrisulcata, D’ Orb. 


Loripes ovum | Reeve], Angas. ee globosum, 


Forsk. 
Crassatella suleata, Lamarck. Not known here. 
Tsocardia semisuleata, Lamk. Not known. 
Cypricardia rostrata, Lamk. Locality erroneous. 
Lasea australis [Sow.], Angas. Lasea rubra, Montagu. 


Mysella anomala, Angas, 1878 (non ’77) Kellia solida, Angas. 
Perna flavida [Dunker sp. ]. Angas. } Modiola — semivestita, 


Dunker. 
Lanistina nana, Dunker. Modiolaria Cuming- 
Crenella Adolphi, Dunker. lana, Lv. 
Malleus regulus [ Forsk.], Angas. M. vulsellatus, Zamk. 


Pinna Zeylanica, Angas (non Gray). PP. inermis, Tate. 

Vulsella limeformis, Reeve. 

Vulsella rudis, Reeve. 

Perna nucleus, Lamarck. Not known. 

Avicuia scalpta, A. pulchella, A. rutila, rte. : d 
and A. punctulata [all of Reeve],< ~~ G eae Quoy an 
Angas. aimard. 


Arca avellana, Lamarck. Not recognised. 


V. ovata, Lamarck. 


80 
Pectunculus laticostatus, Angas (non P.  flabellatus, 7. 


Quoy and Gaimard). Woods. 

Limopsis Macgillivrayi [A. Adams], L. Belcheri, Ads. and 
Angas. fv. 

Pecten australis [Sow.], dagas. 5 sete: pp 


Pecten laticostatus, Angas (non Gray). 1 Ds esa a 


Lima squamosa, Angas (non Lamk.). L. multicostata, Sow. 
Ostrea cucullata [Born], Angas. Not living here. 
Ostrea edulis [Linn ? |, Angas. O. Angasi, Sow. 


A large majority of the molluscan inhabitants of our ocean 
waters are common to the province which embraces the coast- 
line of extratropical Australia; of the Lamellibranchiata, 180 
species belong to it, of which 32 are unknown at present 
beyond the limits of this colony ; 26 species are migrants from 
the Indo-Pacific Province which extends to North Australia, 
and reaches on the west coast to Shark Bay and on the east to 
Port Curtis or Wide Bay ; two, if not three, are cosmopolitan. 

Of the species of Palliobranchs, four are essentially Austral- 
ian, whilst the fifth is common to South Australia and Chili. 

The greatest community of species of bivalves is with Tas- 
mania, 75 actually known; with New South Wales, 63; with 
south-western Australia, 31; with Victoria, 29; and with New 
Zealand, 15. 

The following exotic species appear sporadically, as it were, 
in South Australia :—Gastrochena lamellosa, Tellina capsordes,. 
Venerupis exotica, Donax cardioides, Lucina fabula, Carditella 
infans, and Barbatia lima. 


CLASS LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 


Famity TEREDINID&. 

1. TEREDO sp. 

Burrowing in submerged timber, Holdfast Bay and Port 
Adelaide. 
Tube thin, slender, septated internally; valves like 7. norvegzca. 
Siphonal pallets unknown, therefore the exact systematic posi- 
tion indeterminable. Possibly it may be Xylotrya antarctica,,. 
Hutton, inhabiting New Zealand and Queensland. 


Faminy PHoLapDIps. 
2. BaRNEA simitts, Gray, in Dieffenbach’s N. Zealand, vol. 
2, p. 254; also Reeve’s Mon. Pholas, f. 10. : 
Burrowing in clay at low-tide mark, Port Lincoln, St. Vin- 
cent Gulf, and South-East coast; also in Tasmania, New South 
Wales, and New Zealand. 
A white delicate shell, acuminate anteriorly. 


81 


3. BARNEA AUSTRALASIZ, Sowerby, in Thesaurus Conchy- 
orum, ¢.107,-1. 73: 

Burrowing in soft rock just below low-tide mark, from the 
Head of the Great Australian Bight to Gulfs Spencer and St. — 
Vincent; also in Tasmania. ) 

Similar to the last, but rounded anteriorly. 


4, JOUANNETIA Cuminar, Sowerby. 

MacDonnell Bay (W. Tomsett!); also New South Wales 
(J. Brazier) and Port Darwin (W. T. Bednall !) 

Anteriorly globose and covered by a callous plate, acuminate 
posteriorly. 


Faminy GASTROCHAENIDE. 

5. ASPERGILLUM (HumpHREYIA) StranceI, A. Adams, in 
Proceedings Zoological Society, 1852, p. 91, t. 15, f.15; Reeve, 
Mon., t. 2, f. 4. 

Holdfast Bay (W. 7. Bednall!); also Tasmania and New 
South Wales. 

Tube stout, squarely rounded, and obtusely keeled at the 
angles. Length, about two and a-half inches. 


6. ASPERGILLUM (HUMPHREYIA) MULTANGULARE, Tate, anted, 
p- 64, t. 4, £. 4. 

Holdfast and Aldinga Bays in Gulf St. Vincent, and Wal- 
laroo Bay in Gulf Spencer. 

Tube slender, polygonally rounded, angles not keeled. Total 
length, about one inch. 


7. GASTROCHENA LAMELLOSA, Deshayes, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 
1854, p. 328 ; Smith, in Zoology of the Challenger, pt. 35, t. 8, 
£. 2, p. 28, 1885. 

Burrowing in sponge, Backstairs Passage, in 32 fathoms;. 
also Philippine Islands, Cape York (Challenger Exp.), and 
Port Darwin (Bednall !) 

Dorsal margin sloping, widening posteriorly; surface of 
valves raised into close-set lamelle. Length, about one and 
a-quarter inches. 


8. GasTrocHzNA Tasmanica, Tenison Woods, in Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Tasmania for 1876, p. 159. Pl. v., figs. 10a—1068. 

Burrowing in limestone, forming the bed of Port Adelaide 
Creek ; in the test of Chame and encrusted growth on Pinne, 
Holdfast and Aldinga Bays ; also Tasmania! 

Dorsal margin nearly straight, ventral gape occupying whole 
length of margin; surface concentrically striated. Length, 
under half-inch. 


F 


82 


FaMILy SOLENID2. 


9. SoLEN vaGinorpEs, Lamarck, in Animaux sans Vertebres, 
vol. v., p. 451, 1818. 


Port Adelaide Creek; Nepean and Hog Bays, Kangaroo 
Island. The type specimens from Tasmania. 

Shell nearly straight, about four times as long as wide, 
mottled with purple and flesh colour. Length, three and 
a-half inches. 

FamMiIty SaxIcavipZ. 

10. Saxtcava aRctica, Linneus. 

In the crevices of rocks; immersed in the bases of large 
Ascidians, upon oysters, &c., throughout South Austraha. 

This polymorphic species is world-wide in its distribution. 
Lamarck named specimens obtained at Kangaroo Island 
S. australis; and large individuals attaining to two and a-half 
inches long from our waters had been provisionally named 
S. Angasi by A. Adams. It isa member of the Eocene fauna of 
South Australia and of the New Zealand Pliocene. 


Famity CorBuLips. 

11. CorpuLa scapHorpEs, Hinds; Reeve, Mon., t. 3, f. 47. 

Cast up at Fowler’s Bay; Wallaroo Bay; Hog Bay, Kangaroo 
Island ; and at several localities in St. Vincent Gulf. Dredged 
in life from eight to 22 fathoms in Encounter Bay (Pulleine!); 
also New South Wales, North Australia, and the East Indies. 

Distinguished by being nearly equivalve, by its small umbones 
and radial sculpture ; length five-eighths of an inch. Angas 
has catalogued it in Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 869, 1878, as C. nasuta. 

12. CorBuLa TUNIcATA, Hinds; Reeve, Mon., t. 1., f. 5. 

Dredged in life from 22 fathoms, Encounter Bay (Pulleine !) ; 
Aldinga Bay; also New South Wales to North Australa and 
the Philippines. 

Very inequivalve; the larger valve with tumid umbones ; 
surface with thick concentric ribs; length, five-eighths of an 
inch. 

Famity ANATINIDE. 

13. Anatina Anaast, Crosse and Fischer (Periploma), in 
Jour. de Conch., 1864, p. 349; 1865, p. 427, t. 11, f. 1. 

Hardwicke Bay, Spencer Gulf (Angas); Coffin Bay (S. Aust. 
Mus.!); Port Lincoln and Port Adelaide Creek (#. 7.). Also 
Tasmania and New Zealand. 

Distinguished by the inequality of its valves; attaining toa 
length of three inches by a breadth of one and three-quarters. 

14. Anatina creccrna, Reeve, Mon., t. 2, f. 12. 

Hardwicke Bay (Angas), Wallaroo (Gosse!), in Spencer 


83 


Gulf; Coffin Bay (S. Aust. Mus.!); and off the mouth of the 
Patawalonga, Holdfast Bay (Bednall!). Common at Corio 
Bay, Port Phillip, thence extending to Queensland. 

An oblong inequilateral shell, widely gaping and curved 
upwards posteriorly ; length, two and a half inches. 


15. ANATINA @RAcILIS, Reeve, Mon., t. 2, f. 9. 
Port Adelaide Creek, Holdfast Bay, and Wallaroo. Also 


Moreton Bay, Queensland. 
A narrow oblong shell, almost equilateral, one and three- 


quarter inches long. 


16. Myopora BREVIS, Sowerby; Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f. 7. 

Denial Bay, Great Australian Bight. Also Tasmania to 
Queensland and New Zealand. 

Right valve with small much incurved beak, triangular, 
ornamented with flexuous ribs. 


17. Myopora ovata, Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f. 4. 
Port Adelaide Creek(!) ; Encounter Bay (2. H. Pulleine!). 
Also Tasmania and New South Wales; doubtfully Philippine 


Islands (2eeve). 
Right valve ovate, somewhat triangular, with about 20 thick 


eoncentrie ribs. 


18. Myopora aneustata, Angas (Alzeza), in Proc. Zool. Soe., 
1867, t. 44, f. 1, p. 908. 

Dead shells dredged in 22 fathoms, Encounter Bay (R. H. 
Pulleine'). Also in New South Wales. 

A narrowly oblong shell with the aspect of a Thracia, upon 
which Angas founded the genus of Alicia, but which E. A. 
Smith, in Voy. of Challenger, removed to Myodora; length, 
half an inch. 


Famity Mactrip2. 


19. Macrra RUFESCENS, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., v., p. 476. 

Great Australian Bight; Encounter Bay and southward. 
Extends from Shark Bay (Lamarck) to Tasmania. 

Broadly triangular, solid, pale-brown, somewhat pointed at 
the extremities, towards which the surface is flexuously wrinkled ; 
length, two inches. 


20. Macrra pura, Deshayes, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 15. 
St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs ; Fowler Bay, Head of the Great 
Bight, and Eucla. Also King George Sound and Tasmania. 

Solid, ivory-white beneath a light-brown silky epidermis ; 
larger, more solid, and less equilateral than the last; length, 
one and three-quarter inches. 


84. 


21. Mactra pourra, Chemnitz; W. australis, Lamarck, An. 
a. Vert., v., P- 475. 

Common in sand at low water. St. Vincent and Spencer 
Gulfs; Fowler Bay and Head of Great Australian Bight. 
Also King George Sound (Lamarck’s type). 

Triangularly ovate, rounded anteriorly ; banded with light- 
grey and violet beneath a pale-brown epidermis; length, one 
and a half inches. 


22. Macrra sacksonrensis, E. A. Smith, Voy. Challenger, 
t. 5, fig. 9, p. 62, 1885. 

Hog Bay, Kangaroo Island; Streaky Bay, eae Australian 
Bight. Also Port Jackson ! 

Triangularly elongate, equilateral, shining usually white 
rayed with brown ; five-eighths of an inch long. 


23. Mactra aMyGDALA, Crosse & Fischer, in Journ. de 
Conch., 1865, p. 426, t. 11, f. 3. 

Head of Spencer Gulf (Angas). 

An oval white species, truncated posteriorly, about half an 
inch long. 


24. Macrra (HEMIMACTRA) VERSICOLOR, Tate, antea, p. 64, 
t. 4, figs. 12a—120. 

Lake MacDonnell towards the Great Australian Bight. 

Triangularly ovate, obliquely truncated behind, shining, white, 
yellow, brown, purplish or bluish-white, concentrically lirate ; 
length, half an inch. 


25. Macrra (Hemrmactra) ovatina, Lamarck in An. s. Vert., 
v., p. 477 (1818). Spisula Adelaide, Angas in Proc. Zool. 
Soc., 1865. 

Bioliraet Aldinga, and Encounter Bays; Port Adelaide 
Creek (type of SN. Adelaida). Also Victoria and New South 
Wales. 

Ovate, white, rufous tinted about the umbos, posterior slope 
slightly keeled, rather gaping posteriorly ; about one inch long 
by three-eighths high. 

26. Macrra (Murinta) prnaurs, Crosse & Fischer, Journ. 
de. Conch., 1865, t. 11, £. 2, p. 427. 


Port Lincoln (Angas). 
Oval trigonal, much inflated and thick, fulvous, colour 


darker towards the extremities ; length anoue one Nich! 


27. LUTRARIA RHYNCHENA, Reeve, Mon., t. 4, f. 16. 


Dredged on oyster banks off Port Lincoln (Angas). 
Obliquely arched, with the anterior side beaked. 


85 


28. Lurrarra pissiminis, Deshayes, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 
1854, p. 72. 

Surveyor’s Point, Port Adelaide Creek, and Aldinga Bay, in 
St. Vincent Gulf; Port Lincoln, Fowler’s Bay; also Tasmania 
and New South Wales. 

A large thick species attaining to three and four inches long; 
ventral and dorsal margins nearly parallel, covered with a 
dirty brown epidermis. 


FamiIty ScCROBICULARID®. 


29. SemetE Apa, Adams and Angas, in Proc. Zool. Soe., 
1863, p. 426. Plate v., fig. 8. 

Port Adelaide Creek (Angas), Holdfast Bay, Wallaroo Bay, 
and Fowler Bay. 

Transversely-ovate, thin, white, compressed, concentrically 
rugose-plicate, excavated in front of the acute umbos; front 
side rounded, posterior side shorter, obtuse-angled; under 
half an inch long. 


30. SEMELE ExIauA, H. Adams, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, 
p- 385. Plate:v.,. fis: 0: 

Holdfast Bay, Stansbury, and Streaky Bay. In sand near 
low tide mark, Spencer Gulf (dagas). 

The type specimens are reported from Tasmania, but accord- 
ing to Tenison Woods the species is not known there. 

A white oblong shell, finely concentrically striated, posterior 
side subangulated with a strong fold continued to the ventral 
margin ; length, about five-eighths of an inch. 


Famity PapHip2. 


31. MresopEsMa PRa&cIsA, Deshayes, in P. Z. 8.,.1854; id. 
Reeve, Mon., t. 4, f.31. ML. obtusa, Crosse and Fisher, Journ. 
de Conch., 1865, t. 11, f. 4, p. 428. 

In sand at low water, Holdfast Bay, and west shore of St. 
Vincent Gulf, Port Lincoln! (type locality of JZ. obtusa); 
Streaky and other bays in the Great Australian Bight ; Spencer 
Gulf. 

This species was founded on Tasmanian specimens; it also 
inhabits King George’s Sound! 

Ovate, waxy-white, roundly truncate behind; about one inch 
long. 

32. MESODESMA ELONGATA, Deshayes, P. Z. 8., 1854; id. 
Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f. 25. 

On all sandy beaches, and occurs all round Australia. 


Triangularly elongated, posterior side short and truncated, 
light-horn coloured ; under one inch long. 


86 


33. ANAPA CUNEATA, Lamarck (Crassatella), An. s. Vert., v., 
p. 483. Mesodesma cuneata, Reeve, Mon., t. 2, £. 9 


Towards high-tide mark. Port Adelaide Creek and west 
shore of St. Vincent Gulf; Port Lincoln; Denial and Laura 
Bays ; Kangaroo Island (Lamarck’s types). 

A thick triangular shell, produced posteriorly, whitish, con- 
centrically striated ; length, about one inch. 


34. ANAPA TRIQUETRA, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1843, p. 101; 
Reeve, Mon. of Mesodesma, t. 4, £.28. Anapa Smithii, Gray; 
Anapa Tasmanica, Tenison- W oods. 

Between tide marks, Port Adelaide Creek. Head of Spencer 
Gult (Angas). 

The type shell is from Tasmania. 

Similar to the last, more tumid, less inequilateral, and some- 
what truncated posteriorly. 


Famity TELLINIDZ. 


35. Donax EPIDERMIA, Lamarck, An. s. V., v., p. 548. 
D. deltoides, Lamarck, op. cit., p. 547. 


Very abundant on the sandy shores extending southward 
from Encounter Bay. The Lamarckian types were collected by 
Peron at Kangaroo Island. 

This species ranges from King George Sound to Queensland, 
though not recorded for Tasmania. 

Cuneate, smooth except on the posterior area, which is 
radially striated; colour greenish, yellow, purplish; inner 
margin of valves smooth; length, about two inches by one and 
a quarter. 


36. Donax carprorpEs, Lamarck, An. s. V., v., p. 550; id. 
Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, t. 81, f. 17-19, vol. 3, 
p. 495. 

Dead shells dredged in 22 fathoms, Encounter Bay 
(R. H. Pulleine!); cast up southern Yorke Peninsula 
(J. G. McDougall!). St. Peter and St. Francis Isles 
(Lamarck’s types). Also New Guinea, Tahiti, and New Ire- 
land (Quoy and Gaimard). Aru Islands (coll., W. 2. Bednall!). 

Trigonal, medially inflated, radiately ridged, umbos promin- 
ent, spotted with reddish-brown; inner margin of valves den- 
ticulated ; length, about three-quarters of an inch. 


37. Donax sorprpa, Reeve, Mon., t. 4, f. 32. 

Port Lincoln (Angas). 

At low tide on the sandy beach at the Head of the Great 
Australian Bight; cast up, Hog Bay, Kangaroo Island. 
Locality of type unknown. 

Cuneiform, flattened, umbos small, posterior side very short, 


87 


radiately striated ; colour white, greenish, orange, purplish ; 
inner margin of valves denticulated. Length, three quarters 
of an inch. 


38. Psammopra zonatis, Lamarck (Psammotea), An. s. 
Vert. v., p. 517. 


Hog Bay, Kangaroo Island (#. Z7.), Encounter and Guichen 
Bays (Rk. H. Pulleine!). Also Tasmania, N. S. Wales, 
Queensland, Philippine Islands, &c. 

Ovately transverse, truncated posteriorly, compressed, con- 
eentrically finely striated, pale brown with white rays. 
Length, about one and a half inches. 


39. Psammopra Brazier, Tate, anted, p. 65., t. v., f. 1. 
Aldinga and Holdfast Bays. 


40. SANGUINOLARIA VITREA, Deshayes in P. Z.S., 1854, p. 326 ; 
aa. dveeve, Mon.; t. 1, f..1. 


Port Lincoln and Spencer Gulf (Angas); Surveyor’s Point 
and Holdtast Bay. Also Tasmania. 

Shell thin, white, transparent, narrow-oblong; dorsal and 
ventral margins nearly parallel, marrower than young of 
Soletellina biradiata. Length, three quarters to one inch. 


41. SOLETELLINA BIRADIATA, Wood (Solen.), in Gen. Conch., 
t. 33, f.1; Reeve, Mon.,t.2,f.7; S. epidermia, Reeve, Mon., 
t. 1, £. 3, and 8. nymphalis, Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f. 2, 

In sand below low tide mark, common in St. Vincent and 
Spencer Gulfs, Fowler’s Bay, and Port Adelaide (types of S. 
epidermia and S. biradiata, Reeve). The species ranges from 
King George Sound to New South Wales. 

S. epidermia and YS. nymphalis, Reeve, are mere colour 
varieties of S. biradiata. 

Shell roundly oblong, colour white, yellow to purple, with 
two white rays from the umbo to the post-ventral margin, which 
is rapidly ascending. Length, two and a quarter inches. 


42. SOLETELLINA DONACIOIDES, Reeve, Mon., t. 3, f. 11, 1857. 


Port Adelaide Creek (type in Cuming Coll.) ; St. Vincent 
Gulf (W. 7. Bednall!). 


Transversely-oblong, livid purple, with two faint posterior 
rays; posterior side more oblique than in the last species. 
Length, two and a quarter inches. 

Perhaps conspecific with Psammobia florida, Gould, which 
name has priority, in which case the species inhabits also New 


South Wales. 


43. TELLINA ALBINELLA, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., v., p. 524 
(1818), id. Romer, Mon. Tellin, t. 27, f£. 1—4 (1872). 


88 


Abundant on the sandy beach about the mouth of the River 
Murray; occasionally in Holdfast and Aldinga Bays; St. 
Peter and St. Francis Isles (Lamarckian types); Fowler’s Bay. 
Extends to Tasmania and New South Wales. 

About two inches long, oval, compressed, subangulated pos- 
teriorly ; pink or orange, rarely white. 


44 TELLINA DELTOIDALIS, Lamarck, op. cit., p. 532 (exclus. 
var. b.). T. lactea, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, t. 81, 
f. 14—16. 


Between tide marks in the estuary of the Port Adelaide 
Creek, the Patawalonga and Onkaparinga, St. Vincent’s Gulf ; 
Encounter Bay; also St. Francis Isles (Lamarckian types). It 
occurs in Victoria, Tasmania, and New South Wales; New 
Zealand, New Caledonia, Acapulco. 

Shell roundly triangular, compressed, subrostrated, white. 
Length, about one inch. 


45. TELLINA capsorDEs, Lamarck, An.s. V., v., p. 531; id. 
Romer, Mon. Tell., t. 14, £. 1—3. 


St. Peter and St. Francis Isles; also at the Philippines 
(Peron, Lamarck). 

Broadly trigonal, subequilateral, concentrically and radiately 
striated; anterior side bisulcated ; white. Length, one and 
three-quarter inches (Lamarck). 


46. TELLINA TENUILIRATA, Sowerby, in Reeve, Mon., t. 39, 
f. 219. 


Hog Bay, Kangaroo Island; Streaky Bay; Port Adelaide 
Creek; also New South Wales, N. Australia, and Fij1. 

Oblong, posterior side very short, cuneiform ; post-ventral 
margin rapidly ascending; concentrically finely ridged. 
Length, three-eighths of an inch. 

47. TELLINA sUBDILUTA, Tate, anted, p. 65, t. 4, f. 9. 

Encounter Bay, in 22 fathoms. 

Ovately oblong, rounded on the very short posterior side, 
attenuated anteriorly ; finely concentrically ridged. Length, 
three-eighths of an inch. 

48. TELLINA ENSIFORMIS, Sowerby, in Reeve, Mon., t. 49, 
f. 289 (1868). 

Aldinga Bay; Australia (Sowerby). 

Left valve, broadly triangular-ovate subequilateral, much 
eurved longitudinally, attenuated and subrostrated behind ; 
transparent, white; length one inch, width a little more than 
half-inch. 

49. TeLtiIna ALDINGENSIS, Tate, anted, p. 66, t. 5, f. 2. 

Aldinga Bay. 


89 


50. TELLINA DECUSSATA, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., v., p. 532 ; 
Romer, Mon. Tellina, t. 23, £. 1—3, 1873. 

Occurs on the whole length of our coast. but is not a common 
shell. It ranges from King George Sound (Lamarck) to New 
South Wales. 

Orbicular with decussate ornament, about two inches 
diameter. 


51. Macoma Mart, T. Woods, in Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 
for 1875, p. 162, asa Tellina; Macoma rudis, Bertin, Archives 
Mus. Hist. Nat., 1878, t. 9, f. 2, p. 3385. 


St Vincent Gulf, Fowler’s Bay, Streaky Bay, Encounter 
Bay, Lacapede Bay ; only at the last locality is it at all common. 

Bertin’s type is from Port Philip. I have collected the 
species at Corio Bay. Tasmanian examples of I. Marie per- 
fectly agree with description and figures of AZ. rudis. Tenison 
Woods implies in his description of the species a reference to 
the genus Macoma, and the diagnosis is amply sufficient for 
identification. 

Transversely elliptical, white, gaping, and roundly truncated 
posteriorly ; length up to one and a quarter inches. 


52. Metis uMBONELLA, Lamarck (Tellina); An. s. Vert., v., 
p. 582; id. Hanley Mon. Tellina, t. 56, f.18; Reeve, Mon., 
t. 38, f. 214. 

Port Lincoln (Cuming coll.); King Island (Lamarck). 

The Australian localities have been usually considered to be 
erroneous. The species is not known here, and Tenison Woods 
does not mention it in his census of Tasmanian Marine Shells. 
Bertin says, however, it inhabits New Holland, and is repre- 
sented in the Paris Museum by an original specimen from 
King Island (type of Lamarck). So far as known, it would 
appear to be peculiar to Southern Australia. 


Famity PETRICOLIDS. 


53. Naranro pivartcata, Chemnitz, sp. Petricola lucinalis, 
Lamarck, loc. cit., p. 504. 


Holdfast and Aldinga Bays, Port Lincoln. Also at King 
George Sound (Lamarck), Port Darwin!, and Indian Ocean. 
Thin, ventricose, divaricately sculptured. 


54, VENERUPIS ExoTIcA, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., v., p. 507; 
Reeve, Mon., t. 2, f.11; V. distans, Lamarck, op. cit., p. 507. 

Streaky Bay (R. T.); Corney Point, Yorke Peninsula 
{Wc Dougal!); St. Francis Isles (Lamarck). 

V. distans was described from specimens collected by Peron at 
St. Peter and St. Francis Isles; the species has not been 
recognised, but from the diagnosis it should be absorbed in 


90 


V. exotica. The locality of the type of V. exotica is unknown, 
but the species occurs in North Australia. 

Ovate rhomboidal, post-dorsal and ventral margins nearly 
parallel, radially costated, transverse lamelle few and distant, 
white or yellowish, painted with red angular lines posteriorly. 


55. VENERUPIS CARDITOIDES, Lamarck, loc. cit., p. 508; 
Reeve, Mon., t. 1, £. 5. 


Hog Bay, Aldinga Bay, Port Adelaide Creek, Encounter 
Bay. Also West Australia and Tasmania, New Holland 
(Lamarck). 

Very closely allied to the last, the dorsal margins more 
sloping, concentric lamelle more numerous. 


56. VENERUPIS creNAvTA, Lamarck, ioe. cit., p. 508; Reeve, 
Miom.,"t. 1; t. 3. 

At the roots of mangrove trees, Port Adelaide Creek (Angas); 
Noarlunga, Encounter and Guichen Bays. Also Tasmania and 
New South Wales, New Holland (Lamarck). 

This, the largest of our species, is oblong, rather inflated, 
concentrically exfoliated and irregularly frilled, decussated by 
radial costee. 


57. VENERUPIS CREBRELAMELLATA, Tate, anted, p. 66, t. 4, figs. 
14a—140. 

Burrowing in stiff clay at the mouth of the Patawalonga, 
Holdfast Bay. 

Narrow oblong, attenuated in front, densely concentrically 
exfoliated frilled ; nearly one inch long. 

58. VENERUPIS MiTIs, Deshayes, P. Z.8., 1853; Reeve’s Mon., 
4.46 Ff, DA, 

Port Elliot. Also New South Wales. 

Oblong, rectangular, concentrically ridged and _ striated, 
densely radially costated ; attaining to three-fourths of an inch. 

59. VENERUPIS CumineI, Deshayes, P. Z. S., 1853, t. 18, 
f.3; Reeve’s Mon., t. 3, f. 18. 

In the crevices of rocks and hollow stones, Rapid Bay and 
Encounter Bay! (Angas). Type without locality. ; 

Shell ovate ; left valve included in the right ; concentrically 
exfoliated, frilled. 

60. VENERUPIS oBESA, Deshayes, P. Z.S., 1853, p.5; Reeve’s 
Mon-:; 't. 3; £13. 

Encounter Bay (Angas); also Victoria (type) and Tasmania. 


FaMILy VENERIDA. 


61. TapEs FABAGELLA, Deshayes, P. Z. 8., 1853, p. 10; 
Reeve’s Mon., f. 66; Venerupis reticulata, Tenison Woods 


91 


P. R. 8. Tasm. for 1875, p. 159; Tapes Vietorie, T. Woods, 
POR S:, Vict., xiv., p: 60;, 1878: 

In crevices of the limestone floor of Port Adelaide Creek , 
Aldinga and Holdfast Bays; Encounter Bay ; also Tasmania.! 
Victoria! and New South Wales; erroneously credited to 
New Zealand. 

Decussately striated, painted with angular rufous lines 
on the posterior slope. Length, three-fourths of an inch. 


62. TarpEs Gaxuactires, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., v., p. 599;. 
Reeve’s Mon., f. 65. 

Southern coast from Eucla to Guichen Bay, and throughout 
St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs; also King George Sound 
(type) and New South Wales. 

White, with radial striations. Length, one and a-half inches. 


GENUS CHIONE. 


(a) With membranous lamelle. 


63. CHIONE LAMELLATA, Lamarck (Venus), An. s. Vert., v., 
p. 592; Reeve’s Mon. (Venus), f. 78. 

Hardwick Bay; Port Lincoln; Coffin’s Bay, Encounter Bay, 
and South-East coast; also Victoria, Tasmania (type), and 
New South Wales. 

Ovately-oblong, with about twelve concentric flesh-coloured 
elevated undulose frills, which are striated on the ventral face. 
Length, two and a-quarter inches; frills, about ten at that 
size. 


: 64. Cutone tiara, Dillwyn (Venus); Reeve, Mon., t. 67, 
bee 

Port Lincoln (Angas, Bednall!); Kangaroo Island (&.7); 
Semaphore (Forwood !); St. Vincent Gulf (S. Aust. Mus.!); also 
West Australia, Queensland, and Indian Ocean. 

Cordately ovate; lamelle thick, broad, and few. 

I have united the species C. alta, Sowerby, and C. tiara, 
which Angas has quoted separately for South Australia. 


65. CHIONE RoBoRATA, Hanley, P. Z. 8., 1844, p. 161. 

Hog Bay, Kangaroo Island; and Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent 
Gulf. 

Cordately ovate, with numerous, smooth, concentric, thick 
ridges curved inwards; white, or with pale-pink rays; about 
one inch long. 


(b) Lamellose, radiately striated ; margin of valves crenulated. 


66. CHionE GaLLInuta, Lamarck (Venus), An. s. Vert., v., 
p. 591; V. lagopus, Lamarck; V. Humphreyi, Donovan; V. aus- 
tralis, Sow.; V. costulata, Gray. 


92 


Port Lincoln, Kangaroo Island, Aldinga Bay, Edithburgh, 
Encounter Bay, South-East coast. Ranges from south-west 
Australia to New South Wales. 

_ Cordately elliptical, closely covered with thin, erect, short 
lamelle, elegantly ornamented with brown angular lines ona 
whitish ground ; length, one and a quarter inches. 

The type of V. gallinula is from King Island, in Bass Straits, 
whilst those of V. lagopus and V. australis are from King 
George Sound. JDeshayes and other authors keep distinct 
C. gallinula and C. australis, and both appear in the lists for New 
South Wales (Angas), Tasmania (7. Woods), and West Aus- 
tralia; whilst Angas records V. australis only for South Aus- 
tralia. The few specimens of C. gallinula from the type locality 
which I have studied are certainly a little higher propor- 
tionately than our so-called C. australis, but I cannot find any 
other differential characters. Young shells present much indi- 
vidual variation in respect to outline, strength of the lamelle, 
and radial striation, and are inseparable from C. striatissima, 
Sow. 


(c) Concentrically thinly ridged or striated; margin of valves 
plain. 


67. CHIONE sTRiacosa, Lamarck (Venus), An. s. Vert., v., 
p. 605. 


Sandy shores at low tide. Great Australian Bight; Port 
Lincoln; St. Vincent Gulf. Also King George Sound (type) 
and Victoria. 

Ovately oblong, with wavy ridges coarsely crenulated; more 
elongated, less oblique, and flatter than its allies; length, one 
and a half inches. 


68. CHIONE aPHRODINA, Lamarck (Venus), An. s. Vert., v., 
p. 605. V. conularis and V. Peroni, Lamarck. 


Sandy shores at low tide; Great Australian Bight (St. 
Francis Isles for type of V. conularis); Kangaroo Island (for 
type of V. aphrodina); St. Vincent Gulf; also King George 
Sound (for type of V. Peroni) and Tasmania. (Maria Island, 
Lamarck). 

More inflated, and rounder than its allies; transverse ridges 
plain, broadish, and flat. 


69. CHIONE scaLARINA, Lamarck (Venus), An. s. Vert., v., 
p- 599; V. aphrodinoides, Lamarck; V. nitida, Quoy and 
Gaimard, t. 84, f. 13, 14, vol. 3, p. 529 (1835). 

Sandy shores at extreme low-water mark. Very abundant in 
Holdtast Bay—used for food and bait for fishing. It ranges 
from Swan River (Angas) and King George Sound! to Tas- 
mania. 


93 


Somewhat cordate, oblique ; transverse ridges acute, slightly 
elevated, numerous; white, spotted with brown, violet pos- 
teriorly. 


(d) Valves smooth. 


70. CHIONE LEVIGATA, Sowerby (Venus), Thesaurus Conch., 
t. 159, f.156—8; Marcia faba | Reeve], Angas. 


Estuary of the Port Adelaide Creek, of the River Onkapa- 
ringa, and of the River Glenelg; Surveyor’s Point, St. Vincent 
Gulf; and the Great Australian Bight. Also Victoria, Tas- 
mania, and New South Wales. 

The specimens from the estuary of the Onkaparinga which 
Angas has identified with C. faba, Reeve, are not separable 
from C. levigata of more southern localities. 

Rather inflated, ovate, acuminate posteriorly ; colour brown 
or fawn, often with lighter-coloured rays from the umbones; 
length, one and three-quarter inches. 


71. Catone unputosa, Lamarck (Venus), An. s. Vert., v., 
p- 606; V. variabilis, Sowerby. 

Port Lincoln; Holdfast Bay; Guichen and Robe Bays. Also 
Shark Bay and King George Sound (type), New South Wales, 
and North Australia. 

Triangularly ovate, white, rayed with angular, undulating, 
reddish-brown lines or blotches; length, one inch. 


72. Circe corruegata, Chemnitz. Var. C. crocea, Gray; 
Cytherea rivularis, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 42. 


Port Lincoln; Kangaroo Island; Noarlunga; Port Adelaide 
Creek. Also West and North Australia, Queensland, and the 
Indian Ocean. 

Depressed, lenticular, with flattened contiguous umbos, sur- 
face concentrically corrugated; two inches in the larger 
diameter. 


73. Dostnia GrRata, Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 10; 
D. Diana, Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1863, p. 424. 
Pl. y., fig. 15. 


Hardwicke Bay, Spencer Gulf (Angas); Hog Bay, Kangaroo 
Island; Encounter Bay ; South-East coast (Bednall!). Also 
Tasmania! (type). 

Orbicular, white, gibbous, very smooth in the umbonal 
region; concentric lire depressed, crowded, microscopically 
very closely radiately striated; length, one and three-quarter 
inches. 

D. Diana was founded on South Australian specimens which 
I fail to separate from Tasmanian examples of D. grata. 


94 


74. Dostnta crocea, Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat., Conchifera, 
p. 10. 

Port Adelaide Creek; Aldinga Bay and Surveyor’s Point, in 
St. Vincent Gulf; Port Lincoln; South-East (Bednall!); 
Flinders Island (Deshayes). 

Orbicular, depressed, with close, regular, erect, thin, con- 
centric lamelle; white, sometimes rufous spotted; lunule 
rufous red; length, one and a half inches. 


75. Meroe Aricrm, Adams and Angas (Sunetta), Proc. Zool. 
Soc., 1863, t. 37, f. 18. 

Cape Spencer, Southern Yorke Peninsula (J. G. AlcDougall '); 
Encounter to Guichen and Robe Bays; also Victoria (Bednall!). 

Ovate cordate, smooth ; white, yellowish, or red ; sometimes 
blotched with purplish-red ; margin of valves finely crenulated. 
Length, one inch. 


76. Cyruerea DiemeEnsis, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, 
p. 110; C. multistriata, Romer’s Mon., Reeve’s Mon. 

Dredged in life from ten fathoms off Holdfast Bay (S. Aust. 
Mus. !); also Tasmania (type). 

Oblong-ovate, fulvous, rayed with ashy purple. Length, 
one and a-half inches. 


77. CYTHEREA RUTILA, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., t. 168, f£. 205 ; 
Mercenaria paucilamellata, Dunker; Callista Victorie, Tenison 
Woods, P. R. 8. Tasm. for 1875, p. 159. 

Sandy exposed coasts, south from Encounter Bay; also Vic- 
toria, Tasmania, and New South Wales. 

Very solid, more trigonal than the last, usually with a few 
thick small lamelle anteriorly; chesnut, coloured with broad 
rays of lighter tint. Length, two inches. 


Famity CycLabDiIpe. 

78. SpoxzRium Maceriiiveart, E. A. Smith, Proc. Lin. Soc., 
xvi, t. 7, £. 34, p. 305, 1882. 

Tatiara Creek, Bordertown (Zomsett!); also Penrith, N.S. 
Wales (type). 

79. Pisip1um Erneripert, E. A. Smith, loc. cit., t. 7, £. 35, 
p- 306. 

Valley Lake, Mount Gambier; also Yan-Yean Reservoir, 
Victoria (type). 

80. CorBicuLA ANGASI, Prime, Journ. de Conch., xii, p. 151, 
t. 7, £. 6, 1864; C. révina, Clessin. 

River Murray (type) and Lake Alexandrina, and in most of 
the perennial streams within the drainage area of the Lower 


95 


Murray. Rivers Onkaparinga, Torrens, and Para. Also 
Muddy Creek, Hamilton, Victoria (#.7). 


81. Corsicuta Desnayest, HE. A. Smith, Proc. Lin. Soe., xvi., 
t. 7, £. 28-29, p. 303. 

Dead shells only on the north-east shore of Lake Alexandrina. 
Types from Victoria R. and Port Essington, North Australia. 


82. CoRBICULA DESOLATA, Tate, anted, p. 67, t. 4, f. 11. 
Cooper’s Creek at Innamincka (James McLeod !). 


Famity Carpup2. 

83. CaRDIUM PULCHELLUM, Gray in Dieffenbach’s N. 
Zealand, ii., p. 252 ; id. Reeve, Mon., t. 8, f. 42. 

Dredged in life from 6 fms. off the Orontes bank in St. Vin- 
eent Gulf; Kangaroo Island (S. Aust. Mus.!). Also Victoria, 
Tasmania, New South Wales, and New Zealand. 

Finely radially costated, posterior slope with sharp 
tubercles, whitish with orange-coloured rays. Length, seven- 
sixteenths of an inch. 


84. CARDIUM 'rENUICosTATUM, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 5 
(1819); Reeve’s Mon., f. 50. 

From the Head of the Great Bight to Port Lincoln ; Spencer 
and St. Vincent Gulfs, throughout the temperate waters of 
Australia ; also at the Phihppines; New Holland and Timor 
(Lamarck). 

Thin, ventricose, slightly oblique, rayed with numerous fine 
ribs, surmounted by epidermal frills; flesh-coloured waves on 
a white or yellowish ground, umbones purple. Length, two 
inches. 

85. CaRDIUM cr@norum, Deshayes, P. Z. 8., 1854, p. 331. 

Same South Australian localities as the last, though much 
less common; also Swan River (type) and Tasmania. 

Ovate, depressed, slightly oblique; about 40 narrow elevated 
radial coste, crenulate on the sides; white, yellow at the 
margins, spotted with reddish-brown. Length, one and a-half 
inches; height, one and three-quarter inches. 

86. CaRDIUM FOVEOLATUM, Sowerby, Conch. Illustrations, 
F. 65. 

Dead shells at Point Riley, Wallaroo Bay; also West Aus- 
tralia (type). 

Similar to the last; very solid, not oblique, narrower, and 
with 24 coste. 

Faminry CHamip”. 

37. Cuama spinosa, Broderip, Trans. Zool. Soc., i., t. 38, 

£. 8,9; C. fragum [Reeve], Angas. 


96 


On rocks beyond low tide, Fowler’s Bay to Port Lincoln ; 
Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs; also New South Wales and 


Lord Hood’s Island (type). 
Concentrically frilled with rows of short irregular imbricate 


spines; white, tinged with red. 
88. CHAMA CRISTELLA, Lamarck (?), An. s. Vert., vi., 96. 
Same localities as the last species, to which it bears a strong 
resemblance; concentric lamelle, with foliar expansions. 
Indian Ocean (Lamarck). 
89. CHAMOSTREA ALBIDA, Lamarck, An.s. Vert., vi., p. 96. 
Port Lincoln ; Kangaroo Island; St. Vincent Gulf; South- 
East coast; also Tasmania, New South Wales, and New 


Zealand. 

Right valve very convex, keeled, attached by its anterior side; 
beaks anterior subspiral ; white, smooth; left valve flat; about 
two inches in diameter. 


Famity LuvUctnip2. 


90. LucinA FABULA, Reeve’s Mon., t. 11, f. 69 (1850). 

Streaky Bay; Wauraultie, Spencer Gulf; Surveyor’s Point, 
St. Vincent Gulf; Encounter Bay. (Polynesia, Reeve. | 

Shell fiat, concentric ridges ending in slight serratures on 
the post-dorsal margin. Length, a little exceeding half an 
inch. 

91. Lucitna Tater, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, t. 54, f. 15. 

Fowler and Streaky Bays, Port Lincoln, St. Vincent Gulf, 
and South-East coast. 

Quadrately ovate, front dorsal margin deeply excavated, 
concentrically and radiately ridged; length, three-eighths of 
an inch. 


92. Lucina concentRIca, Adams & Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 
1863, t. 37, f. 19. 

Streaky Bay, Port Lincoln, Wauraultee in Spencer Gulf, 
Edithburgh, Holdfast Bay. 

Orbicular, subglobose, with thin erect distant concentric 
ridges, radially striated ; length, nearly one inen. 

93. Lucrna cRASSILIRATA, Tate, anted, p. 67, t. 4, f. 2. 

Streaky Bay. 

Orbicular, subglobose, with thick concentric ridges ; length, 
about quarter of an inch. 

94. Luctna guaprisuxtcata, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. 
Moll., Cuba, t. 27, £. 34, 36; LZ. Cumingi, A. Adams & Angas, 
P. Z_8., 1863, t. 37, £. 20. 


97 


St. Vincent Gulf (type specimen, Angas); Middleton (R. H. 
Pulleine!); and South-East coast. 

Shell orbicular, divaricately ridged. 

The South Australian shell has been merged by several 
authors into ZL. dentata, Wood, but E. A. Smith in Moll. 
Challenger Exped. has very properly shown the invalidity of 
such association. On the authority of Mr. Cook (Ann. and 
Mag. Nat. Hist., 1886), LZ. Cumingz is made a synonym with 
LI. quadrisulcata, and has a wide geographic range. 

95. LorrpEes tcrERTcA, Reeve (Lucina), Mon., t. 10, f. 60. 

Throughout South Australian waters, extending to New South 


Wales. 


Globose, white, finely concentrically and radiately striated. 


96. Crypropon GLososuM, Forskal, Descript. anim. Egypt; 
Lucina ovum, Reeve, Mon., t. 5, f. 21. 

Port Lincoln; Salt Creek, and Holdfast Bay in St. Vincent 
Gulf; Encounter Bay. Somewhat rare in a living state, but 
abundant in the Pleistocene beds, Port Adelaide. Also New 
South Wales, Queensland, Philippines, Red Sea. 

Orbicular, swollen, thin, about one inch long. 


Famity UNGULINID2S. 


97. Diptoponta GLoBuLaRis, Lamarck (Lucina), An. s. Vert., 
v., p. 544; Lucina globularis, Reeve, Mon., t. 9, f. 23. 


Fowler’s Bay ; St. Vincent Gulf; Encounter Bay. 

The Lamarckian type is from King George Sound; and the 
species also occurs in New Zealand, as recorded by Lamarck. 

Shell globose, inflated, subequilateral; hinge line straight, 
rounded at both ends. 


98. Diproponta Tasmantca, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. 
Soc., Tasm., for 1876, p. 158. 


Holdfast Bay. Also Tasmania ! 

Shell quadrately orbicular; anterior side short, its margin 
rapidly descending ; hinge line straight, posterior side wider 
and depressed ; length and height, from one-third to an inch. 


Famity ERycrnip2. 
99. MonracvuTa MERIDIONALIS, Tate, anted, p. 68, t. 5, £. 4. 


Shell sand, Aldinga Bay and Port Lincoln. 
Ovately orbicular, thin, transparent, rather inflated, concen- 
trically finely striated ; length, three-eighths of an inch. 


100. Kretita sonia, Angas, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 176, 
t. 26, £.25; Mysella anomala, Angas, P. Z. S.,1878, p. 870 (non. 
Angas, 1877). 


G 


98 


Shell sand. St. Vincent Gulf; Fowler’s Bay. Also New 
South Wales (Angas). 

Quadrately ovate, translucent, shining, anterior side short, 
posterior extremity roundly truncate; length, three-eighths of 
an inch. Left valve with one conical tooth in front of the 
cartilage pit, with a lamelliform tooth close to it; there is a 
rather distant lamelliform tooth on the posterior side. Right 
valve with a laminar tooth in front of the cartilage notch, and 
a similar one posteriorly, but more distant. 

This species resembles externally Mysella anomala, with which 
Angas confounded South Australian specimens of K. solida 
sent to him by me for identification, under which name it 
appears in the above-quoted paper. 


101. Kezrra rotunpa, Deshayes (Erycina), Proc. Zool. Soe., 
1855, p. 181; E. A. Smith, Moll. Challenger Ex., t. 21, £. 5, 
p. 202. 

Dredged in shallow water and cast up, Holdfast, Aldinga, 
and Encounter Bays. Extends to Queensland. 

Shell somewhat globose, inflated, having much the form of 
Diplodonta globularis ; dentition as in K. solida, but the cardinal 
tooth in the left valve is sometimes obsolete. 


102. Keri1a Ancasiana, Tate, anted, p. 68, t. 5, f. 7. 
Shell sand. Holdfast Bay. 


Minute, triangularly oval, sculptured with raised concentric 
threads. 


103. Pyruina DrsHAyeEsrana, Hinds. 

Shell sard, Fowler Bay to Port Lincoln, Spencer and St. 
Vincent Gulfs; Encounter Bay and South-East coast; also 
Tasmania. 

Roundly-oblong, divaricately ribbed, marginal ribs lamellose ; 
umbonal area smooth. 


104. Pyruina Tasmanica, Tenison Woods, Proc. Roy. Soe. 
Tasm. for 1875, p. 162. Plate ¥., 47123 

Fowler and Streaky Bays; St. Vincent Gulf; also King 
Island, Bass Straits (type). 

Suborbicular, divaricate ribs, latticed with concentric sulca- 
tions. 


105. Prruina Gemmata, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 
1879;4: ¥., 4. 8. 

Shell sand, Fowler Bay ; Streaky Bay. 

Ovately-oblong, sculptured with divaricating granulose 
plice. Length, about one-tenth of an inch. 


106. Lepron austRaLE, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, t. 54, 
f. 14, p. 863. 


99 


Holdfast Bay and Salt Creek, St. Vincent Gulf; Streaky 
Bay; also in the Pleistocene shell-limestone of the Port Ade- 
laide Creek, not uncommon. 

Quadrately orbicular, flat, umbo produced, acute, a little in 
front of the centre; microscopically sculptured with concentric 
and radial striz ; attains to three-eighths of an inch long. 


107. Lepron TRIGONALE, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 
1870, b..5, fig. 5. 

Fowler and Streaky Bays, Port Lincoln, St. Vincent Gulf. 

Trangularly ovate, with finely shagreen-sculpture on the 
sides, umbones produced, small, acute. 


108. Lepron ovarum, Tate, anted, p. 68, t. 5, £. 11. 

In shell sand, Holdfast Bay. 

Minute, ovate-oblong, umbones obtuse, oramented with dis- 
tant growth lines and very minute granules. 


109. Lasza RuBRA, Montague. 


Between tide marks in rock crevices and among mussels, &e.; 
throughout our coast line. 

This cosmopolitan species has a host of synonyms, and the 
following specific names have been established on Southern 
examples :—Poronia australis, Sow., T. Woods, Angas ; Poronia 
purpurata, scalaris, Parreyst, Philippi. 

A minute cordately-ovate shell, varying from broadly con- 
centrically ribbed to almost smooth; reddish to white, red 
stained along the hinge line. 


110. MysEeria ponacrFormis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1878, 
p. 863. t. 54, £. 13. 

Fowler, Streaky, and Laura Bays, Great Australian Bight ; 
St. Vincent Gulf; also King George Sound ! 

A cuneiform, somewhat solid shell, about one-fourth of an 
inch long. 

The genus Mysella (1. anomala, Angas, op. cit., 1877) was 
placed by its author in the family Tellinide, but the absence 
of a pallial sinus, the internal cartilage, and the dentition 
bring it in close relation to Montacuta. 


111. Scinrinia Lunata, Tate, anted, p. 69, t. 4, £. 8. 


Creeping on rocks at extreme low tide, Edithburg, Yorke 
Peninsula (McDougall). 
Ovate-lanceolate, pellucid, compressed. 


Famity SoLEMYIDS. 
112. Sotemya ausrRatis, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., v., p. 489. 


St. Vincent Gulf; occasionally cast up in considerable num- 
bers at Holdfast Bay ; also King George Sound (type). 


100 


Cylindrical, gaping at each end, covered with a dark brown, 
horny epidermis extending beyond the margins. 


Famity CRASSATELLIDS. 
118. CRASSATELLA CASTANEA, Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f£. 3. 


In deep water in the Port Lincoln district; Cape Jaffa, 
South-East coast, dead shell only (W. 7. Bednall!). New Hol- 
land (Reeve). 

Ovately triangular, chesnut-coloured epidermis, umbones 
smooth ; length, attaining to four inches. 


Famity ASTARTIDE. 
114. CarpITa ROSULENTA, Tate, anted, p. 69, t. 5, £. 3. 


Deep water, Encounter Bay and Backstairs Passage. 
Trapezoid, with 22 narrow scaly ribs, spotted with red; 
length, about one inch. 


115. Carpira oBLIQuISsIMA, Tate, anted, p. 70, t. 5, £. 9. 

Dead shells dredged from 22 fathoms, Encounter Bay (Pul- 
leine!). 

Minute, very oblique, concentri¢ally sulcated, and radially 
ridged on the narrow angulated posterior side. 


116. Myrinrcarpra crassicosta, Lamarck (Cardita), An. s. 
Vert., vi., p. 24; id., Reeve, Mon., t. 2, f. 7. 

Throughout South Australian waters. Also West Australia 
and the Philippines. 

Oblong, with radiating costz, which are raised into lamellar 
arched scales; colour red or pink, occasionally yellow; length, 
two inches. 


117. MyviiicarDIA CONCAMERATA, Chemnitz (Chama); Car- 
dita concamerata, Reeve, Mon., t. 9, £.42; Thecalia macrotheca, 
A. Adams and Angas, P. Z. 8., 1864, p. 39. 


Under stones at low tide, Rapid Bay (Angas). Mr. E. A. 
Smith, who has compared the type of Lhecalia macrotheca with 
South African specimens of this well-known species, cannot 
detect the slightest difference. 

Ovate-oblong, radiately ribbed, a cup-shaped appendage 
within each valve. 


118. CarpireLia mnFans, E. A. Smith, Mollusca, Challenger 
Exped., t. 15, £. 10, p.'218. 


Rotund, solid; rose-coloured; eighteen radiating cost 
separated by very narrow deep grooves, coste with crowded 
transverse tubercles. The type specimens are whitish, and 
were obtained in 28 fathoms, south of Papua. A left valve 
only, dredged in 22 fathoms, Encounter Bay, 


101 


119. CaARDITELLA SUBTRIGONA, Tate, antea, p. 70, t. 4, f. 10. 

Cast up, Streaky Bay. 

Ovate-subtrigonal, with fourteen broadish radiating coste ; 
about one-fourth inch long. 


Famity UNIONID2. 


120. Unto Sruarrr, A. Adams and Angas (Alasmodon), 
P. Z. 8., 1863, p. 417; <Anodon Stuartt, Sowerby, in Reeve, 
Mon., t. 34, f. 186, 1870. 


Various freshwater streams in the Lake Eyre Basin, as at 
Mount Margaret! the type locality (Waterhouse); at Umbum, 
40 miles south from Peake!; Cooper’s Creek, at Innamincka! 
Also Newcastle Waters (Waterhouse !) 

An elongate-ovate shell, about twice as long as wide; pos- 
terior side long, obliquely subtruncate ; hinge line straight. 
Length, four inches. 


121. Unto Evansi, A. Adams and Angas (Alasmodon), 
P. Z. S., 1864, p. 39; id., Reeve, Mon., t. 56, f. 285, 1867. 

In the actual bed of the River Murray, and therefore appar- 
ently rare, I have taken it several times from the stomach of 
the ‘‘ Murray cod.” 

A thick elongate-ovate shell, about twice as long as wide, 
with the dorsal line arched, attenuated and somewhat angul- 
ated posteriorly. Length, four inches. 


122. UNIo pEpREssus, Lamarck, Ans. s. Vert., vii., p. 79; 
U. mutabilis, Lea, Obs. on Unio, vii., p. 66, t. 38, f. 167. 


Very abundant in the lagoons bordering the River Murray 
and in Lake Alexandrina; also New South Wales. 

Quadrately-ovate, nearly as broad as long, thin, depressed ; 
hinge line nearly straight, short; truncated posteriorly. Length, 
from two to three inches. 


123. Unio virrarus, Lea, Obs. on Unio, vu., p. 67, t. 39, 
f. 128; U. ambiguus, Philippi. 

Rivers Para, Torrens, and Onkaparinga; Scott’s Creek, a 
tributary of the R. Bremer; Mosquito Creek, near Narra- 
coorte; also Queensland. 

Ovate-oblong, somewhat thick and inflated; dorsal line 
arched, somewhat ascending posteriorly; posterior margin 
roundly truncated. Length, about three inches; breadth, two 
inches. 


Famity TRIGONIIDS. 


124. TRIGONIA MARGARITACEA, Lamarck, An. s. Vert, vi., 
p- 63; Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f. 3. 


Dead shells, Holdfast and Aldinga Bays. Dredged in life 


102 


from eight fathoms in Encounter Bay (R. H. Pulleine!); also 
Tasmania (type) and New South Wales. 


Famity NucuLip®. 


125. Nucuna micans, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, t. 54, 
£, 16: 

Shell sand, St. Vincent Gulf. 

A minute shell, obliquely and triangularly ovate, finely con- 
centrically striated. 


126. Lepa crassa, Hinds., P. Z.8., 1848, p. 99; id. Reeve’s 
Mon., t. 5, f£.27. Z. Chuva, Gray in Jukes, Voy. Fly, i, t. 2, 
f. 3, p. 360 (1847); id. Reeve, Mon., t. 7, f. 46. 

Rare in St. Vincent Gulf, but common asa beach shell in 
Encounter Bay, dredged in life from deep water by R. H. 
Pulleine. Extends to Queensland. Gray’s types are from 
Bass Straits. 

Elongate oval, ventral margin strongly arched, curved up- 
wards posteriorly to form a rostral prolongation, sculptured 
with thick flattened ribs. 


Famity ARCID#. 
127. ARcA NAVICULARIS, Bruguiere, Reeve’s Mon., t. 9, f. 70. 
- Port Augusta, Spencer Gulf (R. H. Pulleine!). Also Vic- 
toria (BE. A. Smith); Queensland and North Australia!, China 
and Amboina. 

Elongate, trapeziform, umbones high and wide apart, gaping 
ventrally, ornamented with granular ribs with unequal thick 
radial ribs on the posterior slope, attaining to one jand a half 
inches long. 


128. Barpatia Lima, Reeve (Arca), P. Z. S., 1844; id. Mon., 
4. 15, £4 OL. 

Deep water, St. Vincent Gulf (Angas). Also Torres Straits 
(Voy. Challenger), and Philippines. 

129. Barpatra rapuna, E. A. Smith, Moll. Challenger 
Hxped:, t. 17, 1. 3, p) 260. 

General from the Great Australian Bight to the South-East 
coast. Also Victoria and Tasmania. 

Narrowly oblong, inequilateral, ornamented with numerous 
slender granulated ribs, and clothed with a brown pilose epider- 
mis, attaining to a length of two inches. 


130. Barparta TRAPEZIA, Deshayes (Arca), Mag. de Zool.; 
Arca lobata, Reeve, P. Z. S., 1844, and Mon., t. 3, f. 19. 


In a subfossil condition at Wallaroo Bay, Victor Harbour, 
Ardrossan, Aldinga Bay, and Port Adelaide Creek; dead, but 


103 


apparently fresh, shells on the beach at Streaky Bay, Great 
Australian Bight. Also Victoria, Tasmania, and New South 
Wales. 

It is one of the most characteristic fossils of the raised 
beaches along our coastline. 

Trapeziform, oblique, gibbous, very thick; radial coste, 
rather distant and crenulated; length, two inches. 


131. Barpatia LAMINATA, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865. 

At several stations in the Great Australan Bight and St. 
Vincent Gulf. 

Oblong, about one inch long and half an inch wide, concen- 
tric lamelle imbricating and frilled. 


132. Pecruncunvus raprans, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 54. 


Port Lincoln; Encounter Bay; South-East coast (W. T. 
Bednall!\. Also Victoria, Tasmania, and New Holland 
(Lamarck). 

Orbicular, with flattish, radial ridges, radially substriated 
and concentrically finely striated. 


133. PEcTUNCULUS OBLIQUUS, Reeve, P. Z. S., 1843. 

Fowler’s Bay, St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs; South-East 
coast. Also West Austraha (type) and Tasmania. 

Suborbicular, inequilateral, produced posteriorly, ornament 
similar to the last, but the radial ridges more elevated and 
acute; length, to one inch and a quarter. 


134. PEcTUNCULUS FLABELLATUS, Tenison- Woods, Trans. Roy. 
Soc., Victoria, xiv., p. 61, 1878; P. orbseularis, Angas, P. Z.58., 
1879, t. 35, £.9; P. Beddomei, EH. A. Smith, Moll. Challenger 
Expedition., t. 18, f. 1, p. 252. 


Dead shells, Hallett’s Cove; Ardrossan; Cape Jervis; Wal- 
laroo. Also Victoria and Tasmania (7. Woods); Flinders 
Island (R. IL. Johnston’); Bass Straits (Angas; Challenger 
Exped.). 

Orbicular, thick, with about 25 broad, somewhat depressed 
radial ribs; colour white, more or less clouded and spotted 
with fulvous-brown. 


135. PecruncuLus Grayants, Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1856, 
p. 357. 

Wallaroo (Dr Gosse! and R. T.) Also New South Wales. 

A thick orbicular shell, smooth, white, with angular streaks 
and flames of chesnut-brown colour; about two inches in 
diameter. 


135. Limorsis Bassi, E. A. Smith, Moll. Challenger Exped., 
t285, £6, p- 256, 1885. 


104 


Dredged in life from 20 fathoms in Encounter Bay (R. H. 
Pulleine!) ; cast up at Ardrossan and Edithburg. Also Bass 
Sraits in 38 fathoms (Challenger Exped.). 

Transversely ovate, oblique, cancellate ornament, reddish- 
brown, dirty-white or yellowish about the umbos, clothed with 
a thick pilose epidermis; length, three-fourths inch. 


137. Limopsis BEtcHERI, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, 
t. 22, £.5; id. McCoy, Pal. Victoria, Decade IT., t.19, figs. 8-9 ; 
I Tenisont, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., 1877; 
LZ. cancellata, id. 1876 (non. Reeve); L. Macgillivrayi, Angas, 
Pi oAi: 3:,)1878,0p:'871. 

Robe and Guichen Bays in a fresh state; dead shells St. 
Vincent Gulf and Kangaroo Island. Also Port Phillip (QZcCoy) ; 
Tasmania (Tenison- Woods). 

A common fossil in the Pleistocene beds of the Port Ade- 
laide Creek, and in Older Tertiary beds River Murray Cliffs, 
Muddy Creek near Hamilton, &c. 

Orbicular, sligktly oblique; radiately ribbed and with wavy, 
close, concentric lire; the ligamental pit is much smaller and 
the hinge teeth (about 24) more numerous than in Z. Bassiz. 


138. Limopsis RuBRIcaTA, Tate, anted, p. 71, t. 5, f. 6. 


Dredged in life from 32 fathoms, Backstairs Passage. 

A minute shell, radiately finely sulcated, concentrically 
striate, with four chesnut-coloured rays, covered with a thin 
light-horn epidermis. 

FAMILY MYTILIDZ. 
Genus Myris. 
(a) With longitudinal furrows. 

139. Myritus nresutus, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 120; 
id., Reeve, Mon., t. 3, f. 8. 

At various stations from the Great Bight to Port Lincoln ; 
Port Broughton and Wallaroo; Kangaroo Island; Port Ade- 
laide Creek; also Tasmania, New South Wales, Japan, and 
China. 

Strongly curvated; dark brown, ornamented with very fine 
closely-set dichotomous riblets, and covered with long, barbed 
hairs. Length, two and a-half inches. 


140. Myrinus rosrratus, Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1856 
p. 358. 

Great Australian Bight; Edithburg; Encounter and 
Guichen Bays; also Tasmania (type). 

Elongate, nearly parallel sided, attenuated towards the 
beaks; reddish-purple, ornamented with fine closely-set divaric- 
ating riblets, Attains to one and a-half inches long. 


105 


141. Myritvs Mewxeanvs, Philippi. 


Throughout the South Australian coast line, on rocks be- 
tween tide marks; also King George Sound ! 

Variable in shape, usually strongly curvated, with uncinate 
beaks, but sometimes elongated with nearly straight sides, 
ornamented with a variable number of radial undulating thick 
granulose ribs; colour, brown outside, purplish within. 
Length, about one and a-half inches. It is separable from 
M, Magellanicus, Lamarck. 


(b) Surface smooth. 

142. Myritus ater, Frauenfeld, Moll. Novara Exped., t. 2, 
f. 29, 30; JL crassus, Tenison Woods, P. R. 8. Tasmania for 
S76, p: 157. 

Rocky shores between tide marks, St. Vincent Gulf; also 
Tasmania: (7. Woods) and New Zealand! (Novara Euxped., 
Hutton, &¢.). 

Oblong, black, with very tumid umbones. Length, about one 
inch. 


143. Myritus coorvs, Molina; J. latus, Lamarck, An. s. 
Vert., vi., p. 122 (non. Chemnitz). 

On the keel of the hulk Fitzjames moored in Largs Bay 
(Port Adelaide Mus.!). Probably introduced to this locality 
from Port Phillip !, where the species is common, and where 
also the hulk was a derelict for several years; Guichen Bay 
(R. H. Pulleine !); also Tasmania, New Zealand, and Chili. 

Oblong-oval, dilated and compressed behind, covered with a 
dark olive-brown shining epidermis, with a few scattered long 
hairs set in a white calcareous disc, interior bluish-white ; 
attaining to four inches long. 


144. Moprona ausTRALIS, Gray in King’s Coasts of Australia, 
ll., p. 477, 1827 ;, id. Reeve, Mon., t.5,f. 21. MM. tulipa, var., 
Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 111, 1819. J. areolata, Gould, 
Gis. ix. Bp. x1.,, p-4523, 1/562: 

Beyond low tide throughout South Australian waters. Also 
Tasmania, New South Wales, and New Zealand. New Holland 
(Lamarck). 

Ovately oblong, anterior side very short, posteriorly broadly 
dilated, convex in the middle; yellow chesnut; adult shells 
bearded towards the margin ; length to three inches. 


145. Mopioxa atsicostra, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 111. 

Port Elhot (W. 7. Bednall!). Also Tasmania (Z Woods), 
Timor, Indian Ocean, and New Holland (Lamarck). 

Smooth, shining, dark chesnut with darker rays; attaining 
to two and a half inches. 


106 


146. Moprona seMivestiTa, Dunker, Mal. Bl. xviii, p. 173, 
1871. Perna flavida, Angas, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 653 (non 
Dunker). Plate 5, figs. 16a-—16d. 

Nesting in mud between tide-marks, Port Adelaide Creek, 
and elsewhere in St. Vincent Gulf; Laura Bay on the west 
coast. Also King George Sound!, St. Vincent Gulf (Dunker). 

Narrowly oblong, with a chesnut-brown shining epidermis, 
folds of growth conspicuously raised ; length three-quarters of 
an inch. 

TI fail to recognise the woolly investiture which Dunker de- 
scribes as clothing the shell, and think the author has mistaken 
for it the raised epidermal lamine encrusted with the foreign 
matter of its burrow. 


147. MopronaRIaA BARBATA, Reeve, Mon. Lithodomus, t. 5, 
f.27; Lithodomus laniger, Reeve, op. cit., £. 30; Dodiolaria bar- 
bata, Angas, P. Z. S., 1867, t. 44, £. 12, p. 911. 


Streaky, Fowler, Aldinga, and Holdfast Bays. Also New 
South Wales (type). 

Oblong-ovate, with the epidermis long thick and fibrous 
posteriorly ; length about half an inch. 


148. Mopronarta Cumincrana, Reeve, Mon. Modiola, t. 9, 
f. 63, 1857 ; Lanistina nana, Dunker, P. Z. S., 1856, p. 3865; 
Mediola nana, Reeve, Mon., t. 10, £. 69; Crenella (Modiolaria) 
Adolphi, Dunker, Mal., xviii., p. 173, 1871. 

Throughout South Australia, living on sponges, and amidst 
the parasitic growth on oysters and pinne. Extends around 
the east coast to Port Darwin. 

Oblong-oval, inflated ; colour, brown, yellow, or in the young 
stuge green mixed with brown. Attaining toa length of one 
inch. 

| Lanistina nana, founded on specimens in the Cumingian col- 

lection from Port Lincoln, is evidently the fry of JZ. Cuming- 
tana; the rufous variegation and pellucidity which chara- 
terises the early stage of growth are lost in aged examples. 

‘Crenella Adolphi, of the same author, the type of which is 
from St. Vincent Gulf, seems in no way to differ, so far as 
description admits of forming an opinion, from JZ. Cuming- 
cand. 


149. Mopronarra Paviuccr2, Crosse and Fischer (Crenella), 
Journ. de Conchy., 1863, p. 89, t. 1, f. 8. 


Among Zostere, Fowler, Denial, and Laura Bays, on the 
west coast; Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs. 

Oblong-ovate, depressed; broad posteriorly, there orna- 
mented with broad, distant radial ribs; varying in colour from 
yellow, brown, to bright green, sometimes painted with undu- 
lose purplish-brown markings. Length, half an inch. 


107 


150. Matnevus vuLsennarus, Lamarck, An. s. Vert, v1., 
p- 145; JL. albus, Lamarck; Jf. normalis, Lamk.; Ostrea regula, 
Forskal. 

Buried in sand in a few fathoms water, St. Vincent Gulf ; 
Port Lincoln; dead shells, Fowler’s Bay, Wallaroo Bay ; 
widely diffused in Australia; Timor, China, &c., to the Red 
Sea. 


151. Prnna inERMIs, Tate, anted, p.71, t. 4, £. 5; P. Zey- 
lanica, Angas, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 655 (non Gray). 

Partially buried vertically in mud or sand in a few fathoms 
water, St. Vincent Gulf, and general from Eucla to the South- 
East coast. 

This shell, locally known as “ razor-fish,” is wedge shaped, 
somewhat roundly acuminate posteriorly, and otherwise differs 
from P. Zeylanica by the absence of scaly ribs. Attains to a 
length of about eighteen inches. 


152. VuLsELLA ovata, Lamarck, An. gs. Vert,, vi, p. 222; 
V. Tasmanica, V. limeformis, and V. rudis, all of, Reeve, Mon. 
Vulsella. 


Immersed in sponge from shallow water to 32 fathoms ; 
common throughout the whole coast line; also West Australia, 
Tasmania, and New South Wales. 

Very variable in shape, pale horn coloured; concentric lire, 
fringed with minute flattened scales. 


153. AvicuLa GEORGIANA, Quoy and Gaimard, Zool. Voyage 
Astrolabe, vol. 3, p. 457, t. 77, f. 10-11, 1885; A. scalpta,, 
A. pulchella, A. rutila, and A. punctulata, all of Reeve, Mon. 
Avicula. Possibly A. papilionacea, Chemnitz. 


Affixed to seaweed. Very general. Extends from King 
George Sound (Quoy and Gaimard) to New South Wales.. 
Locally called “ butterfly shells.” 

The above-quoted species-names of Reeve have been founded 
on individual variations in colour and colour markings. 

Transparent, varying in colour from pellucid white, brown, 
green, with or without coloured rays or spots; length, about 
one inch. 


154. MELEAGRINA MARGARITIFERA, Linneus (Mytilus), Syst. 
Nat.; Lamarck, An. s. Vert. vi., p. 151. 


“Deep water, Spencer Gulf, Coffin Bay, and the Great Aus- 
tralian Bight. This is the ‘pearl oyster,’ a species generally 
distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific marine molluscan pro- 
vince” (Angas). A very rare species, I have seen only one 
South Australian example, and that young, in the cabinet of 
Mr. Bedunall. 


108 


FAMILY PECTINIDZ. 
155. PectEN aspeRRiMuS, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 174; 
id. Reeve, Mon. Pecten., t. 20, f. 5; P. australis, Sowerby, 
Thes. Conch. p. 76; id. Reeve, t. 25, f. 103. 


On a soft bottom, at a depth of afew fathoms. Throughout 
the whole length of our coastline. Also West Australia 
(Sowerby), Tasmania (Lamarck), New South Wales, New Zea- 
land, and Gulf of Suez (Vaillant, J. de Conchyl., 1865, p. 112). 

About 30 radial ribs, flanked on each side by a smaller one, 
all studded with small spinous scales; colour yellow, orange, 
brown, scarlet, or purplish; about two inches diametcr. 


156. Pecren PuLLEINEANUS, Tate, anted, p. 73, t. 4, figs. la—b. 

South-East coast (2. H. Pulleine !) 

Thirty-three simple similar ribs crossed by close-set con- 
tinuous lamelle ; about one inch diameter. 


157. Pecren Bepnatti, Tate, anted, p. 73, t. 4, figs. 3a—b. 


Aldinga Bay (W. T. Bednall!). 

Twenty-four groups of two or three subequal ribs with quin- 
euncially-arranged depressions in the interspaces; about one 
inch diameter. 


158. PEcrEN BIFRONS, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vi., p. 164; 
id. Reeve, Mon., t. 12, £. 45. 


Inhabits at about two to six fathoms, and occurs throughout 
our coast-line reaching to Tasmania. New Holland (Lamarck). 

Depressed, slightly inequivalve and inequilateral, with about 
seven principal ribs and numerous radial riblets, with a 
shagreen-like sculpture between them; attaining a diameter 
of about three inches. 


159. PecrEn FuMATUS, Reeve, Mon. Pecten, t.7,f.32. Var. 
aLBus, Tate, Proe. Roy. Soc., Tasm., 1886. 

Syn.:—Vola laticostata, Angas, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 656 (non. 
Gray); Pecten bifidus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 35, 1848 ; 
id. Philippi, Neu. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 6, t. 2, £. 6, 1845 (non. 
Minster). 

Inhabits with the last extending from Fowler Bay to Port 
Lincoln and St. Vincent Gulf. Menke’s shell is from West 
Australia. 

Right valve deeply convex, sixteen convex ribs about as wide 
as the furrows, white inside and out; left valve flat, whitish 
with pink ribs; attaining to a diameter of three and a half 
inches. 

160. Lima mutricosrata, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ; id. Reeve, 
Mon., t. 1, f. 4; Radula lima (Linne), Angas, P. Z.S8., 1865, 
p. 656. 


109 


Chiefly in sponge at shallow depths; Great Australian 
Bight to Port Lincoln, Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs, 
Guichen Bay. Throughout Australia and the Indo-Pacific 
region. 

Oblique, with about 30 scaly ribs; attaining to two inches in 
the longer diameter. 


161. Lima anaunata, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 86, t. 22, 
f. 39; id. Reeve, Mon., t. 3, f. 13. 

Living at two to six fathoms in St. Vincent Gulf and at Port 
Lincoln. Also New South Wales, New Zealand, New Caledonia, 
Philippines, and Panama. ~ 

Obliquely subtrigonal, ventricose, very finely radiately 
ribbed ; attaining to nearly one inch in the ionger diameter. 


162. Lima BULLATA, Born; id. Reeve, Mon., t. 1, f. 2; 
L. Strangei, Reeve, Mon., t. 3, f. 15; L. Japonica, A. Adams, 
P. Z.8., 1863, p. 509; Reeve, Mon., t. 5, f. 21. 

Wauraltee Island and,Wallaroo in Spencer Gulf, St. Vincent 
Gulf, Guichen Bay. Also Tasmania, New South Wales, and 
Queensland, extending to New Zealand, the Philippines, and 
Japan. 

This species belongs to the section Limatula, having equi- 
lateral, ovate valves; rayed with numerous strong, rather 
sharp ribs. Attaining to about one and a-quarter inch in the 
longer diameter. 


163. Limea austRina, Tate, anted, p. 73, t. 4, £. 7. 

Dead shells dredged in 382 fathoms in Backstairs Passage, 
and in 22 fathoms in Encounter Bay ; also in Phocene strata, 
Limestone Creek, R. Glenelg, Victoria. 

A. small subovate, equilateral shell, ornamented with twenty 
radiating nodulose ribs. 


Faminy SPONDYLIID®. 

164. SPoNDYLUS TENELLUS, Reeve, Mon., t. 18, f. 67. 

Not uncommon from Eucla to Port Lincoln, St. Vincent and 
Spencer Guifs; Guichen Bay; also in Tasmania and in the 
Pacific. 

Ovate, radiately ridged, bearing foliaceous or spinous ex- 
pansions, the interspaces with crowded radial riblets, covered 
with imbricating scales. Length, two inches. 


Faminty ANOMIIDS. 


165. Puacuanomia Jone, Gray, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1849, 
p. 123; id., Reeve, Mon., t.2,f.6; Tate, T. R. Soc. S. Aust, 1885, 
Geos ee f, ps LOL: 


Not uncommon in St. Vincent Gulf, affixed to Pinne ; cast 


110 


up South-East coast;’also Tasmania, New South Wales, and 
New Zealand. Upper beds of the Older Tertiary, River 
Murray cliffs, at Aldinga and Hamilton; Pliocene beds at 
Limestone Creek, R. Glenelg. 

Irregularly orbicular, flat, thin, ornamented with imbricat- 
ing scaly lamine, and radial threads or ridges; diameter, two 
inches. 


Famity OstTREID#. 
166. Ostrea Ancast, Sowerby, in Reeve’s Mon., t. 18, f. 27. 


Ranges from low tide to a few fathoms; Davenport Creek, 
in the Great Bight; Coffin’s Bay and Port Lincoln; Spencer 
and St. Vincent Gulf; Kangaroo Island ; also Tasmania, New 
South Wales, Port Darwin, and New Zealand. Iy Pliocene 
strata, Limestone Creek, and Ascot Heath, in West Victoria. 

This species, which is the common “ Port Lincoln oyster’ of 
the Adelaide markets, is the southern analogue of the Huro- 
pean O. edulis, under which species name, or as a variety, it has 
been more frequently quoted by conchological writers. The 
“Sydney rock-oyster” (O. glomerata, Gould), so largely im- 
ported as food, is not indigenous in our waters, but it has 
lately been introduced, so I have been informed, to the Port 
Lincoln district. 


CLASS PALLIOBRANCHIATA. 


1. WALDHEMIA FLAVESCENS, Lamarck, An. s. Vert., [vi., 
p. 246; Reeve, Mon. Terebratula, t. 2, f. 1. 


Attached to rocks and the bases of the large seaweeds be- 
yond low tide, Fowler Bay, St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs, 
Encounter Bay. Also Victoria, Tasmania, and New South 
Wales. 

Ovate, inflated, with a pentagonal outline and broad radial 
ridges; length, one inch. 

2. TEREBRATELLA CANCELLATA, Koch. 

Dredged in life from 32 fathoms in Backstairs Passage ; dead 
shells from 20 fathoms, Encounter Bay (R. H. Pulleine!) 
Also New South Wales (Brazier), West Australia (Dall), and 
Tasmania (Challenger Exped.). 

Shell ovate, rather depressed, with a pentagonal outline, 


ornamented with numerous radiating riblets; length, three- 
fourths of an inch. 


3. Mrecerti1a Wittemoesi, Davidson, Brach. Challenger 
Exped., t. 4, f. 1-3, p. 51. 


One dead shell from 22 fathoms in Encounter Bay (&. H. 
Pulleine !) 


A minute, inflated, smooth, ovate shell of a cochineal-red 


da 


colour. The identification is not complete, as the example has 
lost its loop: it is certainly not IMagasella Cumingi. The type 
is from Twofold Bay, New South Wales. 


4. Kravusstna Lamarcxrana, Davidson, P. Z. 8., 1852, p. 80, 
t. 14, f. 22-33; id. Reeve, Mon. Terebratula, t. 9, f. 34. 

Shell sand, Fowler’s and Holdfast Bay. Also New Zealand, 
Tasmania, and New South Wales. 

Shell very small, squarely rounded, depressed, radiately 
ridged, conspicuous by its straight hinge line and its large 
broadly-triangular foramen. 


5. ORBICULA TENUIS, Sowerby, in Reeve’s Mon., t. 1, f. 5. 
Port Lincoln and Chil (Cuming Coll.). 


112 


+ 


DESCRIPTION OF A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF 
PHASMIDZ. 


By J. G. O. Tepprr, F.LS., &e. 
[Read August 3, 1886.] 


Prate VI. 


Several very remarkable examples of Phasmide with rudi- 
mentary wings were presented in the course of the last twelve 
months to the Adelaide Museum. The perfect insect was 
captured at Mount Lofty by Mrs. Stirling, and another specimen 
was obtained by Mr. Guest, of Balhannah, while I collected 
two specimens in the nymphai condition. 

In consulting the availabie literature I could find no mention 
of this large insect. I therefore venture to lay a description 
before the Society, and attach a provisional name, deferring 
the species to Westwood’s genus Lopaphus, although one of 
the generic distinctions does not fit, viz. “jtegmina much 
smaller than the wings.’ The one before us has the first as. 
long or longer than the latter. 


Lopaphus macrotegmus. Spec. nov. Plate VI. (nat. size of a rather 
small specimen). 

Body long, slender, dull brown, similarly winged in both 
sexes; head elongated, broader in front, forehead slightly 
wrinkled; eyes prominent; antenne filiform, first two joints 
dilated, many-jointed, about four or five times the length of the 
head ; mesothorax five times longer than the prothorax, with a 
few small tubercles; metathorax about half as long; abdomen 
cylindrical, tapering after fourth segment, last two very short ; 
terminal foliolets longer than any segment, rather broad, 
rounded at the tip ; operculum conspicuous, rising from seventh 
segment, not extending beyond the body; legs straight, slender, 
mottled grey, first pair longest ; femora dentated conspicuously 
above, less so beneath, inner angle smooth; tibia straight, 
smooth; second pair shortest; femora with’ one (or two) 
teeth above near the middle, four or five beneath; tibia 
twin tooth above, nearer the elbow joint, and two small 
teeth near the wrist beneath; third pair intermediate;. 
femora one small tooth in the middle and another near 
elbow above and_ several beneath, tibia with a double 
tooth above; tarsi long, first joint longer than half the 


113 


whole, fourth very small; tegmina as long or longer than the 
wings; the latter rudimentary, anterior part pale brown with 
a few irregular narrow black bars; posterior part~black, 
translucent. Length of body, about 53 in.; head, about ¢ in.* 
forelegs, about 3? in.; middle pair, about 2? in.; tegmina, about 
% in.; wings, about * in.; foliolets, about # in. The above 
refers to the female, the male being slightly smaller. In the 
nymphal form the colour is greenish, but the dentation of the 
legs, notably the teeth on the upper edge, quite identical with 
those of the perfect form in all my specimens. The size is also 
less—from 3} to 44 in.., and the body more slender. 

The eggs are elliptic, cylindrical, about one-eighth inch long 
and half as thick, wrinkled, greyish black when mature, and 
open with a lid at one end, which bears a conspicuous round 
knob. 

They live upon stringybark shrubs in the Mount Lofty 
Ranges. 


114 


ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF KANGAROO ISLAND. 
By J. G. O. Tepper, F.GLS.;, &e: 
[Read September 7, 1886.1 


Being attached to an exploring party under the leadership 
of Mr. J. E. Brown, the Conservator of Forests, and Mr. A. 
Molineux, for the purpose of collecting for the Museum, I 
availed myself of the opportunity of making some observations 
on the flora of the island. 

Starting from Queenscliffe on the 25th of February last, the 
track along the telegraph line to Cape Borda was generally 
followed, passing in succession Kinch’s Station on the South 
Western River, Digger’s Camp, Rocky and Grassy Creeks, 
the Head of the South Western River, Ravine des Casoars, 
Harvey’s Return, and reached Cape Borda on the 1st of March. 
A day was spent at Harvey’s Return, after which the Head 
of the South Western River was again visited, but from thence 
a detour made to Karatta Station, near the mouth of the 
Stunsailboom River on the south coast of the island, from 
thence returning by the Eleanor River, Mount Pleasant Station, 
Birchmore’s Lagoon to the South Western River, a mile or 
two west of the bridge, on the 7th of March. On the route 
some 200 species of plants were gathered, but many as yet 
undetermined, notably most of the Rhamnez, many being 
imperfect on account of the lateness of the season. 

The following species and varieties are new for the flora of 
the island; those marked with an asterisk also new for the 
province :— | 


RANUNCULACES. 
Ranunculus rivularis, Banks § Sol. Ravine des Casoars. 


RUTACER. 
Boronia Edwardsii, Benth. Head of South Western River. 
Correa emula, &. v. W. Head of the South Western. Hitherto 
very rare, peculiar to South Australia. 


SAPINDACER. 
Dodonea bursarifolia, Beer. Ravine des Casoars. 


LEGUMINOS. 

Pultenza daphnoides, Sonder. Head of South Western. 

*Pultenza scabra, #. Br. Head of South Western. 

Acacia myrtifolia, Willd., variety angustifolia, Fv. WZ. Very 
common in the form of low dense shrubs of three to five 
feet, between Grassy Creek and the Ravine des Casoars. 


115 


* Acacia Whanil, F. v. W. <A few shrubs seen on the banks of 
a dry creek south-west of Birchmore’s Lagoon. 


SAXTFRAGEE. 
Bauera rubioides, Andr. Grassy and other creeks, and at the 
head of the South Western. 


HALORAGE®. 
Loudonio aurea, Lindley. Banks of a lagoon south of the 
head of the South Western. 


MYRTACE®. 
Eucalyptus Sieberiana, #. v. WZ. Harvey’s Return. 


RHAMNACE®. 
Cryptandra hispidula, Reiss. Digger’s Camp. 
OLACINES. 
Olax Benthamiana, Miguel. Scrubland near Cape Borda. An 
additional family to this flora. 


PROTEACE®. 
Grevillea pauciflora, R, Br. Head of the South Western. 
Hakea ulicina, 2. Br.; var. carinata, #. v. If. Cape Borda. 


GENTIANED. 
Limnanthemum sp. Ravine des Casoars. 


ASPERIFOLLE.’ 
Halgania lavandulacea, Andi. Head of the South Western. 


EPACRIDER. 
Styphelia hirtella, # v. 1. Scrublands, Mount Pleasant. 
Styphelia serrulata, Zab. (var.) Head of South Western, &c. 


FLUVIALES. 
Lepilena Preissu, #. v. 1. Karatta. 


RESTIACE®. 
Leptocarpus tenax, &. Br. Birchmore’s Lagoon. 


JUNCES. 
Juncus cespitius, H. Weyer, Ravine des Casoars. 


CYPERACEE. 
*Schoenus fluitans, J. Hooker. Head of South Western. 
Schcenus capillaris, fv. WZ. Head of South Western. 
Cladium tetraquetrum, Hooker. Head of South Western. 
Lepidosperma carphoides, &. v. WZ. Mount Pleasant. 


FILICES. 
Schizea fistulosa, Zabill. Head of South Western. 


116 


TROCHIDZ AND OTHER GENERA OF SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA, WITH THEIR SYNONYMS. 


PARP 1. 


By Joun Brazier, F.L.S., C.M.Z8., &e. 
[Read October 5, 1886.) 


1. Trocnus (CanrHaripus) LesveEvuri, Fischer, sp. 
1822. Phasianella elegans, Lam., Anim. sans Vert., vol. 7, p. 53, 
No. 4. 
1843. Phasianella elegans, Lam., 2nd edit. (Deshayes), vol. 9, 
p- 243. 
*Trochus elegans, Kiener Genus Trechus, Coq. Vivantes, 
pl. 4, 5, fig. 2 (non Trochus elegans, Gmelin). 
1843. TLrochus Lehmanni, Menke, Moll. Nove Hollandie, p. 18, 
No. 70 (non ZLrochus Lehmanni, Kiener). 
1845. Trochus Lehmanni, Menke; Philippi in Abbild Besch 
neuer Conch., vol. 2, heft 2, p. 37, pl. 7. Trochus, fig. 
2 (non Trochus Lehmanni, Kiener). 
1845. Trochus Lehmanni, Menke; Catlow and Reeve, Concholo- 
cists’ Nomenclator, p. 217, No. 75. 
+1849. Trochus pictus, Philippi in Conch. Cab., 2nd edition, p- 
139, No. 166, pl. 23, figs. 18-19 (non Zrochns pictus, 


Wood). 

1851. Thalotia Lehmanni, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 172, 
No. 4. 

1873. Thalotia Lehmanni, Paetel, Catalog.der Conch.-Sammlung, 
Dp. fa. 


1877. Thalotia picta, Tenison-Woods, Papers and Proc. Royal 
Soc., Tasmania, p. 41. 
1880, Trochus Lesueuri, Fischer; in Kiener Cog. Vivantes, 
p- 129-420. 
Hab.—Coast of Australia (Peron and Lesueur); St. Vincent's 
Gulf, South Australia (G. F. Angas, W. Bednall, Professor 
Tate); Swan River (Priess); Cape Riche, King George’s Sound 


* The date of publication of Kiener ‘‘ Spécies général et Iconographie des 


Coquilles Vivantes” is not given. The date is given in that edited by Dr. 
Fischer. 


+ The title-page of the genus Trochus in the Conchylien Cabinet is 
missing in the copy in the Australian Museum. I have only been able to 
find that the work must have been published about the year 1849-50. 


AB Ly 


(Brazier); Fowler’s Bay and Encounter Bay (Jute); North 

Tasmania (Zenzson-Woods), 

This species was described first by Lamarck as Phasianella 
elegans, and placed by Kiener in the genus Trochus in his Co- 
quilles Vivantes. It is not the Yrochus elegans of Gmelin, 
which is the Zrochus purpuratus of Martyn. T. elegans is the 
T. Lehmanni, Menke, and the Trochus pictus, Philippi, not of 
Wood. Dr. Fischer points out in Kiener, page 129, that the 
figure of TLrochus pictus, Wood, is very doubtful, and a new 
specific name being required for Kiener’s, he renames it Trochus 
Lesueurt, Fischer. This is the same species that is quoted by 
the Rev. Tenison- Woods and Mr. Angas as the TZrochus pictus, 
Wood. 

2. Trocuus (THALOTIA) conicus, Gray, sp., 

1827. Mlonodonta conica, Gray in Captain King’s Survey of 
Australia, Appendix ; vol. 2, p. 479, No. 28. 

1828. Trochus pictus, Wood, Index Testaceologicus, Suppli- 
ment, p. 17, pl. 5, Trochus fig. 28. 

* Trochus Lehmann, Kiener, Coq. Vivantes Genus Trochus, 
pl. 46, fig. 2-2a, (non Trochus Lehmanni, Menke). 

1843. Jlonodonta turrita, Menke, Moll. Nove Hollandie, p. 15, 
No. 57. 

+1849. Trochus conicus, Gray; Philippi in Conchylien Cabinet, 
2nd edition, p. 180, No. 150, pl. 23, fig. 1. 

1849. Trochus turritus (Monodonta), Menke=conicus, Gray, 
Philippi in Conch. Cabinet, p. 372, index. 

1851. Thalotia picta, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 
p. 172. Nios t 

1854. Thalotia conica, Gray; H. and A. Adams, Genera of 
Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 420, pl. 48, fig. 1. 

1854. Lrochus Lehmanni, Hombron and Jacquinot Voyage au 
Pole-Sud (Zoologie), vol. 5, p. 54; Atlas plates, Mol- 
lusca, pl. 14, fig. 7-8 (non Lrochus Lehmanni, Menke. 

1854. Thalotia picta, H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mol- 
lusca, vol. 1., p. 420. 

1856. Trochus pictus, Wood, Index Test Supphment (Hanley’s 
edition), p. 220, pl. v., Trochus, fig. 28. 

1859. Trochus (Thalotia) Lehmanni, Chenu, Manual de Conch., 
t. 1, p. 359, fig. 2,659 (non Trochus Lehmanni, Menke). 

1865. Thalotia picta, Angas (as of Wood), Molluscan Fauna of 
South Australia, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 179, No. 
148, 

1873. Thalotia conica (Sowerby !!), Paetel, Catalog der Conch.- 
Sammlung, p. 73. 

1877. Thalotia picta, Tenison-Woods (as of Wood), Papers and 
Proc. Royal Soc., Tasmania, p. 41. 

1880. Trochus conicus, Fischer, in Kiener Coq. Vivant, p. 135. 


118 


1881. Monodonta turrita, Menke=Thalotia conica, Gray ; Tate, 
Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. 6, p. 394. 


Hab.—King’s Island, Bass Sivas (Peron and Lesueur); 
New Holland (Captain King); St. Vincent Gulf, South Aus- 
tralia (G. #. Angas, W. T. Bednall); Bass Straits and North- 
East Tasmania (Zenison-Woods, W. F. Pettard); Kangaroo 
Island (Late). 


There has been great confusion in reference to this species. 
It was first of all described by Dr. J. E. Gray as Monodonta 
conica in 1827. In 1828 it is figured and called Drochus pictus 
by Gray or Wood in the Index Testaceologicus. If any natu- 
ralist will only examine the figure well in the Index Test: he 
will at once see the figure shows three small denticulations on 
the columellar. A number of specimens of the slender form I 
have from St. Vincent Gulf are true to Wood’s fig. in Index 
Test. Philippi, in the Conchylien Cabinet, makes Trochus 
Lehmanni, Menke, a synonym of Trochus pictus, Wood. The 
Trochus Lehmanni, Menke, is the Zrochus Lesueuri, Fischer, 
described by Lamarck as Phasianella elegans. Kiener also calls 
it Trochus Lehmanni. A. Adams in 1851 comes much nearer 
than any previous authors, for he quotes it as Thalotia picta, 
Wood, Proe. Zool. Soe., London, and makes Monodonta turrita. 
Menke, its synonym. ’ Philippi, in the Index to the Conchy- 
hen Cabinet, quotes Menke’s turritus as the synonym of 
Trochus conicus, Gray. In 1854 Hombron and Jacquinot give 
splendid fioures of it in the Voyage au Pole-Sud as Trochus 
Lehmanni. Chenu also figures it as Trochus Lehmanni, but it 
is not the Zrochus Lehmanni of Menke. Mr. Angas quotes 
this as Thalotia picta, and Tenison Woods does the same. The 
species they refer to is TZrochus Lesueuri, Fischer; the 
Phasianella elegans, Lamarck. Paetel erroneously attributes 
Lrochus conicus to Sowerby. 


5. Trocuts (CANTHARIDUS) PULCHERRIMUS, Gray, sp. 

1828. Trochus pulcherrimus, Gray ; Wood, Index Test. Suppli- 
ment, p. 18, pl. 6, fig. 45 ; Monodonta pulcherrima, Gray, 
le., p. 44. 

1842. Trochus Preissiit, Menke, Moll. Nov. Hollandiz, p. 17, 
No. 69. 

1845. Trochus pulcherrimus, Wood; Philippi Abbild neuer 
Conch., vol. 2, heft 2; Trochus, p. 37, pl. 7, fig. 1 

+*1849. Trochus pulcherrimus, Wood; Philippi in Martini and 
Chemn, 2nd edition (Kuster), p- 1382, No. 158, pl. 23, 
fig. 4 

1350. Tears pulcherrimus, Wood; Jay’s Catalogue of Shells, 
4th edition, p. 306, No. 7,440. 


119 


1851. Thalotia pulcherrima, Wood; A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., 
p. 172, No. 2. 

1854. Thalotia pulcherrima, Wood; H. and A. Adams, Genera 
of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 420. 

1856. Trochus pulcherrimus, Gray ; Wood, Index Test. Suppl., 
Hanley’s edition, p. 221, pl. 6, fig. 45; very bad. 

1865. Thalotia pulcherrima, Wood; Angas, Molluscan Fauna 
of South Australia, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 179, No. 151. 

1873. Thalotia pulcherrima, Wood; Paetel, Catalog. der Conch.- 
Sammlung, pp. 11-73. 

1877. Thalotia marie, Tenison- Woods, Proc. Royal Soc., Vic- 
toria, p. 58. 

1877. Thalotia marie, Tenison- Woods, Papers and Proc. Royal 
Soc., Tasmania, p. 41. 

1881. Trochus Preissiit, Menke—Thalotia pulcherrima, Wood; 
Tate, P. LoS. NS AW, va; pH sd. 

Hab.—Swan River, Western Australia (Preiss) ; Cape Riche, 
Kine George’s Sound, south-west coast of Australia (J. 
Brazier); Hobson’s Bay and Port Phillip Heads (Zenzson- 
Woods); Rossiter Bay, Recherche Archipelago, Great Austra- 
lian Bight (Captain Thomas Rossiter, 1841); Encounter and 
Fowler’s Bay (Zate); Holdfast and Aldinga Bays, South Aus- 
tralia (G. F. Angas); North Tasmania (Tenison- Woods, W. F. 
Pettard, Lieut. Beddome). 

This well-known species was re-described by the Rev. 
Tenison- Woods in 1877 as Thalotia marie—the type specimen 
he presented to the Australian Museum. 


4. Trocuus (Dinoma) opontis, Gray, sp. . 

1828. Trochus odontis, Gray ; Wood, Index Test. Suppliment, 
pl. 6, fig. 87 ; Monodonta odontis, Gray, |.c., p. 44. 

+*1849. Trochus odontis, Wood; Philippi, in Conch. Cab., Mar- 
tini and Chem., 2nd edition, p. 144, pl. 24, fig. 7. 

1851. Chlorostoma odontis, A. Ad., Proce. Zool. Soe., p. 182, 
INOS 22. 

1854. Diloma odontis, Wood; H. and A. Adams, Recent 
Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 420. 

1856. Frochus odontis, Gray ; Wood’s Index Test. Suppliment, 
Hanley’s edition, p. 221, pl. 6, fig. 37. 

1865. Diloma odontis, Wood; Angas, Molluscan Fauna of 
South Australia, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 182, No. 173. 

1873. Gibbula odontis, Wood; Paetel, Cat. der Conch.-Samm- 
lung, p. 75. 

1877. TLrochus (Diloma) odontis, Wood; Tenison- Woods, Proc. 
and Papers, Royal Soc., Tasmania, p. 43. 

1880. Trochus odontis, Wood; Kiener, Cog. Vivantes Fischer 
ed. Trochus, pp. 318-423, No. 180, pl. 99, fig. 1. 


120 


Hab.—New Holland (Philippi); Port Phillip, on the rocks 
at low water (Jukes); St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia, and 
Tasmania (G. F. Angas); New Holland (Paetel); Port Western 
(Quoy and Gaimard); Hobson’s Bay, Victoria (2. C. Rossiter); 
Port Sorell, Tasmania (C. #. Beddome); Wallaroo, South Aus- 
tralia (G. 7. Rossiter, 1861); St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Austra- 
lia, on rocks at low water (Prof. Tate); St. Kilda Beach, Hob- 
son’s Bay, Victoria (J. H. Gatliff); Hobson’s Bay, Victoria 
(G. T. Rossiter, 1862); Brighton, Victoria (J. F. Bailey); 
Blackman’s Bay, Tasman’s Peninsula, Port Davey, Swansea, 
and Tamar Heads, Tasmania (W. F. Pettard); Cape of Good 
Hope (Hanley, in Wood’s Index Test., 2nd edition). 


5. Trocuus (Ditoma) ADELAID#, Philippi, sp. - 


+*1849. Trochus Adelaide, Philippi in Martini and Chem., 2nd 
edition, Kusters, p. 140, No. 168, pl. 24, fig. 1. 

1851. Gibbula Adelaide, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 186, No. 
22. 

1854. Oxystele Adelaide, H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent 

Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 427. 

1873. Oxystele Adelaide, Phil.; Paetel, Cat. der Conch.-Samm- 
lung, p. 74. 

1876. Diloma Australis. Tenison-Woods. Papers and Proce. 
Royal Society of Tasmania, p. 145. 

1877. Trochus (Diloma) australis, Tenison-Woods, Papers and 
Proc. Royal Society of Tasmania. 

1880. Zrochus Adelaide, Phil.; Kiener, Coq. Vive, Fischer ed. 
Trochus, p. 210. 

1884. Diloma australis, Tenison-Woods; Hutton, Proc. Linn. 
Society of N.S.W., vol. 9, p, 368. 

Hab.—Rossiter Bay, Recherche Archipelago, Great Australian 
Bight (Captain Thomas Rossiter, 1841); Rocks at low tide, 
Great Australian Bight (Professor Tate); St. Vincent's Gulf, 
South Australia (W. T. Bednail); Adelaide in New Holland 
(Philippi); North coast of Tasmania (W. F. Pettard); Cape 
Riche, King George’s Sound (Brazier); Portland, Victoria (J. 
H. Gatliff). 

I have the original specimens of this species, and many others 
collected by my father-in-law, Captain Thomas Rossiter,in 1841. 
The year that he saved Mr. John Eyre (now Sir John Eyre) from 
starvation when on his ever-memorable trip overland from Ade- 
laide to King George’s Sound. Specimens I distributed some 
years ago as Trochus Adelaide, Philippi, they being identified 
by the late Messrs. Henry and Arthur Adams, but for some 
unknown reason the Rey. Tenison-Woods re-describes it as 
Trochus australis. I have seen it in collections named Trochus 
odontis, Gray, var. specimens from St. Vincent’s Gulfsent by Mr. 


121 


Bednall some years back as Trochus odontis? Wood. I think 
that Mr. Angas must have mixed up two species in one. He 
only mentions Zrochus odontis in his list of the South Australian 
Mollusca. 

6. Trocnus (Zizypuinus) Meyert, Philippi, sp. 

1848. Trochus Meyeri, Philippi, Zeitscher fur Malak, p. 101. 

+*1849. Trochus Meyeri, Philippi, in Conch. Cab., 2nd edition, 
p. 279, No. 362, pl. 4:1, fig. 4. 

* Trochus armillatus, Kiener, Coq. Viv. Genus Trochus, p. 17, 
fig. 2 (non Trochus armillatus, Wood, Index Test). 

1854. Trochus levis, Hombron et Jacquinot Voyage au Péle 
Sud, vol. 5, Zoologie, p. 56, atlas plates, Mollusca, pl. 
14, fig. 17-18. 

1863. Zizyphinus armillatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., p. 3, fig. 19 
(non Trochus armillatus, Wood). 

1865. Zizyphinus armillatus, Angas, Molluscan Fauna of South 
Australia, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 180 (non Trochus armil- 
latus, Wood). 

1873. Zizyphinus armillatus, Paetel, Catalog. der Conch.-Samm- 
lung, p. 73 (non Trochus armillatus, Wood). 

1873. Zizyphinus Meyert (Dunker!!), Paetel, Catalog. der 
Conch.-Sammlung, p. 74. 

1877. Zizyphinus armillatus, Tenison-Woods, Papers and Pro. 
Royal Society of Tasmania, p. 41 (non Zrochus armil- 
latus, Wood). 

1880. Trochus Meyeri, Philippi; Fischer, in Kiener Coq. 
Vivantes Genus Trochus, p. 76, No. 10. 

Hab.—King’s Island, Bass Straits (Peron and Lesueur, 
Naturalists to Captain Baudin’s Expedition); Encounter and 
Guichen Bays, South Australia (G. F. Angas); New Holland 
(Hombron and Jacquinot); Tasmania (Paetel, Beddome, Woods, 
Pettard); Australian Sea (Paetel); Western Port, inside the 
West Head (J. H. Gatliff); Coast of Australia (J. Verreauc). 

It is quite a mystery how this species has got confused with 
the Trochus armillatus Wood figured in the Suppliment to the 
Index Testaceologicus, in 1828, The Trochus Meyeri, Philippi, 
is quite distinct both as regards colour and sculpture; the 
figure given by Reeve as 7. armillatus is very bad. The figures 
given by Philippi, Kiener, and Hombron and Jacquinot of this 
well-known species are not to be surpassed. Paetel erroneously 
attributes this species to Dr. Dunker. 


7. Trocutus (Ciancuits) Dunxenrt, Koch, sp. 

1843. Trochus (Monodonta) Dunkeri, Koch in Philippi, Abbild 
und Besch neuer oder Conch., vol. 1; Trochus, heft. IIT., 
Pa. OF; Plo, 25) Mes oF 


122 


+1849. TProchus Dunkeri, Koch; Philippi in Conch. Cab., 2nd 
edition, p. 237, No. 300, pl. 36, fig. 5. 

1851. Monodonta Dunkeri, Koch; yas Adana. Proc. Zool. Soe., 
p. 174. 

1854. Huchelus Dunkeri, H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent 
Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 419. 

1865. Clanculus rubens, A. Adams; Angas, Molluscan Fauna of 
the Province of South Australia, Proc. Zool. Soe., 
aenlurhee 

1877. Cats rubens, A. Adams; Tenison- Woods, Papers and 
Proc. Royal Society of Tasmania, p. 40. 

1880. DLrochus, (Clanculus) Dunkeri, Koch; Kiener, Coq. 
Vivantes Fischer ed., p. 301 and 422, No. 171, pl. 96, 
fig. ae 

Hab.—? (Koch); Adelaide in New Holland (Philippi); St. 

Vincent’s Gulf (G. F. Angas, Tate); Bass’ Straits (Zenison 

Woods); Streaky Bay (Tate). 


8. Diata tauta, A. Adams, sp. 

1862. Diala lauta, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, 3rd 
series, p. 298, No. 5 

1865. Diala lauta, A. Adams; Angas, Proc. Zool. Society, p. 
730No. 1k, 

1873. Diala lauta, A. Adams; Paetel, Catalog der Conch.- 
Sammlung, pp. 6-49. 

1875. Diala Punctata, Tenison-Woods, Paper and Proce. Royal 
Soc., Tasmania, p. 147. 

1875. Diala lauta, A. Adams; E. A. Smith, Proce. Zool. Soc., 
p- 538. 

1877. Diala punctata, Tenison- Woods, Papers and Proc. Royal 
Soc., Tasmania, p. 37. 

Hab.—Port Adelaide (A. Adams); St. Vincent’s Gulf, in 
shell sand at the head of Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia (G. 
F. Angas); D’Entrecasteaux Channel, South Tasmania (Rev. 
HI. D. Atkinson); very abundant on the Zostera fields in shel- 
tered stations throughout South Australia (Tute). 


9. Drata MonILE, A. Adams, sp. 


1862. Alaba monile, A. Adams, Ann. Nat. History, vol. 10, 3rd 
series, p. 296, No. 17. 

1865. Alaba monile, A. Adams ; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 178, 
No. 109. : 

1875. Diala tesselata, Tenison-Woods, Papers and Proc. Royal 
Society, Tasmania, p. 147. 

1875. Diala monile, A. Aa E...A. Smith, Proc. Zool. Sacy 
p. 598. 

1877. Diala tesseluta, Tenison- Woods, Papers and Proc. Roy. 
Soc., Tasmania, p. 37. 


123 


Hab.—Port Lincoln (W. Metcalfe, A. Adams); Port Lincoln, 
South Australia, in shell sand (G. 2 Angas); Crookhaven 
Head, New South Wales, in shell sand found on the beach (J. 
Brazier). 

10. Cassis SEMIGRANOSA, Lam., sp. 
1822. Cassis semigranosa, Lam., Hist. Anim. sans Vert., tome 
In). 228, 0NO.23: 
1824. Cassis semigranosa, Lam., Dubois’ Epitome of Lamarck’s 
Arrangement of Testacea, p. 253. 
1828. Buccinum semigranosum, Wood, Index Test. Suppliment, 
p. LL, plaiv.;-tie.u2: 
*Cassis semigranosa, Lam.; Kiener ed. Fischer, Icon. 
Coq. Viv., p. 36, No. 23, pl. 14, fig. 29. 
1844. Cassis semigranosa, Lam., Anim. sans. Vert. (Deshayes 
ed.), vol. 10, p. 37. 
1845. Cassis semigranosa, Lam.; Catlow and Reeve, Concholo- 
gists’ Nomenclator, p. 263, No. 37. 
1848. Cassis semigranosa, Lam.; Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. v., p. 
1, species 3. 
1850. Cassis semigranosum, Lam.; Jay, Catalogue of Shells, 
4th edition, p. 345, No. 8,736. 
1853. Semicassis semigranosa, lam.; H. and A. Adams, Genera 
of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 216. 
1856. Buccinum (Cassis) semigranosa, Lam.; Hanley, in Index 
Test. Suppliment, 2nd editign, p. 212, pl. 4, fig. 2. 
1857. Osssis semigranosum, Wood; Kiister, in Martini and 
Chem., 2nd ed., p. 24, pl. 44, fig. 6, 7. 
1859. Cassis (Semicassis) semigranosus, Lam.; Chenu, Manual 
de Conch., tome 1, p. 206, fig. 1,124. 
1860. Cassis semigranosa, Lam.; W. Theobald, Catologue of the 
Recent Shells in the Museum Asiatic Society of Bengal, 
py LS, Nos 0: 
1865. Semicassis semigranosa, Lam.; Angas, Molluscan Fauna 
of South Australia, Proce. Zool. Soc., London, p. 168. 
1873. Cassis (Phalium) semigranosa, Lam.; Paetel, Cat. der 
Conch.-Sammlung, p. 5-44. 
1876. Cassis semigranosa, Lam.; Tenison-Woods, Proc. and 
Papers of the Royal Society of Tasmania, p. 33. 
1885. Cassis (Semicassis) semigranosa, Wood; Tryon, in Manual 
of Conchology, vol. 8, p. 275, pl. 3, fig. 60. 

Hab.—Seas of New Holland (Lamarck); Van Diemen’s Land 
(Reeve); Seas of New Holland (Avener); Coast of New Holland 
(Kuster); Van Diemen’s Land (Hanley); Aldinga Bay, En- 
counter Bay, South Australia (G. # Angas); Wallaroo Bay 
(Late); Tasmania (Beddome, Petterd, Simson, Woods). 

This well-known species was first described by Lamarck in 
1822, mentioned again in 1824 by Dubois, in his Epitome of 


124 


Lamarck’s Arrangement of the Testacea, in 1824. Wood, in 
his Index Test. Suppliment, 1828, figures it as Buccinum semi- 
granosum from specimens in the British Museum. Kiener, in 
his Coquilles Vivantes, figures it as Cassis semigranosa, Lam. 
Deshayes, Catlow and Reeve, Jay, H. and A. Adams, Hanley, 
Chenu, Theobald, Angas, Paetel, Tenison-Woods, all quote 
Lamarck; and after 62 years we are told that Wood is the 
authority for the species by Mr. Tryon, in his Manual of 
Conchology, vol. 8, p. 275, 1885, and quotes Reeve, Conch. 
Icon., for it. Reeve does not quote Wood, but Lamarck, 
Anim. sans Vert. (Deshayes’ edit.), vol. X., p. 37. Kiister, in 
Conchilien-Cabinet, Martini and Chemnitz, 2nd edition, 1857, 
quotes Wood, and ignores Lamarck. Of all the authorities I 
have quoted from 1822 until 1885, Kiister and Tryon are the 
only two who have given Wood as the authority—probably an 
oversight; but it causes endless confusion to young students 
who have not a large library to consult. JI am very often asked 
who is the authority for the species, Lamarck or Wood. My 
list drawn up in this paper will show all students the authority 
for the species. 


11. Cerrruium (PoTaMIDEs) MONACHUS, Crosseand Fischer, sp. 


1855. Cerithiwm dubium, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. 2, p. 864, 
No. 2, pl. 181, fig. 120 (non Cerithium dubium, Sowerby, 
Mineral Conch., 1816). 

1864. Cerithium monachus, Crosse and Fischer, Journal de 
Conch., p. 347, pl. 3, fig. 17-18. 

1865. Potamides monachus, Angas, Molluscan Fauna of South 
Australia, Pro. Zool. Soc., p. 171, No. 97. 

1865. Cerithium dubium, Sowerby ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. 12, 
species 78 a—b (non Sowerby, 1816). 

1877. Cerithium dubium, (Reeve!!); Tenison- Woods, Papers and 
Proc. Royal Society, Tasmania, p. 35 (non dubzwm, 
Sowerby, 1816). 

1880. Cerithium eludens, Bayle, Journal de Conch., vol. 27, 3rd 
series, p. 245, No. 9. 

Hab.—Van Diemen’s Land (Sowerby); Yorke’s Peninsula, 
Adelaide Creek, South Australia (G. F. Angas); on the beach 
at St. Kilda, Melbourne (G. F. Angas); occasionally taken 
alive in shallow water in St. Vincent Gulf, and beach speci- 
mens have been gathered at several stations in Spencer Gulf 
{ Tate). 

Sowerby described in his Mineral Conchology, in 1816, a 
Cerithium dubium. Bayle, in the French Journal, 1880, re- 
names it as Cerithium eludens, not knowing that Crosse and 
Fischer had described it as Cerithium monachus in the same 
Journal for 1864. Crosse and Fischer’s name must stand 
good. 


125 


12. Tursno Gruneri, Philippi. 


1846. Turbo Gruneri, Philippi in Zeitschrift fur. Malak, p. 98 ; 
Philippi in Martini and Chemnitz Conch. Cab., Ond 
edition, p. 52, pl. 12, fig. 7. 

1848. Turbo circularis, Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. 10, sp. 46. 

1854. Senectus circularis, Reeve; H. and A. Adams, Recent 
Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 392. 

1865. Senectus circularis, Reeve; Angas, Marine Molluscan 
Fauna of the Province of South Australia, Proe. Zool. 
Soc., p. 177. | 

1873. Turbo circularis, Reeve; Fischer in Kiener Coq. Vivantes, 
p. 99, pl. 42, fig. 1. 

1873. Turbo (Senectus) circularis, Reeve; Paetel Catalog der 
Conch.-Sammlung, p. 71. 

1877 Turbo (senectus) circularis, Reeve; Tenison-Woods, 
Papers and Proce. Royal Soc., Tasmania, p. 38. 

1885. Turbo curcularis, Reeve; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 203, 
sp. 42, pl. 4; Thes., plate 496, fig. 37. 

Hab.— Adelaide, South Australia (Philippt); “ ?”” (Reeve); 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia (G. &. Angas); Holdfast 
Bay (W. 2. Bednall, Tate); King’s Island, Bass Straits (Zeni- 
son- Woods); Swan River, Australia (Sowerby). 


I hope soon to give Part IJ. witha number of species that have 
not been recorded by Mr. G. F. Angas since they were described 
in 1843. Specimens that I have were collected at Port Lincoln. 
IT have to thank Professor Tate, Messrs. Bednall, Beddome, 
Pettard, Gatliff, and other friends for numerous species with 
correct localities. 


126 


A CLASSIFIED LIST OF GEOMETRINA)) #O0uUn» 
ROUND BALHANNAH, WITH NOTES ON 
SPECIES. 


By E. Guest, Balhannah. 
{Read October 5, 1886.]} 


The Geometrina of South Australia, so far as I know, are 
included in five sub-families—the Larentide, Anochromide, 
Geometridae, Acidalide, and Boarmide. 

The genera, with the exception of perhaps half a dozen, 
appear to be distinct from those of Europe, and I do not think 
that a single species mentioned below is common to these two 
parts of the world. The larve feed on trees and shrubs, as a 
rule, although I have little doubt that some of those of the 
Acidaliade are found on grass or low herbs. They are gene- 
rally solitary, devoid of hair, and have the prolegs or claspers 
on the posterior segments only, which causes the larva to loop 
or draw up its body in walking. Many of the Australian 
species attach themselves by the anal pair to some twig or leaf, 
and stretch the body straight out, in which position they look 
exactly like a small dead branch. ‘The perfect insects may be 
found flying over grass, beaten from trees or shrubs, or sitting 
with expanded wings on fences or walls. They mostly fly in 
the evening, but some few appear to be day-flying as well. I 
have no intention of minutely describing the species, as this 
has already been done by abler pens than mine, but shall draw 
attention to such prominent markings as may enable the 
student to recognise such examples as may be included in this 
list. 

The mean will be generally given in inches and lines (thus 
‘and ”), but where the sexes vary very much in size, that of 
both will be mentioned if known. 


SUB-FAMILY I.—LARENTIDZ. 


Is represented in my collection by nineteen species and 
seven genera. They are small or medium-sized insects, fre- 
quenting grassy places, and may often be found on fences; 
but I do not think that they are as a rule much attracted by 
light. 

1. MicropeEs vittosata, Gn. 

Expanse, 10’. Out in November. 

Fore-wings dark ash-gray, mottled with darker. Huind-wings 
yellowish white, with a round nearly black spot at lower edge, 


127 


near anal angle. This looks as if it had been burned through 
the wing, and distinguishes the species immediately. Gene- 
rally considered common, but I have only once captured it in 
this locality. 


2. PHRIxoGONUS LaTIcostTatus, Walk. 


Expanse, 7’. October, November, December, and again in 
March. 

General colour purplish-brown, with a much darker irregular 
bar across the wing. The male may be known at once by a 
long tuft of scales projecting from costa at one-fourth from 
base. This is absent in the female, which has also the dark 
bar much narrower and quite straight. A common insect; sits 
on tree trunks and fences. 


3. PHRIxXoGONUS INSIGILLATUS, Walk. 

Expanse, 6” to 7”... March. 

Fore-wings more pointed and costa more arched than in 
laticostatus, and it isalso hghter coloured. The costal tuft 1s 
wanting, but there is a raised knob of scales below costa at 
one-half. Not common. 


4. EPICYME RUBROPUNCTARIA, DOld. 
Expanse, 10’. November and December, and again in 


March. 

A pretty light pink-coloured insect, with fine transverse 
lines of a darker shade. There are generally three or four 
large confluent purplish-red spots running from centre of wing 
to inner margin, but these are often nearly obsolete, and in 
one of my specimens they form a band running right across 
the wing. Common. 


5. ANACHLORIS SUBOCHRARIA, DOld. 

Expanse, 1’. October to May. 

Bright orange yellow, with a tawny stripe across wing at 
two-thirds. Hind margin tawny, and the space between this 
and central stripe is often suffused with a hghter shade of the 
same colour. Very common. . 


6. CEPHALISSA SEVERATA, G2. 

Expanse, 1’ October and November. 

Dark grey, with nearly black basal patch, and a broad black 
stripe across centre of wing. The female is more obscurely 
marked than the male, and might almost be taken for another 
species. Sits on prostrate logs, and flies very fast when dis- 
turbed. A common species. 


7. CepHALISSA Morrvuata, Gn. 
Expanse, 11”. March and April. 


128 


A very variable insect, if indeed all my varieties really 
belong to this species, as is Mr. Meyrick’s opinion at present. 
They may mostly, however, be known by a transverse bar, broad 
on costa, harrow on inner margin, very angulated on outside 
and margined by a white line, which expands into a kind of spot 
near the costa. The ground colour is dark greyish-brown, and 
the females are darker than the males. Common. 


8. CEPHALISSA CHIMARRHOA, Meyr. 

Expanse, 10”. 

All the wings a bright lustrous yellowish-brown, difficult to 
describe. Across the wing, rather beyond one-half, is a 
series of seven or eight small triangular spots, with the apices 
turned inwards and black, the bases being white. This little 
insect was unknown until I took it, and I believe it has as yet 
only occurred here. 


9. CEPHALISSA MIcROocYMA, J/eyr. 

Expanse, 11”. 

At first sight this looks something lke chimarrhoa, but the 
ground colour is lighter, the triangular spots are wanting, and 
the antennz of male are plumated, whilst in that insect they 
are almost simple. Fairly common some years, flying among 
grass, but appears to be confined to South Australia, and was 
unknown until I took it. 


10. CEPHALISSA HOLOPHANES, Jeyr. 


Expanse, 1’ 1”. October and November. 

Fore-wings yellowish grey, with a very faint and indistinct 
darker bar, which is nearly straight-edged, across the centre. In 
some specimens, however, this is almost obsolete. Hind wings 
bright yellow, with darker hind margins. Only found in South 
Australia, and is in few cabinets as yet. It is pretty common 
around Balhannah, and was first taken by myself. 


11. CEPHALISSA LAMPROTIS, Meyr. 

Expanse, 10’. March. 

Fore-wings purplish-grey, with a broad dark purplsh-brown 
bar across centre, very sharply angulated outwards; beyond 
this, on the costa, are two patches of the same colour, the first 
larger than the second. ‘The hind wings are deep orange, 
suffused with brown. This small but handsome insect appears 
to be really scarce everywhere, although widely distributed. 
Found among grass on hillsides. 


12. CEPHALISSA LANGUESCENS, Rosenstock. 
Expanse, 1’ 1". Fore-wings dark-brown, with a still darker 
bar across the centre. Hind-wings dark orange, suffused with 


129 


brown towards anal angle. Not acommon insect, and, I be- 
lieve, restricted to this colony. Flies in March. 


18. CEPHALISSA VACUARIA, Gn. 

Expanse, 1’ 1”. March and April. 

A variable insect as to ground colour, which is sometimes 
dark-brown, sometimes tawny. There is always, however, a 
nearly black bar, broad at costa and pinched in the centre, 
running across the wing, and very much angulated on the out- 
side. The hind-wings are grey. A common insect, flying over 
orass. 

14. CEPHALISSA STRUMOSATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 5’. December and January. 

This is the largest and darkest of the genus yet found by 
me. The ground colour, however, varies a good deal, being 
sometimes very dark grey, and sometimes, especially in the 
females, positively black, in which case the head, thorax, and 
body are all of the same sombre hue. There is always a darker 
broad bar crossing the wing, very much angulated on the out- 
side, and distinguished from any other species known to me by 
having two protuberances close together. Sits on palings and 
trees—the dark ones on charred trunks, where, in spite of 
their size, they are almost invisible. Rather a common species. 


15. CEPHALISSA SUBRECTARIA, Gun. 


Expanse, 10” to 1' 1’. September and October. 

A dull-coloured insect frequenting damp places near creeks, 
rivers, &c. It may be known at once by a straight, narrow, 
silvery-white bar crossing the fore wings at three-fourths, and 
another broader, but less distinct rounded one, at one-fourth 
from base. Generally common. 


16. CEPHALISSA UNCINATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 10” to 1’ 1’. October and November. 

A very variable insect, both in markings and ground colour, 
but nevertheless easily distinguishable. The ground colour 
varies from yellowish-brown to purplish-red. There is always 
a band crossing the wing, broad on costa, narrow on inner 
margin, rounded on the interior, angulated on the exterior, 
and a dark wedge-shaped spot at costal apex, which latter is 
more hooked than in any other species of this genus. The 
extreme outer edge of outer margin is distinctly white. A 
very common insect in the hills. Flies over and among grass. 


17. Epyaxa SUBIDARIA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 1”. September and October. 
This is also rather a variable insect, at first sight something 
like C. vacuaria. The antenne of male are, however, plumate 


K 


130 


in sub¢daria, and simple in the other. The cross-bar also in 
the present species is bordered outside with white, which is not 
the case in vacuaria. A common insect in the spring. 


18. LARENTIA VICISSATA, Gin. 


Expanse, 1’ 3". March and April. 

A bright-coloured insect, easily distinguished by its orange 
under-wings and a broad straight silvery bar crossing the fore- 
wings at three-fourths. The antenne of male are plumate, 
those of the female simple, and with this exception the two 
sexes are alike. A common insect in woods. 


19. LaARENTIA HELIACARIA, Gn. 

Expanse, 1’ 1". April and May. 

May be known by four narrow silvery lines crossing fore- 
wing at regular intervals; the first is round, second slightly 
angulated, third is sharply zigzaged, and the outer one rounded. 
The hind-wings are dull reddish-yellow. Common in paddocks. 


SUB-FAMILY II.—4,NOCHROMIDE. 

Of this sub-family I possess at present 11 species in eight 
genera, but I have little doubt that there are many more. It 
contains some of the largest and finest of our Geometrina, but 
unfortunately these all appear to be rare, and, judging from 
my own experience, it may be years before the collector meets 
with them. The fore-wings are more or less hooked at tip, and 
the antenne of the males are generally plumate. 


1. LaMACHA FLAVICAPITATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 3". September and October. 

Ground colour of male grayish-ash colour with a yellow 
rounded stripe, bordered inside with bright red ;brown across 
the wings at about one-fourth, another also yellow bordered 
outside with brown at about two-thirds. The yellow head is 
conspicuous in both sexes. In the female the space between 
the two lines is filled up with dark brown, which extends out- 
wards some little way past the second line, and gives this sex a 
very distinct appearance. It is rather smaller than the male, 
which is unusual, the reverse being generally the case. The 
male has a distinct black centre spot. Rather a common in- 
sect. 


2. TAXEOTIS INTEXTATA, Gn. 

Expanse, l’. Out all the summer. 

An obscurely marked silvery-gray moth. The most prominent 
markings are, first arow of small round black dots crossing wing 
at one-fourth, and second a similar row running from costa to 
anal angle. A common insect. 


131 


3. TAXEOTIS ARENIFERATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1' 1”. November and December. 

A very variable moth, hardly any two being exactly alike. 
The males are light, and the females dark-brown, and the most 
constant mark is a line running diagonally across both wings 
from near costal apex of fore-wing to near the centre of hind 
margin of hind-wing, although I have specimens in which eyen 
this is reduced to a series of dots. The space outside this is 
generally darker than the rest of the wing, and in some speci- 
mens there is also a straight line crossing fore-wing only, at 
one-fourth from base. A common insect among grass. 


4, NEARCHA BUFFALARIA. Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 5”. October, January, and February. 

An obscurely-marked, although, when fresh, a pretty 
insect. It flies very fast, and its wings being very thin 
and delicate, it is difficult to get a good specimen. The 
ground colour varies from dark-brown to pale-yellowish, but 
there 1s always in the male a darker undulating line running 
from below costa (not from it), at two-thirds, to inner margin. 
Just inside this are about eight black dots irregularly distrib- 
ated. These are wanting in the female, in which sex also the 
line is suffused and more orange-coloured. Not uncommon 
sitting on the ground among dead leaves. 


5. DIcHROMODES AINARIA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1' 1”. September and October, and again in the 
autumn. 

The fore-wings of this hittle moth are difficult to describe, 
but the insect may be known at once by the bright orange 
under-wings, with deep black border, differing in this respect 
from any other Geometer I have seen out here. The fore-wings 
are blackish-brown, with still darker lines and markings. A 
common scrub insect, but not found in grass paddocks. 


6. DIcHROMODES OBTUSATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1' 11". December. 

An obscure slaty-gray moth, with all four wings alike. A 
darker-coloured bar crosses the fore-wing of the male, but the 
female is almost unicolorous. Pretty common, but from its 
sluggish habits and dull colour not often noticed. 


7. DICHROMODES S8TILBIATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1" 11”. November, and perhaps December. 

I have never yet succeeded in finding this moth in good con- 
dition, but the most distinguishing marks appear to be three 
oblique silvery bars crossing the wing—one near base, the 
second at three-fourths, and the third along outer margin. 


132 


The two first slope inwards, the third one outwards. A rare 
insect in this part. 


8. AANOCHROMIA VINARIA, Gn. 


Expanse, two inches. December and January. 

When fresh, the thorax, body, and all the wings are of a 
beautiful purple-red or plum colour, but this soon fades to a 
yellowish-red. A broad yellow stripe runs from costal apex, 
which is much hooked, across both wings in a diagonal direction 
to centre of inner margin of hind wing. There is a black 
centre-spot, with yellow eye, and an indistinct ine near base. 
The body is very thick and flat, and perhaps a beginner wouid 
hardly take it to be a Geometer at all. 

Larva, length, 1' 10". Prolegs, 6, on 9-10-13 segs. 

On the top of back on the eleventh segment are two large 
raised yellow spots with black circles. On the fourth segment 
are two hard black pointed horn-like projections with pale 
yellow bases, and on the sixth segment are two more, but here 
the horns are barely visible. The spiracles are small, but dis- 
tinct, and orange coloured. The body is smooth, ground colour 
brownish-green, darkest above. Belly nearly white. The back 
is covered with minute white spots, from some of which a short 
black hair issues, but it requires a lens to see these. Head 
long and attenuated, reddish-brown in colour. Reposes with 
the body thrown out perfectly straight from the twig. Is said 
to feed on Hakea, but I have only found it as yet on Banksia 
marginata. Not common here. 


9. ARHODIA LASIOCAMPARIA ? Gn. 


Expanse, male, 2’ 2’; female, 3 inches, but varies a good deal 
in size. November and December. 

Colour of all the wings bright yellowish-gray, minutely 
speckled with darker. A small and sometimes not very distinct 
centre spot on each wing. Sometimes, especially in the fe- 
males, the whole of the wings are suffused with pink. This 
moth may be easily known by a large dark purple blotch on 
the underside of fore-wing near costal apex. The body is very 
stout and thick. Antenne are shortly pectinated in the male, 
simple in the female. Rather a scarce insect, and there is some 
doubt as to the name. My insects do not appear to tally 
exactly with Guenée description, and they may perhaps be 
an allied species. 

Larva, about two inches long, colour greenish-red; quite 
smooth; spiracles not very distinct.- Prolegs on ten and 
thirteen segments, the latter very broad and flat. A rudimen- 
tary pair on ninth segment, but these are not used in walking. 
Sits stretched straight out from the twig, but when touched it 


133 


curls the forepart round with the head underneath, like a pas- 
toral crook. On the back of the twelfth seement is a 
projecting semicircular disk, yellow above, black beneath. 
Loops very much in walking. It is full fed about the end of 
‘February, and passes the w inter in the pupa state. Food plant, 
white gum. 

O. PHALLARIA OPHIUSARIA, Gu. 

Expanse, 2’ 6’, 2’ 11". March 3rd, 1886. 

Wings ample, fore-wings strongly hooked at tip; all the 
wings pale greenish- brown, with a very distinct ferruginous 
coloured stripe running from costa, near apex, in a curved di- 
rection, across both to ‘centre of inner margin of hind-wings. 
The inside of this is faintly bordered with yellow. There is 
also a large white spot with dark border in centre of each 
wing. Antenne strongly pectinated in male, thickened only 
in female. Rare up here—in fact, I] have as yet only taken 
one female. The larva is unknown to me, but is said to feed 
on Callistemon. I knocked my specimen out of a white gum 
sapling; it flew slowly and heavily. 


11. GASTROPHORA HENRICARIA, G2. 


Expanse (male) 2' 7". October 29, 1884. 

Fore-wings ample fen shghtly rounded ; apex acute ; hind 
margin straight, oblique. A dark purple bar crosses the fore- 
wing in the centre from costa to inner margin. The basal half 
of wing is light yellowish-gray, the posterior half much darker 
purplish- oray. Thorax and body white. Huind-wings bright 
orange with a broad deep purple transverse bar, outside of 
which are eight round purple spots. Antenne of male very 
highly plumose and white. I do not know the female 
nor anything about the larva. My specimen came to light. 
Mr. Meyrick says that this beautiful insect used to be not un- 
common in old collections, but he had never seen a recent speci- 
men except mine. ; 


SUB-FAMILY III.—GEOMETRIDA. 

Up to the present time I have only obtained two genera 
with five species of this sub-family, but I know that there are 
several others. They are mostly green or greenish-gray 1n- 
sects, and appear to be generally “distributed, and I doubt if 
any be re ally rare. 


1. Iopis ExrERNA, Walk. 


Expanse, 1 inch. November, December. 

All the wings bright green, with a small dark spot in centre 
of each. Collar, costa and cilia crimson. Not very common 
here; generally considered a scarce insect. 


134 


2. IopIS VERTUMARIA, Gn. 
Expanse, L’ 6”. 
This is the largest of the genus known to me. All wings 
bright green, no centre spot. Collar green, costa and cilia light 
yellow. A common insect. 


3. lopIS DICHLORARIA, Gn. 
Expanse, 1’ 2”. 
All the wings bright green, no centre spot. Collar bright 
orange, costa and cilia straw-coloured. A very common moth. 


4. loDIS CARENARIA, Gn. 

Expanse, 11”. March, April. 

All the wings bright apple-green. There is a small and 
rather indistinct purple spot on fore-wing rather below the 
costa, and a large square red one in centre of hind-wing. Col- 
lar, costa, and cilia red. This is the smallest, and in this neigh- 
bourhood the rarest of the genus. When fresh it is a very 
pretty insect. 

5. HypocuromMa occunTarta, Don. 


Expanse, male, 1' 7”; female, 1’ 10". March and April. 

A variable insect as to size. Ihave males only lL’ 2’ across 
the wings. The upper side of all the wings is a bright silvery- 
eray, with transverse wavy lnes, and a black dash running 
from the centre of the costa of fore-wing to middle. Under- 
neath the wings are all snow white, with two egg-shaped black 
spots near base, a larger one beneath centre of costa; a crimson 
line running from costa half-way across wing, beyond which is 
a large black smear. The underneath of hind-wings show a 
deep black border lined with crimson inside. There is also a 
sharp-edged, triangular, cinnamon-coloured spot that appears to 
be devoid of scales about the centre of fore-wing, the apex 
pointing inwards. The antenne of male are plumose, but run- 
ning toa point. Those of the female are simple. 

Larva.—Leneth, 2' 2”. Prolegs appear to exist only on the 
twelfth and thirteenth segments, but the segments are very 
crowded together, and the front pair may be on the eleventh. 
The thirteenth segment is a bifid arrangement running to a 
point behind, and cleft. No sign of any other prolegs, the 
belly, even under a lens, appearing smooth and polished. The 
legs proper are also very small, and nearly invisible when the 
larva is at rest. The head terminates in a long pointed pro- 
jection similar to that at the anal end, only it is hard, and not 
cleft. Colour, all over alike; dull apple-green, with a dull 
crimson stripe down each side, in which are the spiracles, 
which are small and black, and up the centre of the belly runs 
a narrow yellowish-white stripe. Feeds on white gum; holds 


135 


very hard to the leaf, with the body thrown out straight and 
rigid. Of course loops very much in walking. Full-fed about 
the middle of December. 


SUB-FAMILY IV.—ACIDALIAD. 
This sub-family is represented here by only four species, 
but three at least of these by their great numbers are perfect 
pests to the collector. 


1. ACIDALIA RECESSATA, Walk. 


Expanse, 10". Out all summer and autumn. 
All the wings light-grey, with various faint wavy lines. Sits 
with its wings expanded on leaves, &c. Hxtremely abundant. 


2. ACIDALIA ALBICosTaTA, Walk. 


Expanse, 7’. All the spring and summer. 

A small, and when fresh, pretty insect; but it soon fades. 
All the wings light purplish-red, with a broad light bar beneath 
costa of fore-wings. I generally beat it from Banksia, but 
hardly think that is its proper food-plant, or, at any rate, 
not the only one. The male is much smaller and brighter than 
the female. Very abundant. 


3. ACIDALIA PROSAULA, Meyr. 

Expanse, 8”. 

The two sexes are very different looking in this species. The 
male is generally nearly unicolorous, of a dark olive-brown 
colour. The female is much lighter and grayer, with a broad 
transverse band crossing both wings. 

A local and rather scarce little insect, that had been over- 
looked until I took it, and has been as yet only found in this 
immediate neighbourhood. Fhes over and among grass. 


4, ACIDALIA RUBRARIA, DOdld. 

Expanse, 10". Flies all the year round, except perhaps in 
July. 

This is the httle reddish brown moth that anybody walking 
through the hill paddocks or serub kicks up by hundreds. The 
eround colour is variable, but the markings consist principally 
of two wavy dark lines across both wings, inside which the 
colour is lighter. This appears to be constant, whilst other 
lines vary in almost every specimen. 


SUB-FAMILY V.—BOARMIADE. 

This sub-family appears to be the best represented of any in 
this neighbourhood, and contains many striking forms. Up to 
the present I have taken 24 species in fourteen genera. As a 
rule they are medium or large-sized moths, the greater number 


136 


occurring in the autumn. Many of the ee are very similar 
to one another, and hard to separate in the perfect state, espe- 
cially the females. 


1. SCIOGLYPTIS CANESCARIA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 3". Flies in autumn. 

A sombre, dark brown insect, mottled with darker shadings. 
A broad suffused black band crosses both wings from costal 
apex of fore to centre of inner margin of hind-wing. Beneath 
this is a narrow wavy white line. A common Queensland in- 
sect, but rare here. 


2. SCIOGLYPTIS MUNDIFERA, Walk. 


Expanse, 1’ 3’. Generally found in autumn, but there is 
sometimes a spring brood also. Variable. 

Somewhat similar to the last, but the ground colour is much 
paler; the markings and transverse bar have a distinct pur- 
plish tinge, and the white line is altogether absent. Most likely 
not uncommon, but I have as yet secured few specimens, having 


long confused it with the following species. 


3. THALLOGAMA ATTENTA, Walk. 

Expanse, 11”. April and May, and perhaps in the spring. 

In outward appearance very like the last, but besides its 
smaller size, the antenne of male, although pectinated, have 
the pectinations much shorter than in Sctoglyptis, in which 
they are very long. 

4, ZERMIZINGA INDOCILISARIA, Walk. 

Expanse, 1’ 3’. April. 

Ground colour brown, with various wavy black lines cross- 
ing both wings. It may be distinguished from any of the pre- 
ceding by these lines starting from the costa, and not the 
apex of the wing, and by the long light-coloured ciliations of 
the antenne of the male. The female is semi-apterous. Ap- 
parently scarce here, but widely distributed in Australia, and 
is also found in New Zealand. 

5. PHEetoris cocnata, Walk. 

Expanse, 1’. August, also February and March. 

Ground colour silvery-gray, with various indistinct black 
dots and lines crossing the wing from costa to inner margin. 
The ciliations of the antenne are very long for about three- 
quarters of its length, then shorten off rapidly, and the end is 
simple. 

6. PHELOTIS EXCURSARIA, Gn. 
Expanse, 1’ 6”. 
I am rather uncertain about this species, and may have two 


137 


allied forms mixed together, but the true P. excursaria may, I 
think, be known by the strongly indented outer margin of hind- 
wings. It isa difficult insect to describe, and the description 
would read much like some of the preceding, but it is distinct 
enough to the eye, the ground colour being a kind of bright 
tawny-brown, and there is one narrow black hne running from 
three-fourths of costa in a zigzag direction to centre of wing, 
and then turning abruptly is continued towards inner margin. 
I do not notice this on anv of the other species. Rare here, 
and I am uncertain about date of capture. 


7. NERITODES VERRUCATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 3". October, November. 

All the wings pale gray, but when quite fresh suffused witha 
delicate green tinge. The male has a curious round raised spot 
near base of fore-wing, which, however, is absent in the female. 
A common insect among grass. 


8. AMELORA LEUCANIATA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’ 6". March. 

Ground colour pale greenish-brown with nine latitudinal 
black bars, between each of which are silvery-white ones, also 
nine in number. The head is yellow and hind-wings light- 
brown or pale smoke colour. This handsome moth is common 
most seasons amongst grass, and flies fast. 


AMELORA GONIOTA, Meyr. 


Expanse, 1’. March. 

Wings silvery gray with a greenish tinge. A very distinct, 
but narrow black “angulated line, crosses the fore- wing at about 
one-fourth, and another very zigzag one at about three-fourths. 
There is also a large but indistinct central blotch. A scarce 
moth, of which I have only as yet taken two or three specimens, 
and I do not think that it is known elsewhere. 


10. AMELORA DEMISTIS, Meyr. 


Expanse, 1’ 3". Autumn months. 

This is another species that has as yet only been taken here 
and I am still uncertain about the exact date, having confo unded 
it with the following species. It is a dull brownish- -gray moth, 
centre spot indistinct, and the transverse lines reduced to rows 
of dots. It is certainly the most unattractive looking of the 
genus. 


11. AMELORA SPARSULARIA, Gn. 


Expanse, 1’-11”. March. 
Something like 4. demistis, but smaller and brighter coloured. 
The black dots forming the lines are closer together, smaller, 


138 


and blacker, and there is generally a very distinct centre spot. 
A common insect, flying among grass. 


12. AMELORA AMBLOPA, Meyr. 


Expanse, 1’ 5’. March. 

Ground colour much as in JA. demistis, but there is a dark 
rounded line running from costa at four-fifths to inner margin 
at two-thirds. Outside this the colour is more of a silvery 
gray. A common moth, but appears to be rather local. 


13. Eptcompsa xantTHocrossa, JLeyr. 

Expanse, 8’. March 26th, 1886. 

This pretty little insect 1s in shape a good deal like the 
English Peacock Moth (Macaria notata), to which it is in fact 
related. My one specimen is the only one known, and it was 
taken just about daybreak. The general tint of fore-wings is. 
ash colour, but the extreme costal edge is orange, and a narrow 
stripe of the same colour runs round the hind margin. There 
are two distinct triangular-shaped black marks on costa, and a. 
series of semicircular ones along the hind margin, which last is 
highly angulated and dentated. The basal half of hind-wings 
is gray, the outer half being rich brown; and there is a large 
round patch of this same colour at anal angle of fore-wings. 
The genus as well as species is new to science. 


14. IptiopEs aprcaTa, Gn. 


Expanse, lL’ 11” to 2’. August, January, March. 

One of the most variable insects I have met with; hardly 
two specimens are alike, and there appear to be four distinct 
types of markings. The fore-wings are sharp-pointed, and 
strongly hooked at apex, and there is generally a straight 
diagonal line running trom apex across both wings to centre of 
inner margin of the hind one. In type 1 the ground is 
greenish, and stripe yellow. In type 2 the ground is reddish- 
brown, and stripe dark purplish-brown. In type 3 the whole 
of both wings is suffused with dark purplish-red, forming 
indistinct smeary blotches; while in type 4—which is by far 
the rarest—the ground is as in type 1, but on the outside of 
the yellow line are three large round bluish-black spots, with 
white centres; the two nearest the apex being nearly confluent. 
Some years this curious moth may be obtained plentifully by 
beating gum saplings, but the summer brood is always dwarfed 
in size, and some years the species appears to be absent alto- 
gether. 

15. MNESAMPELA PRIVATA, Gn. 

Expanse, 1’ 6”. March and April. 

Fore-wings hooked ; yellowish-brown, with a darker shade 
across fore-wing at half. Huind-wings bright orange. Common 


e 


139 


16. MNESAMPELA COMARCHA, Aeyr. 

Expanse, 1' 8”. April. 

A good deal like the last superficially, but the ground colour 
of all the wings isa pale brownish purple. The antennsw of 
males also show a specific difference, and the insect appears 
later. This moth seems to be rare. 


17. MNESAMPELA FUCATA, Feld. 
Expanse, male, 2’ 4’. (1 have never seen the female). 


May. 

Fore-wings orange, speckled all over with minute purple 
spots. There are also three larger red spots—one at base, one 
at centre of wing near base, and the third below costa at about 
two-thirds. The hind-wings are pale primrose-yellow, without 
markings. The female is said to be larger and darker than 
the male. <A rare insect everywhere. 


18. CRIOMACHA BELIDEARIA, Feld. 

Expanse, 2’ 1” to 2’ 5’. May. 

Another variable insect, which may be separated into two 
distinct types, which remain good in both sexes. So distinct 
are they in appearance that I considered them different species, 
but Mr. Meyrick thinks otherwise, and so I place them to- 
gether. In the first the wings are bright brick-red, without 
any distinct markings; in the other they are pale reddish 
brown, speckled all over with brownish-purple, and with a more 
or less distinct darker band across centre of wings. The hind 
wings are alike in all, reddish-white, inclining to purple on 
outer margin. Fairly common some years; absent others. 


19. CRIOMACHA ERIBOLA, Meyr. 


Expanse, 2’ 4’. March. 

Only one specimen of this species is known, a female, and it is 
just possible that it may be a very abnormal variety of belidearia, 
but it is such an entirely different looking insect that Mr. 
Meyrick decided to name it. The fore-wings are dark brown 
with a yellowish tinge; a black outward curved zigzag line 
crosses them at one-third, and another, nearly straight, at four- 
fifths. The thorax is the same colour as the wings, but the 
crest and head are orange, thus differing from belidearia, in 
all of which the head is the same colour as the wings. The hind- 
wings are pale yellow, with a deep reddish-brown border. The 
body is pale yellow. 


20. CHLENIAS ARIETARIA, Ga. 


Expanse, 1’ 5". March and April. 
Fore-wings brown, suffused with silvery-gray in centre. 
Three narrow black streaks run from near base up the centre 


140 


of wing, the veins of which are also tinged with black, espe- 
cially towards outer margin. The hind wings are pearly white. 
There is a curious hard bifurcated horn-like process on the 
front of head. A common insect. The male flies slowly just 
about day-break, but the female often comes to light. 


21. Cuuentas Zonma, MMeyr. 

Expanse, 1’ 7”. April. 

This species has, I believe, so far only been taken by myself 
at Balhannah, at any rate it was undescribed. It is larger, 
darker, and more glossy than C-. arietaria, and is entirely des- 
titute of the bifurcated horn on the head. The hind wings are 
sometimes smoke-coloured, sometimes white at base, with dark 
smoke-coloured margin. My specimens were all bred from the 
the larva, and I have only twice seen the perfect insect at large, 
and never on the wing. 

Larva.—W hen full-fed about one inch in length, banded or 
striped as follows :—Orange stripe down centre of back ; then 
four wavy black lines with bluish-white spaces between; then 
a broad primrose stripe; then four more black lines, the 
three last interrupted with space between yellowish white, and 
then a broad black line. Below this the body is yellow, with 
four purple wavy lines, spiracies distinct, orange, which lat- 
ter colour predominates on all the broad stripes towards the 
head, which is yellow. Body smooth to the eye, but under the 
lens there are a few sparse black hairs; claspers only visible on 
the tenth and thirteenth segments. Feeds stretched out on 
food plant, but on the slightest touch rolls in a ring and drops 
to the ground. Feeds on Aster axillaris, and is full-fed in 
September, but although I tried to force them, not one would 
emerge before middle of April. 


22. STIBAROMA MELANOTOXA, J/eyr. 

Expanse, 1’ 5". 

This is a handsome silvery-grey moth, unknown to science 
until taken by myself. There is a narrow but sharply-defined 
black line at one-fourth, which is very acutely angulated out- 
wards, and another broader and less acutely angulated at three- 
fourths. Outside this is a dark blackish smear. Hind wings 
silvery white, with dark broad border. My specimen is a male; 
but I possess also a darker insect (a female), that may belong 
to this species, but the markings are very different, and I am 
not sure. 


23. PARALHA BEGGARIA, Gn. 


Expanse, 2’ 1”; female rather larger. April. 
All the wings of the male are of a dark grayish-purple, but 
the hind-wings of female are whitish at base, purple outside. 


141 


There is a distinct black centre spot in the female, but this is 
nearly wanting in the other sex. Scarce here, and, I believe, 
everywhere else, but apparently widely distributed. It is one 
of the few insects that appear to have a preference for the 
red gum. 

24. DrYMOPTILA YEMENITIS, Jeyr. 

Expanse, one inch. April 7, 1879. 

This curious insect is as yet unique, and I have never been 
able to find a second. Both genus and species are new to 
science. Fore-wings purplish-gray, with a reddish cross line 
near base, and a curved and slightly indented black one run- 
ning from costa at about four-fifths to near the anal angle. 
The space between this and the outer margin is chocolate 
colour. Hind-wings greyish brown. 


142 


THE LAMELLIBRANCHS OF THE OLDER TERTIARY 
OF AUSTRALIA. (Parr IT.) 
By Proressor Raten Tare, F.GS., F.LS., &e. 
‘Read October 5, 1886.] 
Prams XV, XV. XVL> RV, RVI ee 
FAMILY LUCINID. 


Genus LUcCINA. 
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. 
A. Shell more or less inflated. 
Ornament of concentric lamelle or strie. 
Lamelle thick. 


Quadrately orbicular. LT. leucomomorpha. 
Obliquely ovate. L. projecta. 
Concentrically striated ; shell subglobose ; margin of 
valve plain. LD. area. 
Margin of valves crenulated. J. affinis. 

Ornament of concentric lamelle and radial lines. 
Globose with thick lamelle. L. nuctformis. 


Quadrately orbicular, bifid incised radial lines. 
LL. araneosa. 


Obliquely ovate. LL. despectans. 
Ornament of divaricate ridges. L. quadrisulcata. 

B. Shell compressed. 
Ornament of lamellar folds. L. fabuloides. 


Ornament of radial threads and concentric lamella. 
L. planatella. 


Lucina leucomomorpha, Tate. 
Reference.—Tran. Roy. Soc., 8S. Aust., for 1885, t. xi1., fig. 7. 
Shell quadrately orbicular, moderately convex, subequi- 

lateral ; umbones small, incurved, contiguous, medial; slightly 
excavated in front of the umbones, and slightly depressed in 
the antero-dorsal region ; posterior margin truncated ; ventral 
margin convex outwardly. Surface ornamented with numerous 
regular concentric lamelle, which are slightly retroflexed at 
the front. 

Lunule cordate, small, rather deep ; anterior lateral teeth 
obscure ; right valve with one small cardinal tooth, left valve 
with two cardinal teeth; ligamental scar linear, submarginal ; 
edge of valve obscurely crenulated. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 11; umbo-ventral 


143 


diameter, 10°5; sectional diameter of both valves, 6 milli- 
metres. 

Locality —Muddy Creek. 

This species has a very strong external resemblance to 
Loripes leucoma, Turton, but is abruptly truncated posteriorly ; 
the surface is lamellately ridged (not striated), and there are 
no radial striz; the external ligament removes it generically. 


Lucina projecta, Tate. 


Reference.—Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., for 1885, t. xii., fig. 6. 

Shell thin, obliquely ovate, roundly truncated behind, 
broader with a rounded margin anteriorly ; moderately convex. 
Lunule lanceolate, somewhat deeply depressed. The ornament 
consists of subacute close-set lire. 

Dimenstons.—Antero-posterior diameter, 16; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 14; sectional diameter, 8 millimetres. 

Locality —Muddy Creek (older beds). 


Lucina area, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 9. 


Shell orbicular and somewhat oblique, moderately convex, 
thin, subequilateral ; umbones acute, only a little elevated, in- 
eurved; lunule small, shortly lanceolate, and slightly sunken. 
Posterior-dorsal margin is short, straight, and rather sloping ; 
the anterior-dorsal margin being longer, less oblique, and a 
little concave in front of the umbo; anterior and ventral mar- 
gins broadly curved, whilst the posterior margin is roundly 
truncate. Ligament groove on the post-dorsal margin elongate 
and narrow. The right valve has two cardinal teeth, the front 
one being small, lateral teeth absent. Margin of valve plain. 
Surface ornamented with fine concentric strie. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 8; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 6; sectional diameter of right valve, 25 millimetres. 

Locality —Oyster banks of the Aldinga Cliffs. 


Lucina affinis, spec. nov. Plate xviii., fig. 11. 


Shell subquadrately-rotund, moderately convex, subinequi- 
lateral ; front-dorsal margin slightly concave, post-dorsal 
margin longer and sloping; posterior area slightly depressed, 
which produces a short truncated extremity to the margin ; 
umbones prominently incurved. Margin of valve minutely 
crenulated. Lett valve with two diverging cardinal teeth and 
developed laterals; ligamental groove on the hinder-dorsal 
edge long and narrow. Surface ornamented with concentric 
strie. 

This species is separable from L. area by its depressed pos- 
terior area, crenulated margin of the valves, and the presence 
of lateral teeth. It also bears an external resemblance to 


144. 


Iucina concinna, Hutton (Loripes), but the ornament and some 
of the interior characters are different. 
Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 6; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 5°5; sectional diameter of left valve, 1°75 milli- 
metres. 
Locality.—Oyster beds of the River Murray Cliffs at Nor’- 
West Bend. 


Lucina nuciformis, Tate. 


Reference.—Trans. R. Soc., 8S. Aust., for 1885, t. xii., f. 10. 

Shell globose, very thick, regularly convex except in the post- 
dorsal area, which is abruptly compressed. Surface ornamented 
with subacute concentric ridges, broader than the intervening 
sulci, and distant transverse threads more or less obsolete, 
though usually conspicuous on the dorsal face of the concentric 
folds. The concentric ridyes are usually regularly disposed, 
but in some individuals they are interrupted by from three to 
five broadish furrows, variable in width and relative position. 
Margin of valves, except the hinge-line, strongly crenulated. 
Lunule small, moderately impressed. 

Dimensions.—Auntero-posterior diameter, 9; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 9; sectional diameter, 8 millimetres. 

Locality —Very abundant in the oyster beds of Blanche 
Point, Aldinga Bay. | 

L. nuciformis has a general resemblance to L. columbella, 
Lamarck, but its nearest ally in recent creation is JZ. crassi- 
lirata, Tate, inhabiting Southern Australia, from which it differs. 
by its greater gibbosity, more angulated behind, and thinner 
lire. { 

Lucina araneosa, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 13. 

Shell quadrately orbicular, subinequilateral, thin, subven- 
tricose ; umbones acute, approximate, incurved; anterior side 
slightly produced; lunule moderately large, lanceolate, shallow. 
Surface ornamented with distant concentric strize, and incised 
radial lines repeatedly dichotomous. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 8; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 7°5; sectional diameter of left valve, 2 millimetres. 

Locality —Muddy Creek, lower beds. 


Lucina despectans, spec. nov. Plate xx., figs. 15 and 16. 

Shell quadrately ovate, subventricose, inequilateral ; umbones. 
post-median, acute, incurved, and approximate. Dorsal margin 
slightly excavated in front, rapidly declining behind ; posterior 
margin truncated; ventral margin arched, rounded in front, 
forming an obtuse angle where it joins the dorsal inflection. 

Surface ornamented with concentric strie and depressed 
subacute radiating ridges. 


145 


Diminsions—Antero-posterior diameter, 5°5; umbo-ventral 


diameter, 5; sectional diameter 3 millimetres. 

Locality—Muddy Creek, lower beds. 

This little species resembles L. Tatez, Angas (P. Z. 8., 1878, 
p- 863), from St. Vincent Gulf, bat differs in the style of orna- 
ment, and somewhat in form, being particularly less ineurved 
on the antero-dorsal margin. 


Lucina quadrisulcata, D’Orbigny. 
Reference.—Voy. Amérique méridionale, 1847. 
Synonyms.—L. dentata, auctores, non Wood; L. divaricata, 

auctores, non Linn.; ZL. eburnea, Reeve, Icon. Conch., t. 8, 
f. 49, 1850; LZ. Cumingi, A. Adams and Angas, Proce. Zool. Soe., 
1863, p. 426, t. 27, £. 20. 

The fossil which I have illustrated on Plate xu.., f. 3, of Part 
I., under the name of Z. dentata, does not belong to that 
species, but to LZ. Cumingi, Adams and Reeve, which in the 
opinion of Mr. A. H. Cooke (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug., 
1886, p. 98) is identical with LZ. quadrisulcata, D’Orbigny. 

This species is the largest of the section Divaricella, is more 
globose in form than the other species, with the divaricating 
grooves rather more distant, and not denticulated at the 
margin. It is found hving in Ceylon, South Australia, Tas- 
mania, Port Jackson, New Zealand, Gulf of Suez, West 
Columbia, Panama, and West Indies. 

It is fossilized in the oyster beds of the River Murray Cliffs 
at the Nor’-West Bend; also in the Wanganui Series in New 
Zealand. 

Lucina fabuloides, Tate. 

Reference —Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., for 1885, t. x11., fig. 5. 

Shell thin, oblong-ovate, compressed; triangular about the 
umbones, which are ante-median compressed and _ slightly 
curved forwards, but not ineurved. Antero-dorsal line much 
incurved in front of the umbo; post-dorsal margin nearly 
straight, sloping at an angle of about 45°, united to the antero- 
dorsal side by a graceful curve, with a perceptible truncation 
posteriorly. 

Surface ornamented with sixteen equidistant, erect, thin 
lamelle, interspaces,concentrically striated ; the iamelle more 
raised at the front and posterior margins, and the post-dorsal 
margin is somewhat serrated by them. 

Lunule narrow-lanceolate, concave. 

Dimensions.—Auntero-posterior diameter, 9; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 7 millimetres. 

Localities.—Oyster-banks at Blanche Point, Aldinga Bay ; 
and the gastropod bed of the River Murray Cliffs near Morgan. 

This fossil species closely resembles L. spinifera, Montagu, 


L 


146 


of European seas, and ZL. fabula, Reeve, of the Australian and 
Polynesian seas, with actual specimens of which I have com- 
pared it; from L. fabula it differs by its fewer concentric 
ridges, which are thin and elevated, and by the deeper incur- 
vature in front of the umbo; from ZL. spinifera it differs by its 
fewer concentric lamelle and more pointed umbones. 


Lucina planatella, Tate. 

References.—Trans. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1884, p. 229; 
Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., for 1885, t. x1i., fig. 11. 

Left valve orbicular-ovate, subequilateral, moderately thin, 
nearly flat. Surface ornamented with regularly disposed con- 
centric, erect, lamelliform ridges of growth, crossed by equi- 
distant radial threads, producing on the dorsal half an open 
reticulated appearance ; towards the front the concentric ridges 
are coarser, and the radial strie finer or nearly obsolete. 
Umbo depressed acute; interior margin of valves smooth. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 33; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 31 millimetres. 

Locality.—Table Cape (2. I. Johnston !) 


Loripes simulans, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 19. 

Shell somewhat triangularly orbicular, subequilateral, thin 
rather inflated; umbones produced incurved; antero-dorsal 
margin conspicuously concave, post-dorsal margin about as 
long and sloping; posterior margin roundly truncated. In 
young shells the anterior side is somewhat produced. Margin 
of valves minutely crenulated. Surface ornamented with dis- 
tant, slightly elevated, concentric lamelle. The left valve has 
two small diverging cardinal teeth; the right valve with one 
cardinal tooth, and in each valve there is a post-lateral tooth ; 
cartilage groove wholly internal, descending obliquely from 
behind the cardinal area. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 6°25 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 6; sectional diameter, 4 millimetres. 

Locality— Oyster banks, Aldinga Cliffs. 

Ditfers from ZL. icterica, Reeve, in the well-developed con- 
centric ridges, and in the absence of radial striz, in which 
respect it agrees with JZ. assimilis, Angas. From the latter 
species, which I have not seen, it seems to differ by its coarser 
concentric ornament and inflated umbones. 


Cryptodon mactreformis, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 5. 
Shell minute, very thin, triangularly ovate, inequilateral, 
moderately convex, semipellucid, white, shining. The sculpture 
consists of very fine strie of growth. Umbones small, only a 
very little elevated above the dorsal line, acute, situated some- 
-what in advance of the middle. The posterior side is a little 


147 


produced, being a little longer than the anterior, and is acumi- 
‘nate behind. The dorsal margins are straight and very sloping, 
especially the posterior, which is a little longer than the an- 
terior ; the ventral margin is regularly curved. 
Dimensions.—Antero - posterior, 3°; and umbo- ventral 
diameters, 2°75 millimetres. 
Locality.—Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 


FAMILY UNGULINID.E. 


Diplodonta subquadrata, spec. nov. Plate xiv., figs. 10a—10/. 


Shell quadrately-orbicular, moderately convex, thin, trans- 
lucent, inequilateral, equivalve; posterior side broad, with a 
subtruncated margin, anterior side narrower and rounded. 
The ornament consists of rather coarse concentric lines of 
erowth, with here and there broader ones. Umbones small, 
antemedian, acute. 

Dimensions of an average size specimen :—Antero-posterior 
diameter, 13; umbo-ventral diameter, 11'5 ; sectional diameter, 
9 millimetres. 

Localities—Muddy Creek (lower beds); oyster-beds of the 
River Murray Cliffs at Nor’-West Bend; Table Cape, Tas- 
mania (2. M. Johnston !) 

The nearest ally of this species is D. Tasmanica, T. Woods, 
from which it differs by its more quadrate outline and regular 
sculpture, and in being less inequilateral ; it closely resembles, 
also, D. Zealandica, Gray, which is more inflated, and has a 
rounded ventral margin. 


Sacchia suborbicularis, spec. nov. Plate xviii., figs. 10a—10ce. 


Shell triangularly orbicular, depressed, rather solid ; pos- 
terior side rounded, somewhat produced anteriorly. Umbones 
small, obtuse, produced, approximate ; lunule obsolete, margins 
of valves simple. Surface marked with distant growth-folds, 
smooth at the umbones. 

The left valve has two divergent cardinal teeth; the anterior 
one is stout and triangular, the posterior one is thin and elon- 
gate, behind which is a broad and deep triangular cartilage 
groove. In the right valve there are two cardinal teeth sepa- 
rated by a triangular pit, which receives the strong anterior 
tooth of the left; the anterior tooth is confluent with the 
dorsal edge, but the posterior is elongate, narrowly triangular, 
grooved on the face, and free from the dorsal edge; there is a 
cartilage groove corresponding with that in the left valve. No 
lateral teeth. Pallial line entire. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 7°5 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 8; sectional diameter, 3°75 millimetres. 


148 


Locality.—Oyster-beds of the River Murray Cliffs at the 
Nor’-West Bend. 

It is with some hesitation that I refer this little species to 
Sacchia, as I have had no opportunity of examining an authentic 
species of this genus, also because of the great resemblance it 
bears externally to the lenticular species of Dzplodonta, par- 
ticularly D. Adamsi and D. Jacksonensis, Angas ; but the den- 
tition and the broad cartilage pit are not those proper to 
Diplodonta. 


FAMILY ERYCINIDA. 
Leptum crassum, Tate. 
Reference—Trans. Phil. Soc., Adelaide, 1879, t. 5, £. 9, p. 130. 
A thick transversely-oval shell. 
Locality —Gastroped bed of the River Murray Cliffs, near 
Morgan. 

Lepton planuisculum, Tate. 
Reference.—Op. cit., t. 5, £.12, p. 180. 
A thin quadrately-ovate shell, with a produced umbo. 
Locality Oyster beds of the Aldinga Cliffs. 


Kellia micans, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 13. 

Shell minute, inequilateral, rather thick, convex; umbones 
small, depressed; anterior side somewhat produced ; posterior 
side shorter, roundly truncated at the extremity ; the dorsal 
margin is considerably oblique on both sides; there is no 
lunule. Surface smooth and shining, and ornamented with 
concentric strie ; alternating bands of varying width of opaque 
white and bluish-slate colour. Left valve with one small car- 
dinal denticle, in front of which is a stout laminar tooth; there 
is also a faint short lateral tooth on the posterior side. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 3; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 2'5; sectional diameter of left valve nearly 2 milli- 
metres. 


Locality— Muddy Creek. 


Montacuta sericea, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 6. 

Shell transversely ovate, moderately depressed, very inequi- 
lateral, rather solid, glossy, and sculptured with very fine lines 
of growth. The umbones are small, curved over towards the 
front, slightly produced, and situated at about one-fourth of 
the total length from the anterior end. The anterior-dorsal 
margin is short, oblique; imperceptibly excavated before the 
umbo, then gradually rounding into the sharply-curved ex- 
tremity ; the post-dorsal margin is much longer, at first almost 
horizontal and straight, afterwards a little arched and oblique. 
The ventral margin is nearly horizontal. The left valve has 


149 


two divergent laminar teeth, one on each side of a broad trian- 
gular cartilage pit, of which the posterior is large and oblique, 
and the anterior very small. The right valve has a lamellar 
projection of the dorsal margin on either side of the cartilage- 
fossula. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 65; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 5; sectional diameter, 3 millimetres. 

Localities.—U pper beds at Muddy Creek; oyster beds of the 
River Murray Cliffs at the Nor’-West Bend. 


FAMILY CHAMID. 
Chama lamellifera, Tenison-Woods. Plate xiv., figs. 5a—5b. 

Reference.—Proceedings of Royal Society of Tasmania for 
1876, p. 114. 

Surface of both valves ornamented with distant, thin, ir- 
regular, sometimes projecting lamelle. The lamelle are finely 
radiately ridged and striated ; interspaces between the lamellz 
concentrically striated. Rarely exceeding 20 millimetres of 
diameter. 

Localities—Table Cape (Rk. IW. Johnston!); older and 
younger beds at Muddy Creek; clays at Schnapper Point ; 
well sinking, Nine-Mile Camp, near Nor’-West Bend; clayey 
sands, Adelaide bore. 


Chamostrea albida, Lamarck. 
Reference.—Animaux sans Vertebres, vol. vi., p. 96, 1819. 
Synonym.—C. crassa, Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 

1884, p. 228. ‘ 

I do not hesitate to refer an example of a large valve ob- 
tained by Mr. Dennant from the Muddy Creek beds to the 
above-named species of the peculiar Australian genus. A left 
valve collected by Mr. R. M. Johnston at Table Cape was 
erected by me into a distinct species, but I think now on 
insufficient grounds. 

Right very convex, keeled, attached by its anterior side; 
umbo anterior subspiral ; left valve flat ; surface smooth, with 
distant growth-lines. About two inches diameter. 


FAMILY VERTICORDIID, 
Verticordia rhomboidea, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 4. 

Considerably inflated, rhomboid, very inequilateral. Umbo 
inflated, much curved over towards the front, and situated quite 
at the anterior end; the ventral margin nearly straight, the 
dorsal margin arched, making with the straight posterior margin 
an obtuse angle; anterior margin at first concave, forming a 
rounded somewhat produced angle with the ventral margin. 


150 


Surface ornamented with thin, angular, elevated, curved, 
radial ribs, 24 in number, eight of which occupy the abruptly 
sloping post-umbonal area, insterstices wider than the ribs; 
the whole surface crossed by thin distant concentric lire, 
which produce serratures on the radial coste. 

Lunule deep and broadly cordate. 

Interior pearly, ribbed towards the ventral and posterior 
margins corresponding with the exterior sulcations; anterior 
and posterior margins thin, crenulated. 

Right valve with a tooth-lke callosity under the lunule, and 
a long laminar lateral tooth on the posterior side. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 5 ; umbonal ventral 
diameter, 5; sectional diameter of right valve, 2°25 milli- 
metres. 

Locality. — Calciferous sandstone, with gastropods, River 
Murray Cliffs, near Morgan. 


Verticordia pectinata, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 13. 

Triangularly ovate, slightly convex; anterior side somewhat 
produced and rounded ; umbo small, curved towards the front, 
situated a little behind the middle line; front dorsal margin 
concave, post-dorsal margin convex, gibbous; ventral margin 
slightly arched medially, rapidly ascending posteriorly to the 
subacuminate extremity. Ornamented with twelve broad, 
rounded, radial undulations about equal in breadth to the con- 
cave furrows; the whole surface minutely granular, which is 
produced by the intersection of radial and concentric strie. 
Interior of left valve pearly, edentulous; ventral margin of 
valve thin, broadly crenulated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 3°5; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 3 millimetres. 

Locality—Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 


FAMILY CARDIIDZ. 
GENUS CARDIUM. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 
Whole surface ornamented with more or less similar radial 


ribs. 
A. Valve rotundly-quadrate. 


Ribs, 50, flat, and smooth. C. pseudomagnum. 
Ribs, 70, flat, and smooth; those on the posterior slope 
with small tubercles. C. septuagenarium. 


Ribs, 60, flat, granulated on the margins. 
OC. moniletectum. 
B. Valve ovate, oblique; 65 ribs. C. Victoria. 
c. Valve trapezoidal. C. cuculloides. 


151 


Radial ridges on the posterior slope only, rest of surface 
radially and concentrically striated. C. antisemigranulatum. 
Anterior half of valve cancellated, the posterior half with 
spinulose ribs. ; C. hemimeris. 


Cardium pseudomagnum, McCoy. 
Reference.—Pal. Victoria, Decade v., t. 44, f.1, 1877. 
“Rotundly quadrate ; ribs 50, sub-equal, flat, smooth, without 

spines or marked strie, and separated by very narrow sulci, 
their ends strongly toothing the internal margin. Length of 
the antero-posterior diameter, 90 millimetres. Locality.—Very 
abundant in the sandy beds, Bird Rock Bluff, near Geelong.” — 
Me Coy. . 


Cardium moniletectum, spec. nov. Plate xiv., figs. 3a.—3b. 


Rotundly quadrate, slightly oblique, subequilateral, ventri- 
cose; ventral margin moderately convex; posterior slope 
flattened, becoming a little convex dorsally, its margin straight, 
nearly perpendicular; post-dorsal margin nearly straight, 
slightly ascending; front dorsal margin straight, a little 
sloping, joining somewhat abruptly the flatly rounded anterior 
margin. Umbo inflated, moderately oblique, and a little in 
front of the centre. 

Ribs, about 60, equal, flat, smooth, shining, minutely, closely 
and regularly granulated on the margins; intervening sulci 
very narrow and deep. Margin of valves strongly toothed. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 38 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 40; sectional diameter through closed valves at 
about half the length from the umbo, 31 millimetres. 

Locality—Abundant in the clayey green sands, Adelaide 
bore. 


Cardium septuagenarium, spec. nov. 

Shell of about the same size and shape of C. moniletectum, 
but with about 70 flat, smooth, slender ribs, those of the pos- 
terior. slope crowned with small tubercles; the intervening 
sulci nearly as broad as the ribs, shallow, and transversely finely 
striated. . 

Localities —Table Cape (R. IL. Johnston !), and in a well- 
sinking at Nine-Mile Camp, near Nor’-west Bend, River 
Murray Plain. 


Cardium Victorie, spec. nov. Plate xiv., figs. la—1b. 


Shell longitudinally ovate, somewhat heart-shaped, rather 
depressed, slightly oblique, subequilateral. Ornamented with 
about 65 delicate, flattish, radial coste; costze with distant 
decurrent serratures on their sides, those on the anterior side 
with elevated, thick, distant, annular scales or tubercles ; six 


152 


or seven coste on the posterior slope tuberculated; the inter- 
vening sulci are about as wide as the ribs. 

Umbo obtuse, incurved, with a slight forward projection. 
The front and post-dorsal margins about equally sloping; the 
posterior area is flattened, its margin obliquely truncated. 

Margin of the valves crenuiated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 15; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 16; sectional diameter of a single valve at about 
one-third the length from the umbo, 5 millimetres. 

Locality —The older beds at Muddy Creek, near Hamilton, 
Victoria. 

Cardium cuculloides, Tate. 

Reference.—Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., for 1885; plate x11., 
fig. 14. 

Shell thin, smooth, trapezoidal, oblique, tumid, inequilateral ; 
umbones oblique, incurved, narrow, considerably in front. 
Anterior margin rounded; ventral margin nearly straight, 
oblique to the hinge line; posterior margin obtusely truncated ; 
posterior slope flattened, separated from the moderately convex 
rest of the valve by an obtusely-rounded ridge; dorsal line 
arched. 

Surface ornamented by equidistant, incised radial lines, 
about one millimetre apart at the front; in the umbonal region 
the sulci are about half the width of the flat ridges; on the 
lateral areas the sulci, though narrow, are deep and obliquely 
striated; the flat ridges are marked in the middle line by a 
slight groove widening out at irregular intervals into elliptical 
depressions. Inner margin of valve flatly ribbed. 

Dimensions.—Longitudinal diameter, 32; length from umbo 
to posterior angle, 31; width, 380; thickness through both 
valves, 20 millimetres. 

Locality.—Muddy Creek (J. Dennant !). 

This remarkable species may be placed in the section Papy- 
ride of Swainson. 


Cardium antisemigranulatum, McCoy. 

Reference.—Protocardium antisemigranulatum, McCoy, Pal. 
Victoria, Decade v., t. 44, figs. 2-3, 1877. 

Quadrately-oval, gibbous; umbo elevated, incurved, and 
directed forwards; posterior slope with acute radial ridges, 
closely set with conical tubercles; rest of the surface re- 
cularly, concentrically, and radially striated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 40; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 42 ; sectional diameter of a single valve, 16 milli- 
metres. 

Localities—Rare at Moorabool (McCoy); very rare in the 
older beds at Muddy Creek (J. Dennant !). 


153 


Cardium hemimeris, spec. nov. Plate xiv., figs. 2a—2c. 


Shell thin, quadrately-oval, subglobose, inflated ; umbones 
elevated, incurved, submedian ; dorsal margin slightly arched; 
posterior margin truncated, a little incurved towards the lower 
rounded angle; posterior area flattened, very steep. The 
anterior half of the surface of the valve is ornamented by 
numerous regular, equal, flat riblets, crossed by finer and 
closer concentric threads, which are somewhat irregularly dis- 
posed, being here and there somewhat undulose and confluent ;* 
the intersection of the riblets and the lire produce a tessel- 
lated ornament. The posterior half is ornamented with about 
50 flat, narrow riblets, closely beset with small tubular, conical 
spines. Margin of the valves strongly toothed. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 13; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 14; sectional diameter of both valves, 10 mulli- 
metres. 

Localities—Very common in the clayey green sands, Ade- 
laide bore; rather rare and of small size in the older beds at 
Muddy Creek ; in a deep well-sinking, Cooke’s Plains, east of 
Wellington, River Murray. 


FAMILY UNIONIDA. 


The generic references to the following species were made 
by the original describer purely on external resemblance, which 
is of no value. As Anodonta is not actually known either re- 
cent or fossil in Australia, and Unio is, it will be more con- 
sistent therefore to place all our fossil Unionide, so long as 
the hinge characters are unascertained, in the latter genus. 


Unio Tamarensis, R. Etheridge, jun. 

Reference —Anodonta Tamarensis, Eth., Roy. Soc., Tasm., for 
1880, p. 22, figs. 3-4. 

Older Tertiary beds of the Tamar River, Launceston, on the 
authority of Mr. R. M. Johnston. 

Transversely elongate, about twice as long as broad ; pos- 
teriorly acuminated, anterior side very short, convex, and very 
gibbous ; length, nearly four inches. 


Unio Johnstoni, R. Etheridge, jun. 
Reference.—Op. cit., p. 20, figs. 1, 2. 
Same locality as the last. 
Obliquely oval, compressed; breadth, about one-third less 
aban the length, which is three and a-half inches. 


* The fig. 2b incorrectly represents the concentric sculpture. 


154 
FAMILY VENERIDA. 


Genus CHIONE. 
SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 
A. Lamelle thin, erect. 
a. Lamelle distant, interspaces concentrically striated. 
Shell ovately-oblong, anterior side subangulated ; 
lamelle, about twelve. C. Allporti. 
Anterior side rounded ; lamelle numerous. 

C. multilamellata. 

b. Lamelle distant, interspaces with radial riblets. 


Cordately ovate, ventricose. C. hormophora. 
Ovately-oblong, less inflated. C. dimorphophylla. 
c. Lamelle crowded ; cordately ovate. C. Cainozotca. 

B. Lamelle thick, or concentrically ridged. 
Trigonal, with fifteen lamelle. C. subroborata. 
Transversely oval, with twenty or more ridges, radially 
striated. C. propinqua. 
c. Surface with radial riblets, decussated by concentric 
strie. C. dictua. 
Dp. Surface smooth, concentrically grooved. C. Corioensis. 


Chione Allporti, Tenison- Woods. 

Reference.—Venus Allporti, Tenison- Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Tasmania for 1875, p. 26, t. 3, f. 10. 

Ovate, oblong, depressed; anterior side very short, its margin 
somewhat angulated; ornamented with twelve concentric 
appendiculate lamellz, and concentric striz ; the ventral aspect 
of the frills is slightly vertically wrinkled. Margin of the 
valves minutely crenulated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 30; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 22 millimetres. 

Locality—Table Cape (type in Hobart Mus. !) 

This fossil differs from the living C. lamellata by its more ob- 
long outline, the post-dorsal and ventral margins being nearly 
parallel, whilst the anterior margin is more rapidly descending,. 
and the ventral margin not so arched; the umbo is more an- 
terior, and the frills are simple, and about twice the number. 


Chione multilamellata, spec. nov. Plate xv., figs. 6a—6b. 

Ovately-oblong, thin, moderately convex; umbones ante- 
median, inflated, curved forwards; anterior margin rounded, 
posteriorly roundly truncated; ventral margin regularly 
arched; post-dorsal margin slightly arched, more rapidly 
sloping than the shorter, nearly straight front dorsal margin. 
Lunule broadly cordiform, much raised along the middle line,, 
and sculptured with fine lamelle of growth. 

The surface is closely lamellated, concentrically lirate and 


155 


substriated in the interstices, and radiately striated, more con- 
spicuously so on the posterior and anterior sides; the lamelle- 
are about 40 in number, thin, elevated, and radially ribbed 
and striated on the ventral aspect. 

Margin of the valves from the umbo to the post-ventral 
angle minutely crenulated. Siphonal inflection very short, 
broadly triangular. 

Dimensions of a moderate-sized specimen.—Antero-posterior 
diameter, 38; umbo-ventral diameter, 30; sectional diameter’ 
through both valves, 22 millimetres. 

Localities —Abundant in the Turritella clays at Blanche 
Point, Aldinga Bay, and in the clayey green sands in the Ade- 
laide bore. 

C. multilamellata bears considerable resemblance to Venus 
oblonga, Hanley, but is not so rounded posteriorly and the 
lamelle are higher and thinner. 


Chione hormophora, Tate. Plate xv., figs. la—1b. 
Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1884, p. 230. 
Shell solid, cordately-ovate, inflated ; truncately rounded in 
front, truncated behind; ventral margin arched; post-dorsal 
margin strongly arched, antero-dorsal margin straight. Sur- 
face ornamented with numerous concentric lamelle thickenew 
and recurved, becoming erect and thin towards the posterior 
and anterior margins; the interstitial spaces with numerous 
flattish radial ridges, about equal in breadth to the intervening 
sulci, which are continued on to the bases of the concentric 
folds, and to the the free margin of the frills on their under- 
sides. Lunule cordate, not much impressed under the umbo, 
and indistinctly margined. The umbo is in the anterior-fifth, 
large, incurved, and directed forwards. Inner margin of 
valves, excepting that of the post-dorsal region, is minutely 
crenulated. Posterior cardinal tooth in left valve is quadrate 
and bituberculated on the crown. Pallial sinus short, broadly 
triangular, apex acute. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 65; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 57 ; sectional diameter of left valve, 22 millimetres. 

Locality —Table Cape (R&. M. Johnston !) 


Chione dimorphophylla, Tate. Plate xv., figs. 3a—ab. 
Reference.—Proe. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1884, p. 230. 
Similar to C. hormophora, but is more regularly rounded at 
the front, is less inflated, the umbo placed more posteriorly ;: 
the lunule is more impressed and concave; and the relative 
dimensions are different. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 58; umbo-ventrat 
diameter, 45; sectional diameter of both valves, 32 milli- 
metres. 


156 


Localities —Common in the calciferous sandstone of the 
River Murray Cliffs, near Morgan ; and in the older beds at 
Muddy Creek, near Hamilton. 


Chione Cainozoica, Tenison-Woods. Plate xvi., figs. 3a—3b. 


Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1876, p. 113. 

Suborbicular, inequilateral, globosely convex. Ornamented 
with closely set, thin, concentric lamelle ; those on the middle 
portion scarcely elevated ; more elevated on the front, and im- 
bricating posteriorly. Umbones convex, much incurved, and 
directed forwards; lunule broadly heart-shaped, prominent, 
and very distinctly circumscribed by a groove which interrupts 
the concentric lamelle, the fine ends of which form the only 
ornamentation of the lunule. 

The whole anterior and ventral margin finely crenulated. 
Pallial sinus very short, narrowly triangular, apex acute. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 22; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 20; sectional diameter of closed valves at about a 
third the length from the umbo, 14 millimetres. 

Localities —Table Cape (Rk. IW. Johnston !); lower beds at 
Aldinga and Adelaide bore; middle Murravian beds near 
Morgan and Nine-mile Camp; lower beds at Muddy Creek 
clays at Schnapper Point, Port Phillip Bay. 


Chione subroborata, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 17. 


Cordately-trigonal, solid, much broader in front than be- 
hind, where it is subrostrate, thick, moderately convex; flat- 
tened in the umbonal region. Umbones small, recurved, and 
situated considerably in front of the middle line. Surface 
glossy, ornamented with concentric lamelle (about 15) and 
striz ; the lamelle are rather thick, recurved, except on the 
posterior slope, where they are erect. 

The ventral margin is broadly curved, slightly insinuate to- 
wards the posterior end; the post-dorsal line is oblique, arched 
behind the umbones, then straighter, prolonged, and much de- 
scending ; the front-dorsal line is excavated. 

The lunule is small, broadly cordate, and lamellate sculp- 
tured. The margin of the valves is very finely crenulated. 
Pallial line distant from the margin; the inflection rather 
shallow, broadly triangular, subacute at the apex. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 25; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 24; umbo to post-ventral angle, 25; sectional 
diameter of both valves, 14 millimetres. 

Localities—Common in the upper beds at Muddy Creek ; 
oyster beds at Nor’-West Bend ; calciferous sandstone at Mor- 
-dialloe. 

This species comes very near to C. roborata, Hanley, but the 
lamelle are fewer and thinner; it is less produced anteriorly, 


157 


with a straighter post-dorsal slope, and more pointed behind. 
It agrees with C. Lsabelle in the number and strength of the 
lamelle, but is otherwise different. 


Chione propinqua, Tenison-Woods. Plate xiv., figs. 7 and 8. 
Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania for 1876, p. 113. 
Transversely oval, umbo a little in front of the centre; an- 

terior end broadly rounded ; posterior side a little attenuated, 
its margin roundly truncated. Ornamented with many (more 
than 20) raised rounded concentric ribs, becoming lamellar at 
the extremities ; ribs and the narrower interspaces are concen- 
trically striated ; the interspaces crossed by transverse broadish 
riblets, equal in width to the intervening spaces. Margin of 
the valves finely crenulated. Pallial line near the margin, the 
siphonal inflection rather shallow, narrowly triangular, rounded 
at the apex. 

The species varies somewhat in shape and in the number and 
thickness of the concentric ribs; fig. 8 represents the typical 
form, fig. 7 represents a more oblong and narrower sbell, whilst 
others are more attenuated than the type, even becoming sub- 
rostrated. 

Tenison-Woods compares his species with the existing 
C. conularis, but the greater affinity 1s with C. mesodesma, Quoy 
and Gaimard, from which it differs most conspicuously by the 
coarser radial ornamentation. 

Dimensions of the type.—Antero-posterior diameter, 24; 
umbo-ventral diameter, 19 ; sectional diameter of one valve, 6 
millimetres. 

Localities —Table Cape (R&. JL. Johnston!); lower and 
upper beds at Muddy Creek, but common in the latter only. 


Chione Corioensis, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 1. 

Sub-quadrately ovate, sub-depressed, inequilateral; umbo 
small, situated in the anterior third; anterior side narrowed, 
abruptly rounded; posterior side broader, and obliquely rounded 
at the end; the post-dorsal margin is horizontal and straight ; 
ventral margin much ecurved. Lunule ill-defined. 

Surface smooth and shining, with distant linear concentric 
sulci, the intervening flat sub-imbricating interspaces, becoming 
thread-like at the front and the two extremities ; a few indis- 
tinct fine radial corrugations appear towards the antero-ventral 
margin. Angulated lines of colour are visible in the umbonal 
and median regions. Margin of valves plain. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 7°25 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 6°75. 

; Locality —In the calciferous sandstone at Corio Bay, Gee- 
ong. 

This species bears a strong resemblance to the young of 


158 


C. strigosa, but is proportionately shorter, the’concentric ridges 
are flat, and not at all undulose. 


Chione dictua, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 2. 
Transversely-oblong, inequilateral, rather depressed, broadly 
- rounded in front, narrowed and obliquely truncate behind. 
Umbo acute, incurved, directed forward, situated in the anterior 
third; dorsal margin about equally sloping on both sides, 
straight behind, and feebly concave in front of the umbo. 
Surface ornamented with flat closely-set riblets somewhat 
irregular in thickness, but always wider than the linear inter- 
spaces, and decussated by concentric strie and raised threads, 
more distant from each other than are the radial riblets, the 
concentric threads acquire the form of thin slightly elevated 
lamelle at the two extremities. Lunule lanceolate, slightly 
concave, and medially elevated, sculptured with fine lamelle of 
erowth and circumscribed by a deep groove. Margin of valves, 
except post-dorsal, finely crenulated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior, 10; umbo-ventral, 7; and 
sectional diameter of both valves, 3°5 millimetres. 

Locality —Oyster beds of the River Murray Cliffs at Nor’- 
West Bend. 

C. dictua has some affinity to C. striatissima and to young 
examples of C. gallinula, but the shape is different, and the 
sculpture very much finer. 


GENUS CYTHEREA. 


SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. 


A. Lamellate ruge on the posterior slope. 
Transversely-ovate, acuminated posteriorly. 
C. paucirugata. 


More triangular, truncated behind. C. Murrayana. 

B. Smooth. 
Transversely-oval, somewhat produced and truncated 
behind. C. tenuis. 
Ovately-trigonal, rounded behind. C’. eburnea. 
Oval, subacuminated posteriorly. C. submultistriata. 


Cytherea paucirugata, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 14. 
Transversely-ovate ; somewhat acuminate at both ends, espe- 
cially behind ; very inequilateral, moderately convex, thick ; 
the front-dorsal slope is straightish, or a little incurved at the 
lunule, and much more descending than the post-dorsal margin, 
which is at first broadly curved, finally narrowly obliquely 
truncated ; the ventral margin is widely arched, but is indis- 

tinctly sinuated in front of the post-ventral angulation. 
The umbones are small, approximate, situated about one- 


159 


fourth of the entire length of the shell from the anterior end. 
The lunule is narrow-lanceolate, ill-defined, faintly cireum- 
scribed, and slenderly striated. The exterior of the valves is 
somewhat shining, coarsely concentrically striated, and bears 
a few remote concentric ribs, which are raised into scale-like 
lamelle at the front margin and on the posterior slope, appear- 
ing on the latter in two rows, corresponding with the two ob- 
scure ridges, which proceed from the umbo to the angles of the 
posterior truncation. Ventral margin finely crenulated. ; 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 39; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 30; sectional diameter of both valves, 21 milli- 
metres. 

Locality—Very common in the younger beds at Muddy 
Creek, Hamilton. 

This species closely resembles the living Callista Victorie, 
Tenison- Woods (—Chione rutila, Hanley), from which it differs 
by being proportionately longer, by the more acuminate and 
biangulated posterior extremity, by the flatter posterior slope, 
which is usually ornamented with two rows of elevated scales. 


Cytherea Murrayana, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 18. 

Perhaps only an extreme form of C. paucirugata, nearly as 
broad as long; more widely truncated, and not at all acumi- 
nated posteriorly ; the scale-like lamelle small and developed 
on the anterior and post-dorsal margins only ; the posterior 
slope is more angulated, and the lunule is much wider and 
deeper. Faint and distant radial threads are here and there 
visible on the surface. | 

Dimensions—Antero-posterior diameter, 32; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 29 millimetres. 

Locality.x—Oyster beds of the River Murray Cliffs at Nor’- 
West Bend. 


Cytherea tenuis, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 16. 

Transversely-oval, thin, moderately convex, inequilateral, a 
little narrower in front than behind, where it is somewhat 
truncated. The umbo is rather small incurved, situated at 
about one-fourth of the whole length from the front. The post- 
dorsal margin is elongate, nearly straight, the anterior being 
much shorter, more descending, and slightly curved ; the ven- 
tral outline is gently arcuate, ascending more in front than be- 
hind. The lunule is broadly lanceolate, shallow, striated, and 
circumscribed by an impressed line. The exterior surface is 
shining, very finely concentrically striated. 

The margin of the valves is plain. 

The pallial sinus is large, broad, deep, obliquely ascending, 
extending to the centre of the valve, abruptly rounded at the 
end. 


160 


Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 27; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 20; sectional diameter of both valves, 13 milli- 
metres, 

Locality.—In the clayey green sands, Adelaide bore. 


Cythera eburnea, spec. nov. Plate xviii., fig. 7. 


Ovate-subtrigonal, inequilateral, rather thin and convex, 
sub-acuminate anteriorly, and bluntly rounded posteriorly. 
The umbones are rather small, moderately acute, curved over 
towards the front, situated at about one-third of the whole 
length from the front. The dorsal margin descends consider- 
ably on both sides, the anterior nearly straight, the posterior 
much longer, and slightly arched ; the ventral outline is ‘gently 
curved, ascending much more in front than behind. Lunule, 
large, broadly cordate, scarcely sunken, a little elevated along 
the middle, circumscribed by an impressed line, and striated 
by growth lines. 

The exterior is smooth, shining, white, marked at intervals 
with narrow subtranslucent zones, and ornamented with a few 
incised lines and striz, developing into raised threads at the 
extremities. 

The pallial sinus is moderately deep, obliquely ascending, 
and sharply rounded at the end. 

The margin of the valves is plain. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 16; umboventral 
diameter, 13; sectional diameter of both valves, 10 millimetres. 

Localities —Common in the older beds at Muddy Creek, and 
in the calciferous sandstone of the River Murray Cliffs near 
Morgan; also in the yellow sand rock, Corio Bay; in the blue 
clays at Schnapper Point, Port Phillip; Table Cape (A. 
Johnston !). 


Cytherea submultistriata, spec. nov. Plate xviii., figs. 6 and 8. 


Transversely elongate-ovate, moderately convex, thick ; 
anterior side shorter; posterior side subacuminately produced. 
Surface with distant growth folds and finely concentrically 
striated. Lunule lanceolate, shallow, defined by an impressed 
line. The pallial line is much nearer to the margin than in 
allied species; the sinus is wide and deep, reaching to the 
centre of the valve; it is obliquely narrowly truncated at the 
end. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 30; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 22; sectional diameter of both valves, 14 miulli- 
metres. 

Localities—Upper ,beds at Muddy Creek; variety (fig. 6), 
in a well-sinking, Cooke’s Plains, east of Wellington, River 
Murray. . 


161 


This species resembles the living C. multistriata, Sow., 
C. disrupta, Sow., and C. Diemenensis, Hanley ; in its oval out- 
line it comes nearest to C. multistriata, but its post-dorsal 
margin is straight, and the pallial line and sinus are different, 
being like those in C. disrupta. 

The variety (fig. 6), of which only one specimen has been 
obtained, makes some approach to C. eburnea; it is shorter and 
more convex than the type, but is connected with it by two 
examples from Muddy Creek. 


Genus DosInta. 


SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. 
Regular concentric ridges. 


Valve flat ; ridges thick, depressed. D. Johnstont. 
Valve rather tumid ; ridges thin, erect. D. Grayii. 
Inequidistant concentric sulcations. D, imparistriata. 


Dosinia Johnstoni, spec. nov. Plate xiv., figs. 9 and 12. 

Orbicular, lenticular, moderately convex, somewhat thin and 
glossy, inequilateral. 

Umbones moderate, curved forward, and situated at about 
one-fourth of the whole length of the valve from the front. 
Lunule ovately-cordate, short, impressed, elevated in the 
middle, very finely striated. 

The exterior is ornamented with concentric ridges, which are 
regular, numerous, thick, depressed, with reflexed acute edges, 
and separated by linear deep sulci (about 20 in a breadth of 10 
millimetres, measured from the ventral margin); at the ex- 
tremities the lire are fewer, and are here and there raised into 
more or less elevated scales. The posterior hinge area some- 
what angulated and lamellated. 

The palliai sinus is triangular, with a broad base, extending 
horizontally to a little beyond the middle of the valve; apex 
acute. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 27; umbo-ventrai, 
25; sectional diameter of one valve, 7 millimetres. 

Localities—Upper beds at Muddy Creek, Hamilton; Table 
Cape (&. M. Johnston !) 


Dosinia Grayii, Zittel. 

Reference—Pal. von Neu-Seeland, p. 45, t. 15, f. 11; 7d, 
Hutton, Tertiary Moll. of N. Zealand, p. 22, 1873. 

“ Orbicular, solid, tumid, sub-equilateral, with distant con- 
centric lamelle, more elevated at the extremities. Umbos 
inflated, incurved, acute. Anterior side sloping, rounded pos- 
teriorly ; lunule large, oblong-cordiform, deeply impressed, 


M 


162 


striated, circumscribed by an acute edge. Pallial sinus tri- 
angular, apex acute.’ —Zittel. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior and umbo-ventral diameters, 
60; sectional diameter of united valves, 40 millimetres. 

Locality.—Yellow limetone of the sea cliffs at Edithburgh 
on west side of St. Vincent Gulf; also the Pareora and Wan- 
ganui formations, New Zealand. 

This identification is based on the comparison with an 
authentic specimen of the species. 


Dosinia imparistriata, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 11. 

Orbicular-cordate, rather gibbous, somewhat thin and glossy, 
inequilateral. Umbones rather large, curved forward, and 
situated at about one-third of the whole length from the front. 
Lunule short and narrow, medially elevated, ornamented with 
imbricating lamelle. 

The exterior is ornamented with linear concentric sulci at 
variable distances from one another; at the extremities the 
interspaces are raised into thickish, but little elevated lamelle. 
The posterior hinge area is somewhat flatly rounded. 

The pallial sinus is broad, obliquely ascending to a little 
beyond the middle of the valve, apex obtuse. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 13; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 12; sectional diameter of one valve, 4. 

Locality —Clayey green-sand, Adelaide bore. 

This species is remarkable for the inequidistant concentric 
sculpture. 


Meroe gibberula, spec. nov. Plate xv., figs. 4a—4b. 

Ovate-cordate, subequilateral, slightly convex, and rather 
swollen behind the umbo; thick, polished ; umbo acute, directed 
forwards, a little in front of the centre; posterior side broader 
and truncately rounded, anterior side produced, acuminately 
rounded. Margin of the valves closely and finely crenulated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 28; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 23; sectional diameter of united valves, 13 millimetres. 

Locality —Common in the upper beds, Muddy Creek. 

This species very closely resembles the living MZ. Alicia, 
Angas, from which it differs by being more gibbous in the post- 
dorsal region, and in consequence of which the escutcheon is 
much broader; it is, moreover, not so truncated on the posterior 
margin, which is not quite so long. 


FAMILY PETRICOLIDA. 
Venerupis paupertina, spec. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 15. 
Shell ovate-oblong, moderately convex ; anterior side short, 
somewhat acuminately rounded ; posterior side truncated, ob- 


163 


tusely angled from the umbo to the post-ventral border ; ven- 
tral and post-dorsal margins straight, almost parallel. Umbo 
conspicuous, incurved ; lunule small, but well defined. 

Surface with somewhat distant and irregularly disposed con- 
centric lamelle, slightly crenated and foliated, especially on 
the posterior slope, and rayed with rather distant flat ribs, 
equal in width to the interspaces. Hinge of right valve with 
three cardinal teeth, widely and equally separated ; the an- 
terior one short and stout, the others very prominent and 
simple; the ligamental lamella extends to more than half the 
length of the post-dorsal line. Pallial sinus small, rounded, 
horizontal. 


Dimensions —Length, 12; height, 7; thickness through both 
valves, 5 millimetres. 


Localities —Upper beds at Muddy Creek, Hamilton; and 
oyster beds of the River Murray Cliffs at the Nor’-West 
Bend. 


This species has a great resemblance to V. evotica, Lamarck, 
but the umbo is larger and more cordate ; the posterior margin 
is narrower, the post-dorsal area is more defined, and the radial 
ribs are flat, and not angular; internally further diiferences 
are presented by the cardinal teeth and the elongate ligamen- 
tal lamella. In its flat ribs and cordate umbo, the fossil re- 
sembles V. mitis, Desh., but is in other respects different. 


Genus TELLINA. 


SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. 


A. Siphonal inflection confounded with the pallial line. 

Elongate, hardly compressed, posteriorly subrostrated. 

T. lata. 
Oval, compressed, posteriorly sub-angular. 

T. albinelloides. 
Oblong, posteriorly short and cuneiform. Umbo in 
posterior one-fourth; ventral margin nearly straight. 
T. porrecta. 
Umbo in posterior one-third; ventral margin arched; 


lamellate T. Masont. 
Triangularly-ovate, compressed, posteriorly flexuous and 
obsoletely carinated T. Cainozoica. 


B. Siphonal inflection detached from the pallial line. 
Oval-oblong, nearly equilateral ; somewhat smooth. 
T. equilatera. 
Elongate oval; inequilateral ; concentrically ridged. 
T. Stirlings. 


164 


Tellina Cainozoica, 7. Woods, Plate xviii., fig. 5. 


Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1876, p. 113. 

Ovate-oblong, equivalve, inequilateral, very compressed and 
thin; anterior end rounded, posterior end sub-rostrated, not 
inflected ; posterior carina inconspicuous and very close to the 
margin; umbos small, obtuse, antemedian. Surface ornamented 
with very fine and close growth-lines, and equidistant thin, 
erect, inconspicuous lamelle. Interior unknown. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 24; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 15; intersection of the diameters at 11:5 from the 
anterior end ; sectional diameter, 5. 

Locality —Table Cape, Tasmania (&. IW. Johnston!) 

This species, uniquely represented, so closely resembles 
T. alba, Quoy and Gaimard, of the same size, actual specimens of 
which from the Wanganui series in New Zealand have been 
under observation, as to suggest the probability of its being 
nerely an individual variation of that species. However 
trivial the distinctive characters are, yet should they hereafter 
be found constant, the claim to specific rank will be fairly well 
established. 

It differs from ZY alba in its more central umbo, not so 
acutely angular posteriorly, and by the presence of raised 
erowth-lines. 

Tellina lata, Quoy and Gaimard. 

Reference.—V oy. de | Astrolabe, t. 81, figs. 8-10, vol. 3, p. 497 
(1835). 

Locality.—Oyster-banks or the superior fossiliferous beds in 
the cliffs of Aldinga Bay. 

Dimensions of the largest example.—Antero-posterior, 125 ;. 
umbo-ventral, 75 ; sectional diameter, 28. . 

I have little hesitancy in referring the fossils to the living 
species inhabiting North Australia and the Indo-Pacific regions, 
despite the fact they are somewhat imperfectly preserved, and 
have not been compared with actual specimens. 


Tellina albinelloides, spec. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 4a—4b. 


Oval, subequilateral, very compressed, thin, pellucid, anterior 
side rounded, posterior side produced, subangulated, and 
slightly folded. Umbones inconspicuous, acute, directed back- 
ward, and situated a very little in front of the centre. The 
exterior is ornamented with fine, regular, concentric strie,. 
which are raised into thin, narrow, imbricating lamelle on the 
angulated posterior slope. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 44; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 22; sectional diameter through closed valves, 5°5 
millimetres. 

Locality —Common in the upper beds at Muddy Creek. 


165 


The fossil shells are not readily separable from Z. albinella, 
inhabiting Southern Australia, with which they agree in den- 
tition and in the broad deep pallial inflection, the posterior 
line of which is confluent with the pallial impression. In its 
adult stage 7. albinelloides is about the same size of ordinarily 
full-grown examples of Z albinella; but it is more decidedly 
inequivalve, the right valve being markedly depressed, espe- 
cially in the posterior half, in consequence of which greater 
prominence is given to the small subacute umbo. The breadth 
is proportionately less, and therefore the front dorsal slope is 
less arched ; the post-ventral margin does not ascend so rapidly, 
which with the straighter front dorsal margin impart a con- 
tour sufficiently distinctive to be of specific value. The young 
shells of each differ in the following particulars :—In 7’. alb:- 
nella the posterior side is narrow and more rostrated, in 7. 
albinelloides it is broader, abruptly arched, and shortly ros- 
trated. 

The ornament is equally variable in the fossil as in the living 
analogue. 


Tellina porrecta, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 8. 

Transversely-elongated, very inequilateral, the anterior side 
three times as long as the posterior; narrowed and sharply 
rounded in front, cuneiform behind ; moderately convex. The 
ventral margin is broadly rounded at the middle and front, in- 
curved posteriorly. Surface ornamented with fine distant con- 
centric lire, which are more pronounced on the posterior slope. 
Dentition unknown. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 9°25 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 4°5 ; sectional diameter of one valve, one millimetre. 

Locality —Green sands, Adelaide bore. 


Tellina Masoni, spec. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 6a—6D. 

Transversely-oblong, rather convex, inequilateral, the an- 
terior side twice as long as the posterior. Front-dorsal margin 
elongated, hardly oblique, slightly arched ; post-dorsal margin 
rapidly descending, straight, and narrowly truncated at the 
extremity; ventral margin arched anteriorly and towards the 
posterior side inconspicuously incurved. The left valve is feebly 
concavely depressed behind the posterior carination. 

The exterior surface is ornamented by closely-set, thin, very 
slightly elevated concentric lamelle. There are two cardinal 
teeth in each valve, and well-developed laterals in the right. 
Pallial sinus very large, reaching to near the anterior adductor 
scar. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 18; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 11; sectional diameter of both valves, 6 millimetres. 

Loculity.—Rare in the older beds at Muddy Creek. 


166 


It is with much pleasure I associate with the species the 
name of the proprietor of the land on which the chief fos- 
siliferous deposits of Muddy Creek are found; also because of 
his hospitality and assistance rendered to all visitors in search 
of fossils. 


Tellina equilatera, spec.nov. Plate xvi., figs. 5a—5b and 9a—9O ; 
plate xx., fig. 19. 

Ovate-oblong, subequilateral, rather thick, smooth, and 
somewhat convex. Post-dorsal margin straight, a little more 
descending than in front, which is slightly incurved ; front 
margin broadly rounded; posterior side narrower, abruptly 
and narrowly rounded at the extremity. There is a slight 
radial depression near the post-dorsal margin, proceeding from 
the umbo, which produces an inconspicuous insinuation at the 
posterior extr remity. The umbones are small, acute, and situated 
a very little in front of the centre. 

The exterior is ornamented with fine incised concentric lines 
and zones of colour. The siphonal inflection is very deep, 
narrow, rounded at the extremity, reaching to near the anterior 
adductor scar, and is quite detached from the pallial impres- 
sion. 

The left valve has one bifid cardinal tooth; the right valve 
with two cardinal teeth, the posterior one much larger and 
bifid ; a strong lateral tooth on each side, the anterior one 
being nearer to the cardinal teeth. 

Dimensions of a medium-sized example :—Antero-posterior 
diameter, 52; umbo-ventral diameter, 35; sectional diameter 
of left valve at three-sevenths from the umbo, 8°5 millimetres. 

Locality —Upper beds at Muddy Creek; calciferous sand- 
stone, River Murray Cliffs, near Morgan. 

Plate xx., fig. 19, represents an adult example from Muddy 
Creek ; plate XVl., ‘fig. 5, an averaged-size specimen, also from 
Muddy Creek ; plate xvi., fig. 9, 1s a young shell from the 
River Murray Cliffs—the figure, however, is not correct, being 
too much angled posteriorly, and too much arched ventrally. 


Tellina Stirlingi, spec. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 7a—7D. 


Elongate-oval, considerably inequilateral, rather thin, sub- 
pellucid, and somewhat convex; the anterior side is half as 
long again as the posterior, narrowed and subacuminately 
rounded behind. Surface ornamented concentrically with 
slender, not crowded, subacute ridges, and a few broadish fur- 
rows. 

There are two cardinal teeth in each valve, and well- 
developed laterals in the right. The siphonal sinus is large, 
rounded, ascending into the umbonal cavity, reaching to mid- 


167 | 


way between the adductor scars, and is quite free from the 
pallial line. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 10; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 6; sectional diameter of both valves, 3°5 milli- 
metres. 

Locality—Not uncommon in the lower beds at Muddy 
Creek. 

Species-name in compliment to Mr. James Stirling, F.GS., 
F.L.S., who has so ably described the physiographic features of 
the Victorian Alps in a long series of papers communicated to 
several Scientific Societies. 


Strigilla australis, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 6. 

Oval, compressed, thin, shining, inequilateral, the posterior 
side being the longer; umbo small, acute. The sculpture con- 
sists of incised lines, which, as regards direction, are grouped 
in three distinct regions—(1) On the anterior side they are 
transverse, more or less coincident with the margin, becoming 
(2) oblique on the median portion, those nearest the front 
being abruptly bent, the included angle widening towards the 
umbones; (3) the narrow post-dorsal area is covered with 
numerous oblique strie, interrupted by the posterior lines of 
the middle region, and making with them acute angles, di- 
rected ventrally. The umbonal region has concentric striz 
only. The left valve has one bifid cardinal tooth and an ap- 
proximate lateral denticle on each side. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 95; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 7'5 millimetres. 


Locality —Uower beds at Muddy Creek. 


Psammobia Hamiltonensis, Late. Plate xvi., fig. 13. 


Reference.—Southern Science Record, January, 1885, p. 4. 

Shell shining, compressed ; transversely elliptical, attenuated 
anteriorly, and oblquely truncated posteriorly; sculptured 
with incised lines concentric with the margin, which become 
ruge on the angulated posterior area. 

The fossil closely resembles the living P. zonalis, Lk., from 
which it differs in being narrower, more attenuated anteriorly, 
and less abruptly truncated posteriorly. The post-dorsal line 
is not so straight, and the post-ventral margin is a little more 
ascending, so that the posterior margin is more attenuated and 
less abruptly truncated ; the anterior margin is also more pro- 
_ duced. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 31; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 15 millimetres. 

Localities —Common in the upper beds at Muddy Creek, 
Hamilton (#. 7.) ; Table Cape (2. I. Johnston !) 


168 


Psammobia equalis, Tate. Plate xvi., fig. 10. 


Reference—Southern Science Record, January, 1885, p. 4. 

Shell compressed ; umbo central, depressed ; transversely 
elliptic; attenuated anteriorly ; roundly truncated posteriorly ; 
sculptured with concentric closely arranged raised lines. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 22; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 11 millimetres. 

Localities. —Upper beds at Muddy Creek ; Middle Murravian 
series near Morgan, on the River Murray (&. 7.); Table Cape 
(R. MW. Johnston '). 

This species differs from P. Hamiltonensis by the absence of 
a posterior keel. Its representative in living creation is the 
British P. tellinella, Lk., from which it differs by its central 
and depressed umbo, compressed valves, more attenuated 
anterior margin, and rounded posterior margin. 


Donax Dixoni, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 15. 


Triangularly ovate, subequilateral, the posterior side being a 
little longer, flatly convex; posterior margin obliquely trun- 
cated, anterior side acuminately rounded. Umbones a little 
oblique, small, situated a little in front of the centre. 

Surface ornamented by broad flatly rounded radial ribs, 
which are wrinkled by concentric striz and grooves; on the 
posterior slope the coste are not much wider than the inter- 
vening sulci; but on the post-medial area the sulci are linear ; 
the radial costs become obsolete en the anterior side. 

Ventral margin of the valves coarsely crenulated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 10; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 6°5 ; sectional diameter of one valve, at about the 
middle, 2 millimetres. 

Locality.—Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 

Species-name in compliment to Mr. Samuel Dixon, my com- 
panion on many geological excursions. 

The species has much resemblance to D, cardioides, Lamarck, 
but is not abruptly inflated medially. 


Donax depressa, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 11. 


Broadly triangularly ovate, very inequilateral, rather de- 
pressed, but abruptly and sharply elevated from the umbo to 
the post-ventral angle; posterior side depressed and roundly 
truncated at the extremity ; anterior extremity sub-acuminately 
rounded. The ventral margin is nearly straight, but is incon- 
spicuously incurved in front of the keel. 

The surface of the anterior portion is almost smooth, finely 
radiaily and distantly concentrically grooved; granulately 
wrinkled on the keel; radially and concentrically finely ridged 
on the depressed, flat posterior area. 


169 


Margin of the valves plain. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 37; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 25; sectional diameter of one valve, 6 millimetres. 

Locality.—Oyster beds at Nor.’- West Bend, River Murray. 


FAMILY SEMELIDZ. 


Semele vesiculosa, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 12. 


Transversely ovate, inequilateral, somewhat inflated. The 
anterior side is the longer and rounded, the posterior side is 
obtuse angled; slightly inequivalve, the right valve notso con- 
vex as the other, and less inconspicuously angled at the um- 
bonal slope; umbones acute, approximate, situated a little 
behind the centre; front dorsal margin slightly incurved 
in front of the beaks; post-dorsal margin slightly arched, 
with a considerable descending slope; ventral margin 
broadly arched at the front and middle, slightly insinuated 
posteriorly. Lunule broadly lanceolate, hardly impressed. 

Exterior surface, glossy, white, with a few growth lines. 

Left valve with one cardinal tooth in front of and rather 
distant from the short narrow oblique cartilage pit, sometimes 
with a small short lamina arising from the distal end of the 
cardinal tooth and directed backwards. Right valve with two 
divergent cardinal teeth in front of the cartilage pit. There 
is a well-developed lateral on each side. The pallial sinus is 
wide, broadly rounded at the apex, and extending for two- 
thirds across the interior. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 9; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 6; sectional diameter of both valves, 5 millimetres. 

Locality. Not rare in the lower beds at Muddy Creek. 

Var., with longer posterior side and more pointed extremity 
common in the calciferous sandstones of the River Murray 
Cliffs near Morgan. 


Semele Krauseana, spec. nov. Plate xvi., figs. 18a—18b. 


Transversely-oval, inequilateral, thin, moderately convex; 
the valves a little unequal, both are turned conspicuously to 
the right at the hinder end, and there shghtly gaping. The 
anterior side is the longer and rounded, the posterior subros- 
trated, with a slight fold continued from the umbo to the post- 
ventral margin. The umbones are very small, acute, contiguous, 
situated at four-sevenths of the whole length from the front ; 
lunule lanceolate concave. The dorsal margins are straight, the 
hinder more rapidly sloping than the front; the ventral margin 
is broadly arched anteriorly, slightly incurved, and rapidly as- 
cending posteriorly. The exterior surface is shining, white, with 
one or two zones of colour; concentrically finely striated. 


170 


Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 21; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 12 ; sectional diameter of closed valves, 7 millimetres. 

Localities —Clays at Schnapper Point, Port Phillip ; lower 
beds at Muddy Creek; calciferous sandstone of the River 
Murray Cliffs near Morgan. 

Professor McCoy, in Report Geol. Surv., Victoria, No. 2, 
figures on p. 22, under the name of Tellina Krausez, the im- 
pression of a Tellina-like shell obtained near Stawell, and 
states that the species is common in the Tertiary beds at 
Schnapper Point. It may possibly be Semele Krauseana, with 
which it agrees in shape, but doubtfully so, as the drawing 
indicates an ornamentation of thick concentric ridges, unless, 
however, it be faulty in this particular. The figure is unac- 
companied by description. 

The species-name is in compliment to Mr. F. M. Krausé, 
F.G.S., Lecturer on Geology at the Ballarat School of Mines, 
and late of the Geological Survey of Victoria. 


FAMILY MACTRIDA. 


Genus MaAcrTRa. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 
Broadly ovately-trigonal; subacuminately produced pos- 


teriorly ; wavy wrinkled at the sides. MM. axiniformis. 
Shorter and broader; posterior side straight; concentric 
strie simple at the sides. M. Hamiltonensis. 


Elongate-ovate, attenuated at the extremities. 
MM. Howchiniana. 


Mactra axiniformis, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. la—1b. 

Ovately trigonal; thickish, rather tumid, inequilateral, 
bluntly rounded in front, the posterior side the longer and 
sub-acuminately produced. Ventral margin broadly arched, in- 
conspicuously insinuated towards the posterior extremity ; 
dorsal margins about equally sloping, the front a little arched, 
the posterior one longer, at first slightly ecurved, thence 
straight. ‘lhe surface 1s shining, brown with zones of lighter 
colour; almost smooth in the medio-dorsal region; the rest of 
the valve ornamented with concentric slender growth-ridges 
and strie; the ridges are fewer, thicker, and wrinkled on the 
anterior angulation, those on the posterior carination are 
obliquely striated. 

The pallial line is very broad and near the margin, the 
siphonal inflection is horizontal, rounded at the end, and ex- 
tends to a little more than one-fourth the distance between the 
adductor scars. 


slat 


Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 42; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 29°5 ; sectional diameter of united valves, 20 milli- 
metres. 

Locality—Common in the upper beds at Muddy Creek. 

This species has the aspect of JL. rufescens, Lamarck, a well- 
known shell inhabiting the temperate regions of Australia, from 
which it differs by being more attenuated in front and behind, 
proportionately longer, and having finer ornament. 


Mactra Hamiltonensis, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. 4a—4b. 

Ovately elongate, subequilateral, slightly convex, thin, 
shining. The anterior side is rather shorter than the pos- 
terior, the former is broader and obtusely rounded at the end, the 
latter is narrowed towards the end, where it is sharply rounded. 

The ornament consists of thin elevated growth lines, which 
are here and there confluent one with another. 

The pallial sinus is sharply rounded at the end, and reaches 
a third of the length across the valves. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 23; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 18; sectional diameter of united valves, 9 milli- 
metres. 

Locality.—Common in the upper beds at Muddy Creek. 

This species is the analogue of the living JL polita, Chemnitz, 
of Southern Australia, from which it differs by its flatter valves 
and less triangular outline, being proportionately longer and 
the ventral margin not so broadly curved. 


Mactra Howchiniana, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. 3a—3b. 

Oblong, attenuated at both extremities, inequilateral, thin, 
shining. The anterior side is shorter and narrower than the 
posterior, the front-dorsal margin is slightly concave, the post- 
dorsal slightly arched; the ventral margin is almost straight 
medially, but ascends more rapidly behind than in front. 

The surface is concentrically finely ridged and striated. 

The lateral teeth are transversely wrinkled on the dorsal 
face. The pallial sinus is rather broad, rounded at the apex, 
confounded with the pallial line, and extends about half-way 
across the valve. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 41; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 23; sectional diameter of both valves, 12 millimetres. 

Locality.—Rare in the lower beds at Muddy Creek. Young 
shells not uncommon in the calciferous sand-rock of the River 
Murray Cliffs, near Morgan; rare in the clays at Schnapper 
Point, Hobson Bay. 

The specific name is in compliment to Mr. Walter Howchin, 
F.G.S., who has elaborated for the author the Foraminifera of 
the Older Tertiary beds of Australia. 


172 
Zenatiopsis angustata, Tate. 
Pa aia Roy. Soc., S. Aust., 1879, p. 129, 4. 5, 
g. 6. 

Externally like the living Zenatia acinaces, Quoy and Gai- 
mard, but is narrower, more attenuated posteriorly, and the 
anterior side is longer and not so abruptly arched; internally 
at differs by the presence of a thick rib descending vertically 
from the umbo. 

Localities—Gastropod-bed of the River Murray Cliffs near 
Morgan; upper and lower beds at Muddy Creek; Table Cape 
(Hobart Mus. !) 


FAMILY PAPHIIDA, 


Amnapa variabilis, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. 5a—5b. 

Ovately-trigonal, rather thin, inequilateral; umbones in- 
flated, antemedian; posterior side the longer, bluntly rounded at 
the extremity; the anterior end is rounded, and the front- 
dorsal slope slightly incurved. The surface is ornamented 
with moderately fine growth ridges and strie. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 17°5; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 13°5; sectional diameter of united valves, 11 milli- 
metres. 

Locality—Common in the oyster banks of Blanche Point 
Cliff, Aldinga Bay. 

The figured example fairly represents the mean of extremes 
of form assumed by this species, which is closely related to 
A. cuneata and A. triquetra; from which it differs by its greater 
gibbosity, rounded posterior extremity, and the convex not 
flattened posterior slope. Some very young examples are 
triquetrous, and with difficulty separable from A. triquetra at 
the same stage of growth. 


FAMILY ANATINIDZ. 


Thracia perscabrosa, spec. nov. Plate xv., fig. 5. 


Right valve moderately convex, ovately-oblong, narrowed in 
front and broadly truncated behind; umbones post-median ; 
posterior area concavely depressed, separated from the rest of 
the valve by a rounded carination extending from the umbo to 
the post-ventral angle. The post-dorsal margin is nearly 
straight, nearly parallel with the ventral margin ; the front 
dorsal margin is somewhat ecurved and oblique. The anterior 
end is rather wedge-shaped, and rounded at the extremity; the 
posterior end is abruptly truncated, forming a rounded angle 
with the ventral margin, and an obtuse angle (about 105 deg.) 
with the dorsal margin; the ventral margin is very little 
curved, ascending in front. 


173 


The posterior area is coarsely granulated, the rest of the 
surface less so; conspicuous folds of growth occur at irrecular 
intervals. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 33; umbo-ventrak 
diameter, 21; sectional diameter of right valve, 7 millimetres. 

Localities —Muddy Creek (lower beds)—a right valve only ; 
Adelaide bore, a left valve, probably of the same species. 

Among recent species this fossil shell is much like 7. speciosa,. 
Angas, but is less inequilateral, and more attenuated at the front. 


Genus Myopora. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 


a. Elongate, subinequivalve. 
Anterior side five times as long as the posterior ; 


broadish. M. prelonga. 
Anterior not much longer than the posterior; very 
narrow. MM. angustior. 


B. Right valve convex; left valve flat. 
Right valve oblong; finely concentrically ridged, radially 


striated. M. tenuilirata., 
Right valve ovately-oblong, with numerous close con- 
centric ridges. MM. australis. 


Right valve ovate, with few distant concentric ridges. 
MM. corrugata. 
Right valve triangularly ovate, somewhat acuminate: 
anteriorly ; left valve truncated posteriorly. 
ML. lamellata. 
? ? ; left valve equilaterally trigonal. 
M. equilateralis.. 


Myodora prelonga, spec. nov. Plate xix., figs. 12a—12d. 


Elongately-oblong, thickish, inequivalve, very inequilateral,. 
the anterior side being about five-sixths the total length, 
anteriorly rounded and posteriorly vertically truncated. The 
front dorsal slope is slightly convex, the post-dorsal margin 
incurved behind the umbo, ventral margin almost straight, and 
horizontal ; the post-dorsal slope is bluntly angulated. 

The surface of the valves is smooth, with concentric growth 
lines. 

The pallial sinus is broad, rounded at the end, and extends to 
nearly half the length of the shell. 

The right valve is moderately convex, the other is depressed, 
almost flat. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 14; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 7'5; sectional diameter of right valve, 2:25 millimetres. 


174 


Locality.—U pper beds at Muddy Creek. 

This Thracia-lke species is very similar to and has the same 
interior characters as Alicia angustata, Angas, but is more 
robust and broader. 


Myodora angustior, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 16. 


This species is related to the last, but is less inequilateral, 
and is much narrower than the allied species IL. angustata; the 
concentric ridges are more pronounced, and the post-umbonal 
angulation is almost obsolete. The pallial sinus, which is 
strap-shaped, extends across to the anterior adductor scar as in 
Alicia elegantula, Angas; but the shape of that species is very 
different. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 10; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 4°5 millimetres. 


Locality —Upper beds at Muddy Creek. 


Myodora tenuilirata, spec. nov Plate xvii., figs. 9Ia—9b. 


Transversely elongate-oblong, thin, inequilateral, somewhat 
acuminately rounded in front, abruptly truncated behind. 
Right valve moderately convex; post-dorsal margin nearly 
straight, much longer than the front-dorsal margin, which 
makes with it an angle of about 150 deg.; posterior margin ver- 
tically truncated ; ventral margin very gently curved, except 
towards the anterior, where it rapidly ascends. Conspicuously 
carinated from the umbo to the post-ventral angle. Surface 
ornamented with close-set, fine, concentric ridges, crossed by 
radial wavy microscopic thread-like lines. Left valve flat, a 
little. concave in the umbonal region, with a few concentric 
lines, but the radiating minute threads more conspicuous and 
crowded than on the other valve. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 16; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 10; sectional diameter of both valves, 3 millimetres. 

Localities —Victorta: lower beds at Muddy Creek; Corio 
Bay; Schnapper Point. S. Avstraxia: Turitella grits at 
Ardrossan ; oyster beds of the River Murray Cliffs at Nor’- 
West Bend; gastropod beds near Morgan. . 

Among living species IZ. tenuilirata has a general resem- 
blance to Mf. pandoreformis, Stutchbury, but it differs from it 
by being less convex, more produced posteriorly, its post- 
dorsal margin straighter, its ventral margin less arched, and 
by its more numerous concentric ribs. The fossil congener, 
MM. australis, is easily separable from it by its shape. 


Myodora australis, Johnston. Plate xvii., figs. 10a—10b. 


Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., for 1879, p. 40. 
Ovately-oblong, inequilateral, thick, anterior side the 


175 


shorter, with a rounded extremity, posterior side abruptly 
truncated at the end. Right valve moderately convex, faintly 
ridged from the umbo to the post-ventral angle; concentrically 
ridged, the ridges about equidistant, and as broad as the con- 
eave interspaces, about ten in the space of five millimetres from 
the medial ventral margin. 

Left valve flat or slightly convex, inconspicuously concavely 
depressed in the post-dorsal region, ornamented with concentric 
strie, and radiating microscopic thread-like lines. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 17; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 18; sectional diameter of both valves, 5°5 mill- 
metres. 

Localities.—Table Cape (R. IL. Johnston !) ; lower beds at 
Muddy Creek. 

This species has more affinities with Jf. ovata, Reeve, than 
any other living, but it is more oblong with more numerous 
and closer concentric ridges on the convex valve, whilst the 
flat valve is concentrically striated and not plicated. 


Myodora corrugata, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. lla—11b. 


Ovate, somewhat triangular, thick; ornamented with few, 
subdistant, thick, rounded, concentric ridges. It is extremely 
like JL. ovata, Reeve, but has fewer concentric ridges. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 18; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 14°5 ; sectional diameter, 4 millimetres. 

Localities —Not uncommon in the upper beds at Muddy 
Creek ; oyster banks, Government House quarry, at Adelaide. 


Myodora lamellata, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. 6a—6c and 7. 


Trigonally-ovate, rather solid, subequilateral, anteriorly 
rather acuminate; posterior margin scarcely truncated to 
somewhat acuminately produced and sinuated. Right valve 
very convex, depressed down the posterior side; the dorsal 
margins about equally sloping and slightly incurved, the an- 
terior rather more arcuated; ventral margin moderately 
arched, abruptly curving upwards anteriorly. Ornamented 
with thickish, regular, somewhat elevated concentric ridges, 
with broader interspaces. 

Left valve flat, with finer sculpture. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 9; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 8; sectional diameter, 4 millimetres. 

Localities —Clayey green sands, Adelaide bore; and Tur- 
ritella clays, Blanche Point, Aldinga Bay. 

In its somewhat rounded form and very convex right valve, 
MM. lamellata is related to JL. convexa, Angas, inhabiting New 
Caledonia; but apart from differences in outline, the fossil 


176 


species is distinguished by the coarser and more distant 
liration. | 


Myodora equilateralis, Johnston. Plate xvii., fig. 8. 


Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1879, p. 40. 

Left valve solid, trigonal, equilateral, flat, or slightly con- 
cave; dorsal margins equally sloping, inclined to one another 
at an angle of 90deg.; the front-dorsal margin straightish, or 
slightly arched; the post-dorsal margin straight, or slightly 
incurved behind the umbo; ventral margin roundly arched. 
Right valve unknown. 

Surface ornamented with close, fine concentric ridges of 
growth and striz and microscopic granules, the former forming 
nodulose denticulations on the front-dorsal edge. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 25; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 21 millimetres. 

Localities —Table Cape (R&. IL. Johnston !); Schnapper 
Point, Hobson Bay (&.7.); upper beds at Muddy Creek (J. 
Dennant !). 


FAMILY CORBULIDA. 


Corbula ephamilla, Tate. Plate xvii., figs. 13a—130, and 14. 
Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, for 1884, p. 229. 
Shell solid, very inequivalve, inequilateral, ovately-trian- 

cular, rounded anteriorly, beaked posteriorly. Right valve 
with more than twenty very thick, rounded prominent concen- 
tric ridges, the whole surface striated concentrically. The 
ventral margin is outward-curved medially, and the ridges have 
a corresponding flexure. The posterior margin is obliquely 
truncated, carinated from the umbo to the post-ventral margin ; 
posterior to the carina is a somewhat concave area on which 
the concentric folds are continued as multiplied lamelle. The 
umbo is in the anterior third, flat, incurved, and with small 
ridges. Left valve ovately triangular, nearly flat, pointed. 
behind, carinated from the umbo to the post-ventral margin ; 
surtace irregularly striated by lines of growth; umbo flattish, 
from below which two distinct ridges radiate to the ventral 
margin, one or two additional but shorter ones sometimes: 
occur. Young shells distantly radially striated, the strie more 
prominent and closer on the posterior slope. Right valve with 
an anterior pointed tooth; left valve with a stout posterior 
tooth, flattened and suleated on its upper surface. Pallial 
sinus indistinct. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 21; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 16; sectional diameter of united valves, 10 milli-. 
metres. 

Localities. —Tasmanta: Table Cape (R. MU. Johnston!)- 


La 


Sourn AtstRratta: Oyster beds at Nor’-West Bend; very 
abundant in the calciferous sand-rock of the River Murray 
Cliffs, near Morgan; in a well-sinking at ‘‘ Nine-Mile Camp,” 
near Nor’-West Bend. Victorta: Upper and lower beds at 
Muddy Creek; Corio Bay; Schnapper Point. 

From the living C. suleata, Lamarck, to which it has been 
referred, our fossil species differs in being less inequilateral, 
more pointed posteriorly, less gibbous, &c. <A nearer ally 
among existing species is C. fortisuleata, E. Smith, from which 
it differs particularly in its truncated posterior margin. 


Corbula pixidata, spec. nov. Plate xvii., figs. 12a—120. 


Ovately rhomboidal, rather solid, inequilateral, subinequi- 
valve, moderately convex; the posterior side is a little pro- 
duced, obliquely truncated, and sharply carinated from the 
umbo to the post-ventral angle. The umbones are in the 
anterior third, rather inflated, depressed, and incurved. The 
left valve is a little smaller than, and included within, the 
suberect ventral and posterior margins of the right valve ; both 
are equally convex. 

Both valves have the same ornamentation, which consists of 
angular concentric ridges and radial strie; the ridges are 
usually numerous, fine, and close together, but are sometimes 
thicker and fewer. 

Dimensions of a large specimen.—Antero-posterior diameter, 
10°5; umbo-ventral diameter, 6°5; sectional diameter through 
both valves, 5 millimetres. 

Localities. —Common in the Turritella clays at Blanche 
Point, Aldinga, and corresponding beds in the Adelaide bore. 

C. pixidata is much like the young of the last species, but it 
is less inequivalve, more convex, with larger umbones, and is 
proportionately shorter. 


Neera subrostrata, spec. nov. Plate xv., figs. 2a—2b. 


Ovate, inequilateral, produced into a long beak behind, 
moderately convex, thin; front dorsal margin slightly convex 
and considerably sloping, the post-dorsal part somewhat longer, 
less oblique, and moderately concave; the ventral margin is 
irregularly arched, sinuated in front of the rostral prolonga- 
tion. A distinct keel starts from behind the umbo, is directed 
towards but does not extend so far as the lower corner of the 
rostrum. 

The ornament consists of coarse concentric lines of growth, 
becoming lamellose at the umbo and rostral insinuation. 

Right valve with an elongate lateral tooth on the posterior 
side; left valve edentulous; cartilage-plate well developed, 
obliquely inclined backward. 


N 


178 


Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 18; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 9; sectional diameter of one valve, 3°5 millimetres. 

Locality.—Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 

This species is similar to WV. rostrata, Spengler, and N. Angasz, 
FE. A. Smith, but it has a shorter anterior side. 

Young ? fig. 2b, which seems indistinguishable from JW. inflata, 
Jeffreys, P.Z.S., 1881, t. 71, f. 8, has the following dimensions: 
—Antero-posterior diameter, 65; umbo-ventral diameter, 4°5 
millimetres. 

Neera Adelaidensis, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 8. 

Ovate, rather depressed, inequilateral, anterior end rounded, 
posteriorly produced into a longish slender beak; the beak is 
obliquely bisected by a sharp radiating ridge. 

The surface is ornamented by few, regular, distant, short, 
and thin lamelle. Interior unknown. 

Dimensions—Antero-posterior diameter, 5; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 8; sectional diameter of closed valves, 15 milh- 
metres. 

Locality —Adelaide bore. 


Nezra (Rhinomya) latesulcata, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 7. 

Broadly-triangular, inequilateral, thin, flat, rounded an- 
teriorly, produced and subrostrated posteriorly; ventral 
margin very slightly arched medially, inconspicuously in- 
sinuated posteriorly, somewhat rapidly ascending anteriorly ; 
post-dorsal margin straight, much longer than the slightly 
arched front-dorsal margin; the posterior margin is very 
narrow, straight, and forming an obtuse angle with the ventral 
margin. The umbonal region is finely concentrically striated, 
and surmounted by a smooth umbonal papilla; the rest of the 
surface ornamented with six acute concentric folds, raised into 
thin, short, erect lamelle ; the broad interspaces finely concen- 
trically striated. The post-dorsal area is defined by a raised 
line proceeding from the post-ventral angle towards the umbo 
as far as the smooth umbonal area. The right valve has a 
short anterior tooth, and an elongate lamellar tooth posteriorly 
for about one-third the distance from the umbo, beyond which 
it is continued as a shelf-like process to the extremity of the 
post-dorsal margin. There is no cartilage-process. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 4; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 2°5 millimetres. 

Locality — Adelaide bore. 


FAMILY SAXICAVIDA. 
Saxicava arctica, Linn. 


Synonym.—Saxicava australis (Lamk.), Tate in Trans. Roy. 
Soc., S. Aust., for 1885, pl. xi1., fig. 8. | 


179 


A few specimens of Saxicava obtained from the basal beds 
of the marine series of the Older Tertiary, passed through in 
the Adelaide bore, fall within the limits of variation of the 
above-named protean shell of world-wide distribution. Also 
ranging from Miocene to Recent, in New Zealand. 


Panopea Agnewi, 7’. Woods. 

Reference. — Lyonsia Agnewi, Tenison-Woods, Roy. Soc., 

(Pasm, tor 1875, f..13, p..25. 
_ Transversely-ovate, inequilateral, somewhat solid, convex, 
concentrically ridged and striated, posteriorly attenuately 
rounded, anteriorly obliquely produced, and broader; gaping 
at both ends. Test minutely granulated in the umbonal re- 
gions, intricately radially striated on the posterior side towards 
the margin. 

Dimensions of the type specimen.—Antero-posterior diameter, 
77; umbo-ventral diameter, 44; length of anterior side, 27 ; 
length of posterior side, 50; sectional diameter through both 
valves, 32 millimetres. 

Locality.—Table Cape (Hobart Mus.! and R. IL. Johnston!) 


Panopea orbita, Hutton. Plate xviii., fig. 3. 


Reference—Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 41, p. 451, 1885. 

Synonym.—P. plicata, Hutton, Cat. Foss., N. Zealand, p. 17, 
1873 (non Sowerby). 

The specific identity of the Australian and New Zealand 
specimens associated under the above name rests on the com- 
parisons of actual examples. P. orbita is closely related to 
P. Agnewi, but the latter is more inflated, and of different 
dimensions. 

Dimensions of the figured example. — Antero-posterior 
diameter, 85; umbo-ventral diameter, 37; length of anterior 
side, 25; length of posterior side, 60; sectional diameter 
through both valves, 26 millimetres. 

Localities—Oyster beds at Aldinga and Adelaide (casts), 
Middle Murravian series near Morgan, and the correlated beds 
at Muddy Creek. Also in the Pareora Series, New Zealand. 


Capistrocardia, nov. gen. 
Etymology—Capistrum, a halter, and cardo,a hinge. Type—C. fragilis, 
spec. nov. 

Shell transverse, equivalve, inequilateral, closed at both 
ends ; ligament external; a cardinal tooth in each valve, and 
an umbonal rib extending across the interior; pallial sinus 
entire, discontinuous. 

The hinge line is very short and narrow. The right valve 
has a broadish erect tooth contiguous with the umbo, posterior 
to which is a shallow pit, bounded above by a linear ridge, , 


180 


which supported the external ligament; in the left valve the 
cardinal tooth is obliquely transverse, and the posterior pit is 
broad; there is a short hgamental ridge, as in the right valve. 
The umbonal rib, which is confluent with the cardinal tooth, is 
short, and extends vertically across the interior to near the 
ventral margin. The anterior adductor impression is almost 
margined in front of the umbonal rib; the posterior adductor 
impression is a little nearer the posterior end than to the 
umbo. The pallial line is broken up into large spots, and there 
is no sinus (at least none is observable in the two examples, in 
which the pallial spots are clearly traceable). 

This genus has an external resemblance to Saxicava, whilst 
its dentition agrees with Panopzea; from both of which it differs. 
by its closed valves and internal septa. The discontinuous. 
pallial line is a character belonging to Saxicava, and to some 
species of Panopea, but in both those genera it is sinuated. 


Capistrocardia fragilis, spec. nov. Plate xix., figs. 14a—14b. 


Shell small, thin, translucent, transversely elongate-oblong. 
Umbones depressed, approximate, near to the anterior margin. 
Anterior margin rounded; dorsal margin sloping backwards, 
forming an obtuse angle with the posterior margin, which is 
straight or slightly convex outwardly ; ventral margin straight, 
save for a broadish post-medial inflexion. The umbonal ridge, 
extending to the post-ventral margin, is moderately raised and 
roundly angulate. 

The exterior surface of the valves is smooth and concen- 
trically distantly striate; a few lamelle appear towards the 
margins. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 11°5 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 5 millimetres. 

Locality.—Gastropod bed of the middle Murravian, near 
Morgan. Ten examples (&.7.). 


FAMILY SOLENIDA. 


Solen sordidus, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 2. 


This species is so very like S. Sloanii, inhabiting the coast of 
New South Wales, that a detailed description is unnecessary. 
It differs by its straighter dorsal line and being a little nar- 
rower; in S. Sloanii the length is five and a-half times the 
width ; in S. sordidus it is six times. The actual dimensions. 
are—Length, 42°5; breadth, 7 millimetres. 

Localityn—Muddy Creek. 

The species has the dentition of Solen and not of Enszs. 


181 


GENUS SOLECURTUS. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 


Roundly truncated anteriorly. 
Posterior side broader ; grooves on the umbonal slope an- 
gularly turned back. S. Legrandi. 
Posterior side narrower, grooves hardly curved on the 
umbonal slope. S. Dennanti. 
Acutely rounded anteriorly, grooves roundly curved on the 
umbonal slope. S. ellipticus. 


Solecurtus Legrandi, spec. nov. Plate xvii., fig. 15. 


Transversely-oblong, thickish, gaping at both ends, slightly 
convex, but medially and antero- dorsally depressed ; inequi- 
lateral, the posterior side about three-fifths the whole length, 
anterior side narrower than the posterior. Front-dorsal line 
straight, perceptibly sloping, and slightly incurved, post-dorsal 
margin rather abruptly ecurved; ventral margin horizontal, 
curving upwards more abruptly at the front than behind; 
anterior margin roundly truncated. Umbones small, approxi- 
mate, recurved, hardly projecting beyond the dorsal margin. 

Surface shining, white, blotched with brown about the middle 
and posterior regions ; ornamented with distant linear concen- 
tric grooves and strie ; radially finely striated on the anterior 
slope. The sculpture consists of engraved lines ex chevron, 
radiating from the umbo to the posterior and ventral margins, 
not extending on to the area limited by a line drawn from the 
umbo to front ventral angle ; the anterior limb of each sculp- 
ture line is arched—the convexity towards the front dorsal 
side, and its continuity interrupted by the concentric grooves ; 
the posterior limb is straight, with a wavy outline. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 40; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 17°5; sectional diameter, 10 millimetres. 

Locality —Table Cape (Hobart Mus. !). 

By the courtesy of the Council of the Royal Society of Tas- 
mania, | have had under examination the unique type of Sole- 
curtus Legrandi, T. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., l'asm., for 1875, 
p. 25, pl. 3, £. 14; but as the figure incorrectly represents the 
shell with abruptly truncated extremities, which is otherwise 
imperfect, and the diagnosis accords therewith, I have deemed 
it advisable to refigure and redescribe the fossil. As it would 
lead to confusion to retain the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods’ 
authority for the species, it appears here under the original 
name as a new species. 


Solecurtus Dennanti, spec. nov. Plate xvi., fig. 17. 
Transversely-oblong, moderately thick, gaping at both ends ; 
posterior side about two-thirds the whole length; moderately 


182 


convex, medially depressed. Anterior and posterior extremities 
about equally rounded; ventral and dorsal margins nearly 
parallel; front dorsal margin a little incurved ; post-dorsal 
margin nearly straight, gently sloping, perceptibly attenuated 
towards the extremity. Umbo small, acute, recurved. 

Palhal sinus broad, truncately rounded at the end, almost 
reaching to the anterior adductor scar. 

Surface shining ; sculpture consisting of concentric growth- 
lines and fine strie, radial striz on the anterior and posterior 
slopes, and of oblique distant engraved lines posterior to a line 
joining the umbo and the antero-ventral margin. The oblique 
lines of sculpture are nearly straight on the medial portion of 
the valve, crossing on to the post-dorsal slope in a gentle curve. 

Dimensions—Antero-posterior diameter, 29°5; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 12°5 millimetres. 

Locality —Lower beds at Muddy Creek (J. Dennant !) 

Solecurtus Dennanti differs from the foregoing species in 
being more rounded anteriorly, more attenuated posteriorly, 
less inequilateral, narrower, and in the fewer and simpler 
oblique lines of sculpture. 


Solecurtus ellipticus, spec.nov. Plate xvi., fig. 14. 

Transversely ovate-oblong, thin, translucent, inequilateral, 
posterior side about five-eights of the whole length; somewhat 
attenuated at both ends, obliquely rounded in front, broadly 
rounded behind; the dorsal margins straight, the front part 
sloping more rapidly than the other. 

The oblique lines of sculpture are distant, a little curved on 
the medial portion of the valve, roundly turned back as they 
cross on the dorsal slope. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 16; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 8 millimetres. 

Locality.—Gastropod-bed in the River Murray Cliffs, near 
Morgan. 

This species differs from the two former by its sloping dorsal 
margins; in the arrangement of its sculpture-lines it approxi- 
mates to S. Dennanti, of which it may possibly be a young ex- 
ample. Compared with S. candidus, it is distinguished by its 
sloping dorsal margins, and therefore more attenuated ex- 
tremities ; the umbonal ridge is obsolete, and consequently the 
sculpture-lines are curvilinear and not angulated, they are, 
moreover, wider apart. 


FAMILY PHOLADIDA. 


Barnea tiara, spec. nov. Plate xviii., figs. la—lIe. 


Narrowly-elongate, inequilateral, the umbo situated at three- 
sevenths of the whole length from the front, attenuated at both 


183 


ends, acutely rounded in front, bluntly rounded behind. The 
post-dorsal area is very precipitous and concave behind the 
umbo. The surface is ornamented with concentric lire, which 
are angular on the medial and anterior areas, and there crossed 
by radiating threads, which are subspinose at the intersections, 
the insterstitial spaces are concentrically striated ; on the pos- 
terior half of the valve the concentric lire are rounded, sharply 
bent forward on crossing the umbonal ridge, and the surface 
is granulated. 

The single dorsal plate is narrowly oblong, rounded at the 
front, the very short posterior side is bent down at right 
angles, roundly truncated and medially insinuated at the end. 
The anterior portion of the plate has a wide, shallow median 
depression, bounded by an obtuse ridge on each radiating from 
the umbo, the whole crossed by closely-set sharply-arched 
lamelle; the narrow lanceolate depressed marginal areas ex- 
terior to the umbonal ridges are granulated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 42; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 12; sectional diameter of one valve, 6 millimetres. 

Locality Upper beds at Muddy Creek. 


Jouannetia cuneata, spec. nov. Plate xvii., fig. 2. 


Subglobose, inequilateral ; posterior side somewhat depressed, 
cuneiform, its extremity bluntly rounded (not at all pointed) ; 
the anterior side is inflated, and its extremity isrounded. The 
shell is inequivalve by reason of the callous development from 
the one valve overlapping the anterior portion of the other. 

An angular depression radiates from the middle of the umbo 
with a slight posterior inclination to the ventral margin. 

The whole surface of the valve is ornamented with thin, dis- 
tant concentric lamelle, striated in the interspaces, and distant 
radial threads on the umbonal area of the anterior side, and a 
few riblets towards the anterior margin and on the post- 
umbonal ridge. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 24; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 17; sectional diameter of both valves, 16 mulli- 
metres. 

Locality.—Glauconitic sand bed in the Adelaide bore. 

The species is distinguished by its blunt posterior extremity 
and the fewness of the lameile of growth. 


FAMILY TEREDINIDA. 


Teredo (Kuphus) Heaphyi, Zittel. 


Reference.—Teredo Heaphyi, Zittel, Pal. von Neu-Seeland, 
p. 45. tab. 14, fig. 4. 


184 


Synonym—Cladopoda directa, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., 
1877, p. 597, t. 16, f. 138. 

Tube elongate, round, irregularly contorted ; constricted at 
intervals at the proximal end, more regularly distally; con- 
camerated and closed by an outwardly convex plate. 

It would seem to have attained to gigantic dimensions, as 
one fragment of a length of 160 millimetres has a diameter at 
the ends of 8 and 10 millimetres ; other fragments measure 17 
millimetres in diameter. 

Localities.—Calciferous sand rock of the River Murray 
Cliffs at McBean’s Pound, near Blanchetown; in the raggy 
limestones at Mannum; in the limestone with glauconitic 
grains, Aldinga Cliffs. 

Teredo, sp. 

Casts of short clavate tubes, about 15 millimetres long by 
three in diameter, in fossil wood at Gawler, indicate a species 
with a totally different habitat from the above. 


Teredo, sp. Plate xix., fig. 4. 
A single valve from the lower beds at Muddy Creek. 


FAMILY GASTROCHANIDA. 


Aspergillum (Humphreyia) liratum, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 11. 

Disk roundly oblong, adherent by one valve. Tube cylin- 
drical, a little irregular, slightly angulated on the dorsal and 
ventral sides; ornamented with longitudinal distant threads 
(about 20) and irregular folds of growth and strie. 

Dimensions.—Total length, 16; diameter of tube, 5 imilli- 
metres. 7 

Localities—A perfect example, Adelaide bore; fragments in 
the calciferous sandstone near Morgan, and correlated beds at 
Muddy Creek. 

More nearly related to A. multangulare, Tate, than to the 
other two living species, but is distinguished by the numerous 
longitudinal threads on the tube. 

One or two other species of Aspergillum are indicated by 
casts obtained from the glauconitic limestone at Aldinga, and 
corresponding bed at Witton Bluff. 


APPENDIX. 


Ostrea manubriata, spec nov. Plate xix., fig. 10. 

Shell rather thick, varying from narrow oblong to elongate- 
acuminate. Upper valve flat or sub-concave, with thin, distant, 
adpressed lamelle of growth. Attached valve narrowly com- 
pressed, abruptly convex, concentrically flexuosely ridged and 


185 


striated ; hinge usually very elongate, broadly excavated in the 
middle. 

Locality—Common in ths upper beds at Muddy Creek (J. 
Dennant !) 

This new species has considerable affinities with O. wndata 
Lamk., of the Tertiary beds of Europe, but has a narrower and 
deeper lower valve, which is devoid of radial plications; it is 
also something like the recent O. Virginica of the same author. 
It is very different from any known species inhabiting the Aus- 
tralian seas. 


Pecten deformis, spec. nov. Plate xviii., fig. 4. 


Triangularly ovate, compressed, obliquely extended pos- 
terlorly and inequilateral; in the young state regular, sub- 
equilateral. 

The young regular stage of growth is seen for about 30 
millimetres from the umbo ; is ornamented with about 50 radial 
subacute narrow ribs, usually grouped in threes, the middle one 
being the larger, and with quincuncially arranged depressions 
between the ribs. 

The older stage of growth is marked by the sudden irregu- 
larity of general growth and change of ornament—the radial 
ridges becoming almost obsolete, and strong growth folds and 
concentric striz developed. 

The ears are unequal, the proximal portions radially ribbed 
and shagreen sculptured, the distal portions irregular and in- 
ornate. 

Dimensions—_Umbo-ventral and antero-posterior diameters, 
47 millimetres. 

Locality.— Upper beds at Muddy Creek. 

This species, which is related to P. consobrinus, Tate, may 
prove to belong to Hinnites, but at present the left valves only 
have been obtained. 


Pecten subconvexus, spec. nov. Plate xviii., fig. 2. 


Irregularly orbicular, moderately convex, produced in front, 
radially ribbed. Ribs about 27, broad, truncated, considerably 
elevated, becoming thinner and subacute towards the sides; an 
indistinct appearance of three radial plications is produced by 
thicker ribs occurring close together in pairs. The interspaces 
between the ribs are as wide cr a little wider than the ribs; 
they are concentrically sulcate, the intervening elevated threads 
are about equal in width to the sulci. Ears? Margin of the 
valve crenately undulate. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 30°5 ; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 31°5; sectional diameter of right valve, 5°5 mill- 
metres. 

Locality—Upper beds at Muddy Creek (J. Dennant !). 


186 


Amongst recent species P. subconverus is most nearly re- 
lated to P. converus, Quoy and Gaimard, from which it differs 
by the absence of radial folds, and the fewer, more distant, and 
flatter ribs; it is, moreover, less inflated. In a lesser degree it 
resembles P. polymorphoides, Zittel, which occurs at a lower 
geological horizon. 


Lithodomus brevis, spec nov. 

Lithodomus, sp., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc.,S. Australia, for 1885, 
p. 22 

Cylindrical, short; umbones tumid, incurved, submarginal ; 
somewhat attenuated posteriorly, convexedly truncated ante- 
riorly; post-dorsal margin very slightly arched, posterior 
margin rounded; ventral margin perceptibly incurved ante- 
medially, the sloping anterior end making with the ventral 
margin an obtusely-rounded angle. 

Surface marked with a few concentric ridges. 

Dimensions —Antero-posterior diameter, 21; greatest trans- 
verse diameter at the middle, 11; greatest sectional diameter 
through both valves at about half the total length, 11 milli- 
metres. 

Locality —In crypts excavated in the coral Plesiastrea Vin- 
centi, I’. Woods, occurring at Hallett’s Cove, St. Vincent Gulf. 

This species is of about the same dimensions as JL. nN. Sp. 
from Port Darwin, but the outline is not so curvated and the 
umbones do not project, or hardly at all, beyond the anterior 
margin. 


Mytilus Hamiltonensis, spec. nov. Plate xviii., fig. 9. 


Oblong-subtrigonal, angled, uncinate. Ornamented with 
very numerous frequently bifurcating radial threads, which are 
inconspicuously elevated, somewhat flatly rounded, separated 
by narrower interspaces; crossed by slender and close-set 
lines of growth. 

Inner margin of valves denticulated all round. There are 
two or three small teeth under the umbo in the right valve. 
The anterior adductor scar is raised on a prominent boss, al- 
most within the umbonal cavity. The byssal insinuation is of 
moderate size. 

Dimensions of a moderate-sized example :—Umbo-ventral 
diameter, 47; length of hinge, 23; sectional diameter, 19; 
length of posterior margin, 33 millimetres. 

Locality— Upper beds at Muddy Creek (#.7. and J. Den- 
nant !). 

This fossil has the general appearance of the living J. hir- 
sutus, Lamk., though slightly different in outline, the anterior 
and posterior margins being nearly straight and parallel, 
whilst in JZ. hirsutus they are concave and convex respectively ; 


187 


the area anterior to the umbonal ridge is not so precipitous, 
and the ridge is not so elevated as in the recent species. The 
radial threads are not so elevated, and are separated by nar- 
rower furrows; the concentric ornament is, moreover, finer. 
The anterior adductor boss is peculiar. 

When describing Septifer fenestratus I had only one speci- 
men of Mytilus Hamiltonensis before me, which I then re- 
garded as an adult shell of that species; the observations 
published thereupon should be erased from the diagnosis of 
Septifer fenestratus. These refer to the filling up of the um- 
bonal cavity and the dimensions of the shell. 


Mytilus linguatulus, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 3. 

Narrowly oval, rather compressed; umbones uncinate ; an- 
terior margin nearly straight, the dorsal and posterior margins 
forming an interrupted curve; anterior side very narrow, des- 
cending abruptly from the low umbonal ridge. The surface is 
ornamented with elevated rounded radial threads, rather nar- 
rower than the flat furrows, and strong folds of growth and 
fine concentric wrinkles. The margin of the valves is crenulated 
all round. There is an elongated tooth under the hinge; and 
the anterior adductor is raised on a prominent boss. The 
byssal insinuation is inconspicuous. 

Dimensions.—Umbo-ventral diameter, 48; greatest transverse 
diameter at right angles, 19; sectional diameter, 16 milli- 
metres. 

Locality—Upper beds at Muddy Creek (J. Dennant !) 

This species 1s very like IZ rostratus, Dunker, but wants the 
angulation of the dorsal margin; the beaks are more pro- 
duced, slightly excavated, not swollen, beneath and in front of 
the umbo; it has one long tooth in place of two or three short 
ones, and the anterior adductor boss is peculiar. 

Mytilus deperditus, spec. nov. Plate xix., fig. 1. 

Oblong ; test thick, especially about the umbo, which is ob- 
tuse and swollen. Surface ornamented with strong folds and 
strie of growth. Margin of valve plain; hinge with one 
large tooth. 

Dimensions. — Umbo - ventral diameter, 80; transverse 
diameter towards the extremity of the hinge line, 35; sectional 
diameter of one valve, 16; length of hinge line, 60 milli- 
metres. 

Locality—Upper beds at Muddy Creek (J. Dennant !) 

M. deperditus resembles M. latus, Chemnitz (non Lamarck),. 
but presents the following differential characters :—Narrower, 
the anterior side steeper, straighter, and longer hinge lines, 
stronger growth-folds, and convex, not concave, under the 
umbo. 


188 


Leda vagans, spec. nov. 
Synonym.—L. lucida, Tenison-Woods; see Part I. (non 
‘Loven, id. Jeffreys, Brit. Conch.). 


FAMILY ASTARTIDZ. 
GENUS CaRDITELLA. 

Micromeris rugosa, M. radiata, and Gouldia lamellata, des- 
cribed in Part I., prove to be congeneric, and may find a place 
in Mr. E. A. Smith’s genus Carditella, rather than in Micro- 
meris of Conrad. 

The dentition is as follows :— 

The right valve has one triangular subcentral tooth; a longi- 
tudinal posterior tooth separated from the margin by a deep 
furrow. The left valve has two divergent cardinal teeth, and 
a longitudinal anterior tooth separated from the margin by a 
shallow furrow. 

The acute posterior edge of the left valve is received in the 
furrow of the right valve, and the acute anterior edge of the 
right valve fits into the furrow of the left valve; in conse- 
quence of this the right valve overlaps the left valve on the 
posterior hinge line, and the left overlaps the right on the an- 
terior hinge line. 

In C. radiata the lateral teeth and furrows are transversely 
striated, and there is sometimes developed a small supplemen- 
tary laminate cardinal tooth in either valve. 

Two new species are here added. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 
Shell trigonal. 


Ornament of fimbriated imbricating lamelle. C. rugosa. 

Ornament of radial ridges and simple folds. CC. radiata. 

Surface smooth, slightly inequilateral. C. polita. 
Shell subquadrangular. 

Ornament of 20 thin lamelle. C. lamellata. 

Densely lamellated. C. multilamella. 


Carditella polita, spec. nov. Plate xx., figs 20 and 21. 

Shell trigonal, compressed with produced rather straight 
umbones; the young shells are equilateral, but in the adult 
the anterior side is slightly produced. The surface is polished, 
indistinctly marked with concentric lines. The inner margin 
of the valves is finely crenulated all round. The cardinal tooth 
in the right valve is stout and sulcated on the crown as in 
C. radiata. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior and umbo-ventral diameters, 
2°5 millimetres. 

Locality—Lower and upper beds at Muddy Creek; gas- 
tropod bed, River Murray Cliffs near Morgan. 


189 


Carditella multilamella, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 17. 

This species is similar to C. lamellata, but it differs by its: 
ovately-oblong form, and the stoutish recurved, numerous 
lamelle. It might be overlooked for the fry of Chione 
Cainozoie. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 3; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 2°5; sectional diameter of one valve, °75 milli- 
metres. 


Locality —Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 


Cardita solida, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 18. 

Subtrigonally cordate, very thick, moderately convex, sub- 
equilateral, both ends obtusely rounded. The dorsal margin is. 
considerably oblique on both sides of the prominent umbo, 
which is well curved over towards the front; the lunule is 
depressed, cordiform; the ventral margin is much curved. It 
is ornamented with eighteen radial ribs, which are stout, 
rounded, and almost smooth; the interspaces are a little 
broader than the ribs, transversely stoutly lirate. Margin 
strongly plicated. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 65; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 65; sectional diameter of one valve, 2°5 milli- 
metres. 

Locality.—Upper beds at Muddy Creek (J. Dennant!). 

This new species has some affinity with the Tasmanian 
CO. Gunnii, Desh., and C. bimaculata, Desh., but the shape is. 
different, in which particular, however, it agrees with C. Bed- 
domei, E. A. Smith, differing from it by the fewer non-nodulose 
ribs. 


Cardita calva, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 14. 


Ovately-subtrigonal, subequilateral, moderately depressed ;. 
rounded anteriorly, truncatedly rounded posteriorly. Umbones 
prominent, acute, slightly incurved; lunule depressed, broadly 
lanceolate, smooth, with well-defined margins. 

The umbonal area is smooth, with excentric distant sulca- 
tions, the rest of the surface of the valve radiately ribbed ; 
ribs 20, covered with thick closely-set granulations ; the inter- 
spaces on the medial part of the surface are linear or almost 
obliterated, becoming wider towards the anterior and posterior 
margins. 

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter, 5°25; umbo-ventral 
diameter, 5° ; sectional diameter of one valve, 1°5 millimetres. 

Localities —Older beds, Muddy Creek; well-sinking on 
Cooke's Plains, east of Lake Alexandrina. 

The nearest ally to this species is C. compacta, Tate, but is 
slightly different in shape, and depressed, the gross ornament 
and smooth umbo especially distinguish it. 


190 


THE SCAPHOPODS OF THE OLDER TERTIARY OF 
AUSTRALIA. 


By Professor Ratpu Tarte, F.G.S., F.LS. 
(Read October 5, 1886.] 


Genus ENTALIS. 
SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 


Longitudinally ribbed and transversely striated. 
EF. Mantelli. 
Surface smooth or transversely striated. 


Dorsal slit short, triangular. LE. subjissura. 
Dorsal slit linear, long. 
Shell curved, slender, smooth. FL. acriculum. 
Shell straight, with annular ridges. E.. annulaium. 


Entalis Manielli, Zittel. 

Dentalium sp., Mantell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. vi., 
p. 331, t. 28, f. 15. 

Dentalium Mantelli, Zittel, Paleontologie von Neu Seeland, 
p. 45, t. 13, fig. 7, 1865; id., Hutton, Tertiary Fossils of N.Z., 
p. 4, 1873. 

Dentalium tenuis and D. irregularis, Hutton, op. cit. 

Shell from nearly straight to subarcuate, thick, round, 
gradually tapering. Ornamented with a variable number of 
longitudinal ribs (from about 20 to 50), which are angular pos- 
teriorly, but become more numerous and usually rounded as 
they approach the base, where they are almost obsolete; the 
ribs are for the most part of equal dimensions, but occasionally 
they are alternately slightly broad and narrow; the inter- 
spaces are much narrower than the ribs, sometimes almost 
linear. The whole surface crossed by annular threads and 
slight grooves, coincident with the aperture, which produce 
slight crenulations on the longitudinal ribs. Aperture cir- 
cular, with a thin edge. Fissure very long and narrow. 

Dimensions of a moderately large example :—Length, 50; 
diameter of aperture, 5; length of fissure, 5 millimetres; but 
attaining to a length of 70, with a breadth of aperture of 7 
millimetres. 

Localities—Very abundant at most of the localities—Gas- 
tropod bed of the River Murray Cliffs near Morgan, in a well- 
sinking at Nine-mile Camp, near Nor’-West Bend ; lower beds 
at Muddy Creek ; in the calciferous sandstone at Corio Bay; in 
the blue clays at Schnapper Point, Port Phillip; in the Turri- 
tella clays at Blanche Point, Aldinga Bay; and in the glau- 
conitic clayey sands in the Adelaide bore ; Table Cape (Zenison- 


191 


Woods). Also in the Oamaru and Pareora Series, New 
Zealand. 

This common species in the Older Tertiary strata of Aus- 
tralia has been identified with D. Mantelli, equally common in 
New Zealand, after a comparison of authentic specimens. Prof. 
Hutton has merged his D. irregularis with that species, and I 
cannot find any distinctive characters for his D. tenuis, speci- 
mens of which I have had under examination. However, none 
of the New Zealand specimens which I have seen have the apex 
preserved, and no mention is made by either Zittel or Hutton 
of the presence or absence of an apical slit. 

The ornament of the test of D. Mantelli is so exceedingly 
variable in respect to the number, size, and shape of the longi- 
tudinal ribs that it becomes difficult to select diagnostic cha- 
racters. In two examples of equal length taken at “random the 
number of ribs at the base of the slit is 17 and 20, increasing 
at the anterior end to 26 and 50 respectively. Examples from 
Aldinga have much finer transverse threads. 

D. giganteum, Sowerby (Gn Darwin’s Geol. Obs. on S. 
America), of which D. solidum, Hutton, is a synonym, is dis- 
tinct, though conspecific with D. ALantelli. 

The Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods gave the name of D. Kicksiz, 
Nyst, to a Table Cape fossil, and from his description of it 
there cannot be a doubt of its identity with D. Mantelli, Zittel. 
The very brief diagnosis of the Belgian fossil does not permit 
an identification. 


Entalis subfissura, spec. nov. Plate xx., figs. 4a.—4b. 


Shell thin, subulate, moderately curved, slightly compressed 
dorso-ventr ally, smooth, polished; faintly marked with annular 
strie (visible under a lens) and growth ridges. Apical fissure 
a shallow triangular notch, the embryonal projecting tube 
prominent. 

Dimensions.—Length, 46; dorso-ventral and transverse 
diameters of aperture, 4 and 4°25 millimetres respectively. 

This species has the general aspect of Entalis fissura, Lamk., 
of the Paris Basin, but the apical fissure is linear and not tri- 
angular. It may be conspecific with D. levis, Hutton, but that 
species is too incompletely known to permit of satisfactory 
identification. 

Localities—Gastropod bed of the River Murray Cliffs near 
‘Morgan, and well-sinking at Nine-mile Camp, near Nor’-West 
Bend; Muddy Creek, Corio Bay, ard Schnapper Point, . Vic- 
toria; Turritella clays at Blanche Point, Aldinga Bay. 


Entalis annulatum, spec. nov. Plate xx., figs. 6a—60. 


Shell nearly straight; test thick, smooth, polished; orna- 


192 


mented with close set, depressed, annular ridges, barely visible 
by the unaided eye. 

Dimensions.—Length, 74; diameter of anterior aperture, 6°5 
millimetres. 


Locality—Muddy Creek. 


Entalis acriculum, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 11. 

Shell thin, subulate, very slightly curved, smooth, polished ; 
marked with annular strie (visible under a lens) ; oral aper- 
ture circular; posterior aperture with a longish, linear fissure. 

Dimensions.—Length, 33 ; diameter of anterior aperture, 2°5 
millimetres. 

Locality—Lower beds at Muddy Creek. 


GENUS DENTALIUM. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 


Longitudinally six to eight sulcated. D. aratum. 
Longitudinally ribbed posteriorly, smooth anteriorly. 

D. (?) bifrons. 

Without longitudinal ornament; round, stout. D. lactewm. 

Trigonal, slender. D. (2) triquetrum. 


Dentalium aratum, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 8. 


Shell small, slightly curved; acutely regularly 6 to 8 
angled (usually 8); interspaces concave with a few slender 
longitudinal riblets and striz, and close-set, fine, transverse 
striations. 

The ornament varies in the acuteness and strength of the 
ribs, and therefore in the depth of the interspaces; in some 
specimens, by reduction in volume of the primary ribs and the 
increased size of the intermediate ones, the anterior part is 
subrotund and multicostated. 

Dimensions.—Length, 20; diameter of anterior aperture, 2 
millimetres. 

Localities —Gastropod bed of the River Murray Cliffs near 
Morgan ; lower beds at Muddy Creek ; blue clays at Schnapper 
Point ; Muloowurtie yellow clays near Ardrossan. 

D. nanum, Hutton, is similar to this species, but its ribs vary 
from 8 to 13, and the interspaces are smooth. 


Dentalium (?) bifrons, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 5. 

Shell thin, round, nearly straight, posteriorly longitudinally 
ribbed, anteriorly smooth. 

The ribs are slightly elevated, subangular, about 40 in 
number, sometimes they are alternately stout and slender, be- 
coming more depressed, and finally disappearing at about one- 
third the total length from the apex; the anterior portion is 


193 


ornamented with very fine annular strizw, and a few ridges of 
growth. 

Apex unknown. 

Dimensions of the longest example.—Length, 92 (estimated 
at 100) ; diameter of anterior aperture, 9 millimetres. 

Locality— Upper beds at Muddy Creek. 

The costated portion differs from H#. Mantelli in not having 
the tessellated ornament; it is similar to JZ. brevifissum, 
Deshayes, of the Paris basin, but the ribs are only about 15, and 
to EH. substriatum of the same author, but the apical part of that 
shell is finely striated. 


Dentalium (?) triquetrum, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 3. 


Shell very attenuated, rather thick, very slightly curved ; ex- 
tremely flattened laterally, so that the transverse section is an 
isosceles triangle, the angle on the convex side more rounded 
than those formed by the flattish concave face and the sides; 
the perpendicular from the convex side isa little longer than 
the base. 

The surface is polished, ornamented by a few wavy undula- 
tions and microscopic strie. 

Dimensions—Longer diameter of aperture at each end in a 
length of 10 millimetres, °75 and ‘5 millimetres respectively. 

Locality —Glauconitic sands, Adelaide bore. 


Dentalium lacteum, Deshayes. 


Reference.—Mon. Gen. Dentale, 1825, t. 16, f. 28. 

The Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., for 
1875, p. 17) identified a Table Cape fossil with the above- 
named species living in the Indian Seas. I have not seen a 
specimen from the Tasmanian locality, but a common shell in 
the Muddy Creek beds agrees weli with the figure, measure- 
ments, and description given by Deshayes. The original diag- 
nosis is as follows :—Round, not sht at the posterior extremity, 
slightly arched, very smooth, very shining, subtranslucent ; 
length, 30; diameter at aperture, 2°5 millimetres. 


Cadulus mucronatus, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 10.* 


Long, narrow, slightly bent; slightly swollen at a little 
nearer the anterior than the posterior end, more conspicuously 
so on the convex curve, which is a little nearer to the posterior 
end than is the bulging on the concave curve. Anterior to the 
inflation the tube is slightly laterally compressed. The mouth 
is slightly oblique, oval, with a thin and sharp edge; the pos- 
terior opening 1s round, thickened within, and bevelled to a 
sharp edge, inconspicucusly mucronately produced on the con- 


*A very imperfect representation of the shell. 


194 


vex side corresponding with a faint internal rib, and slightly 
insinuated laterally. Surface smooth, polished, microscopically 
concentrically and with faint indications of opaque transverse 
bands. 


Dimensions.—Length, 7; diameter at swelling, 1:25; of 
mouth, ‘9 millimetres. 

Locality—Not uncommon in the lower beds at Muddy 
Creek. 

The outline of the shell is like that of C. gracilis, Jeffreys, 
but the shell is very much larger, and is otherwise very 
different. 


Cadulus acuminatus. 


Slightly curved, tapering at both ends, enlarging more 
rapidly posteriorly than anteriorly, but not at all bulging; 
surface smooth and shining; microscopically concentrically 
striated. Mouth circular, slightly oblique, thin; posterior 
opening circular, small, the edge thick, 

Dimensions —Length, 6; diameter at the middle, 1; of 
mouth, ‘75 millimetres. 

Locality.—Oyster beds of the Upper Aldinga series. 

The species is not uncommon in shell sand on the shores of 
St. Vincent Gulf. 


ae 


THE PTEROPODS OF THE OLDER TERTIARY OF 
AUSTRALIA. 


By Professor Ratru Tare, F.G.S., F.L.S., &e. 
[Read October 5, 1886.} 


GENUS STYLIOLA. 


SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. 
Without conspicuous ornament. 


Sides rounded ; a dorsal furrow. S. Rangiana. 
Sides angulated ; no dorsal furrow. S. bicarinata. 
Transversely annulated. S. annulata. 


Styliola Rangiana, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 2. 

Shell slender, conical, pellucid; straightish, but slightly 
curved apically, and rather abruptly tapering to a fine point; 
in front of the apex are one or two small inflations; slightly 
compressed dorso-ventrally ; ornamented with obliquely trans- 
verse striez. A longitudinal sulcus extends from the aperture 


195 


on its dorsal side only, inclining to the left of the middle line 
to near the apex. Aperture oblique, ovate-rotund. 

Dimensions.—Axial length, 55; major diameter of aperture, 
1:25 millimetres. 

Localities —Muddy Creek and Schnapper Point, Victoria. 

Compared with actual specimens of Cleodora subulata, Quoy 
and Gaimard, this species is distinguished by its elliptical 
aperture, by its proportionately greater breadth, and by its 
abruptly tapering apex. 


Styliola bicarinata, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 9. 
Shell slender, conical, pointed, straight; aperture trans- 
versely ovate; lateral margins strongly keeled. 
Dimensions.—Axial length, 6:25; major diameter of aperture, 
2 millimetres. 
Locality.— Muddy Creek. 


Styliola annulata, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 1. 

Shell conical, straight, transversely annulated, smooth ; 
aperture circular. 

Dimensions.—Axial length, 8; diameter of aperture, 2 milli- 
metres. 

Localities—Glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide bore; Tur- 
ritella clays, Blanche Point, Aldinga Bay. 

This species presents some resemblance to Creseis striata, 
Rang, but the shell is straight, not incurved apically, and the 
annulations are on a larger scale. 


Vaginella eligmostoma, spec. nov. Plate xx., fig. 7. 

Elongate-ventricose, smooth, shining, apex acute; the pos- 
terior half is subcompressed, angulated on the sides, thence 
narrowing to near the aperture, where the shell expands 
laterally, though here the lateral compression is most distinct. 

The sculpture consists of very fine arched strize descending 
to the lateral angulations. 

The aperture is narrowly oval-oblong, with truncatedly 
rounded ends; each lip has a median curvature bounded on 
each side by a broad insinuation. 

Dimensions —Total length, 7; greatest transverse diameter, 
1°75 millimetres. 

Locality.—Very abundant in the lower beds at Muddy 
Creek. 

This species would appear to be distinct from V. depressa, 
Basterot, of the Miocene Basin of Bordeaux and Dax, chiefly 
by its sinuated aperture. Rang and Souleyet represent the 
aperture of V. depressa as having simple margins meeting at 
an angle. 


196 


Spiralis tertiaria, spec. nov. Plate xx., figs. 12a—12c. 

Shell sinistral, thin, shining, transparent; subglobosely 
depressed, umbilicated. The last whorl is convex, rapidly 
enlarging, regularly curved, except near the suture, where it is 
rapidly descending; spire sunken, with the apical whorls rising 
to the level of the last whorl. Umbilicus small. Peristome 
thin, simple, a little reflexed at the umbilicus. Surface sculp- 
tured with fine sigmoid lines. 

Diameter, one millimetre. 

Localities —Lower beds at Muddy Creek and blue clays at 
Schnapper Point. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


-N.B.—The figures are of the natural sizes except when other- 
wise stated. 


Plate XIV. 


1. Cardium Victorie, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve ; 
6, enlargement of surface near the ventral margin. 

2. Cardium hemimeris, Zate. Adelaide. a, Right valve; 3, 
enlargement of portion of anterior half (not correct), 
and c, of posterior half. 

3. Cardium moniletectum, Tate. Adelaide. a, Left valve; 3, 
enlargement of surface. 

4. Verticordia rhomboidea, Zate. River Murray Cliffs. En- 
larged. 

5. Chama lamellifera, Tenison-Woods. Schnapper Point. a, 
Attached valve ; 8, free valve. 

6. Montacuta sericea, Tate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 

7. Chione propinqua, 7. Woods. Muddy Creek. 

8. Chione propinqua, 7. Woods. Table Cape. 

9. Dosinia Johnstoni, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

10. Diplodonta subquadrata, Zute. Muddy Creek. a, Left 
valve, and 0, dorsal aspect of the same. 

11. Dosinia imparistriata, Zate. Adelaide. 

12. Dosinia Johustoni, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve of 
an adult shell, and 8, dorsal aspect of the same. 

13. Verticordia pectinata, Tate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 

14. Cytherea paucirugata, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

15. Venerupis paupertina, Zute. Muddy Creek. Slightly en- 
larged. 

16. Cytherea tenuis, Zate. Adelaide. 

17. Chione subroborata, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve; 
b, dorsal aspect of right valve. 


18. 
i9. 


197 


Cytherea Murrayana, Tate. River Murray Cliffs. 
Loripes simulans, Tate. Aldinga. Slightly enlarged. 


Plate XV. 


. Chione hormophora, Yate. Table Cape. a, Left valve; 


and 0, its dorsal aspect. 


. Nera subrostrata, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Adult shell; 


6, young (?) shell. Much enlarged. 


. Chione dimorphophylla, Yate. River Murray Cliffs. a, 


Left valve; 6, dorsal aspect of united valves. 


. Meroe gibberula, Zate. Muddy Creek. a, Right valve, and 


6, dorsal aspect of the same. 


. Thracia perscabrosa, Tate. Muddy Creek. 


6. Chione multilamellata, Zete. Adelaide. a, Left valve; 


Doe 


Or Hm 69 


Coro, “6D 


10. 


1 
Lo. 


13. 
14. 


15. 
LG, 


WG 
18. 


and 6, dorsal aspect of the same. 
Plate XVI. 


. Chione Corioensis, Zate. Corio Bay. Enlarged. 
. Chione dictua, Zute. River Murray Cliffs. Slghtly en- 


larged. 


. Chione Cainozoica, 7. Woods. Schnapper Point. a, Right 


valve ; 6, its dorsal aspect. 


. Tellina albinelloides, Zate. Muddy Creek. aand 6, Left 


and right valves. 


. Tellina equilatera, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve; 


b, interior of right valve. 


. Tellina Masoni, Yute. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve; 


b, right valve; c, dorsal aspect of left valve. 


. Tellina Stirlingi, Zate. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve, and 


b, its dorsal aspect. Enlarged. 


. Tellina porrecta, Zute. Adelaide. Slightly enlarged. 
. Tellina equilatera, Tate. iver Murray Cliffs. a, Left 


valve of a very young shell (ventral margin too much 
arched); 0, dorsal aspect of the same. Enlarged. 

Psammobia equalis, Zute. Muddy Creek. Slightly en- 
larged. 

Donax depressus, Tate. River Murray Cliffs. ; 

Semele vesiculosa, Zate. Muddy Creek. Slightly en- 
larged. 

Psammobia Hamiltonensis, Zute. Muddy Creek. 

Solecurtus ellipticus, Tate. River Murray Cliifs. Slightly 
enlarged. 

Donax Dixoni, Zate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 

Myodora angustior, Zate. Muddy Creek. Slightly en- 
larged. 

Solecurtus Dennanti, Zate. Muddy Creek. 

Semele Krauseana, Yate. Schnapper Point. a, Right 
valve; 0, dorsal aspect of closed valves. 


m oon 


198 
Plate X.VALL 


. Mactra axiniformis, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Right valve 


b, dorsal aspect of the same. 


. Jouannetia cuneata, Tate. Adelaide. 
. Mactra Howchiniana, Yate. Muddy Creek. a, Right 


=) 
valve; b, dorsal aspect of the same. 


. Mactra Hamiltonensis, Zute. Muddy Creek. a, Right 


valve; 5, its dorsal aspect. 


. Anapa variabilis, Zate. Aldinga. a, Right valve; 6, its 


dorsal aspect. 


. Myodora lamellata, Tate. Adelaide. a, Right valve; 


b, left valve; c, dorsal aspect of united valves. En- 
larged. 


. Myodora lamellata, Tate; var. Adelaide. Right valve. 


Enlarged. 


. Myodora equilatera, Johnston. Table Cape. Left valve. 
. Myodora tenuilirata, Tate. Muddy Creek. a and 6, Right 


and left valves. 


. Myodora australis, Johnston. Table Cape. a and 8, Right 


and left valves. 


. Myodora corrugata, Tate. Muddy Creek. aand b, Right 


and left valves. 


. Corbuia pixidata, Tate. Aldinga. a, Left valve; 6, dorsal 


aspect of united valves. Slightly enlarged. 


. Corbula ephamilla, Yate. River Murray Cliffs. a, Left 


valve ; 8, right valve ; ce, dorsal aspect of united valves. 


. Corbula ephamilla, Zate. Young shell, much enlarged. 
. Solecurtus Legrandi, Zaute. Table Cape. 


Plate X VIII. 


. Barnea tiara, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Left valve; 6, ac- 


cessory valve; and c, side view of the same. 


. Pecten subconvexus, Zate. Muddy Creek. 

. Panopea orbita, Hutton. River Murray Cliffs. 

. Pecten deformis, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

. Tellina Cainozoica, 7. Woods. Table Cape. Slightly en- 


larged. 


. Cytherea submultistriata, Zute; var. Cooke’s Plains. 

. Cytherea eburnea, Tate. River Murray Cliffs. 

. Cytherea submultistriata, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

. Mytilus Hamiltonensis, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

. Saechia suborbicularis, Tate. River Murray Cliffs. a, Right 


valve, enlarged ; band c, interior of left and right valve, 
much enlarged. 


. Lucina affinis, Zate. River Murray Cliffs. Enlarged. 


> Se 
bo oe 


pot be 
He OD 


ice) “I ore) | bee Cobh 


£© 


ao 
aS) 


_ 
bo 


ht 
He 00 


SCOMNT OD UARWNHe 


199 
Plate XIX. 


. Mytilus deperditus, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

. Solen sordidus, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

. Mytilus linguatulus, Tate. Muddy Creek. 

. Teredo sp. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 

. Cryptodon mactreformis, Zute. Muddy Creek. Much 


enlarged. 


. Strigilla australis, Zute. Muddy Creek. Slightly en- 


larged. 


. Rhinomya latesuleata, Tate. Adelaide. Much enlarged. 
. Nera Adelaidensis, Tate. Adelaide. Enlarged. 


Lucina area, Tate. Aldinga. Enlarged. 


. Ostrea manubriata, Tate. Muddy Creek. Exterior and 


interior views of the attached valve. 


. Aspergillum (Humphreyia) liratum, Tate. Adelaide. Slightly 


enlarged. 


. Myodora prelonga, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Right*valve ; 


c, its dorsal aspect; 4, left valve; d, interior of the 
same. 


. Kellia micans, Tate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 
. Capistrocardia fragilis, Zate. River Murray Cliffs. a, In- 


terior, and 0, exterior of left valve. Enlarged. 


Plate XX. 


. Styhola annulata, Zate. Aldinga. Enlarged. 
. Styhola Rangiana, Tate. Muddy Creek. Much enlarged. 
. Dentalium triquetrum, 7ate. Adelaide. Enlarged, natural 


size in outline. 


. Entalis subfissura, Tate. River Murray Cliffs. a, Natural 


size; b, apex enlarged. 


. Dentalium bifrons, Zate. Muddy Creek. 
. Entalis annulatum, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Natural size, 


and b, apex enlarged. 


. Vaginella eligmostoma, Zute. Muddy Creek. Much en- 


larged ; aperture in outline. 


. Dentalium aratum, Zate. River Murray Cliffs. Enlarged ; 


natural size and transverse section in outline. 


. Styliola bicarinata, Zate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged; 


natural size and section in outline. 


. Cadulus mucronatus, Tate. (A very bad drawing.) 
. Entalis acriculum, Yate. Muddy Creek. Natural size, 


and apex enlarged. 


. Spiralis tertiaria, Tate. Muddy Creek. a, Base; 0, front 


view; c, apical aspect. Much enlarged. 


. Lucina araneosa, Zate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 
. Cardita calva, Tate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 


200 


. Lucina despectans, Tate. Muddy Creek. Young shell, 


much enlarged. 


. Lucina despectans, Tate. An older shell, enlarged. 

. Carditella multilamella, Tate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 
. Cardita solida, Tate. Muddy Creek. Enlarged. 

. Tellina equilatera, Tate. Muddy Creek. An adult shell. 

. Carditella polita, Zate. Muddy Creek. Fry, much en- 


larged. 


. Carditella polita, Zate. An adult shell, enlarged. 


201 


SCIENTIFIC OBSERVATIONS MADE DURING THE 
VOYAGE OF THE MARANOA FROM LONDON TO 
ADELAIDE, 1883. 


By Crement L. Wraaer, F.R.G.S., F.R.Met.Soc., &e. 
[Read June 2, 1885, and March 2, 1886.] 


Pirates XXI.-XXVI. 


(ABSTRACT. ) 


We left Portland at 6.40 a.m., October 20th, and I at once 
proceeded to arrange my instruments. I employed an ordinary 
Stevenson’s thermometer screen, and strongly recommend it for 
sea use in place of the Board of Trade wall screens, usually sup- 
pled to captains by the Meteorological Office. By means of 
it I obtained a better circulation of air around the bulbs than 
is possible with a wall screen, and I hung maximum and mini- 
mum thermometers therein, as well as wet and dry bulbs. Self- 
registering thermometers I find very necessary at sea, and the 
screen should be swung to a spar in such a way as to keep its 
perpendicular position, and if placed in the afterpart of the 
ship, near the taffrail, a good series of observations can be ob- 
tained, and the index in the minimum thermometer will not 
slp. Here the chance of vitiation of readings, either by spray 
or heat from the engine-room, is reduced to its minimum. In 
my cabin I swung a “ Richard”’ aneroid barograph, a new form 
of recording barometer, which I can most cordially recommend. 
The instrument only needs setting and winding once a week, 
and a perfect and most valuable record of pressure is obtained 
throughout the voyage. My own mercurial, a fine Board of 
Trade barometer, having a total error of but 0°003, I also hung 
in my cabin, and my floating observatory was as complete as I 
could make it. I also determined to take sea-surface tempera- 
tures throughout the voyage, as this is one of the most impor- 
tant points in the problems of physical geography, and I found 
the best plan was to cast a little bucket from near the fore- 
castle head, so as to be clear of the disturbing influences from the 
waste-pipes of the engine-room. At noon on October 20th, 
285 miles south-west from Portland, I took my first regular 
readings. Observations were usually made at “eight bells.” 

It is always my custom at sea to cast adrift bottles containing 
the ship’s position, with a request to the finder to report where 


202 


picked up, in the hope of obtaining novel results as to the cur- 
rents of the ocean. This practice was adopted during the Ant- 
arctic expeditions with much success, and I have already ob- 
tained valuable data from my own bottles sent adrift on 
former voyages. 

After passing Ushant the Maranoa came into the region of 
Rennel’s current, a stream much influenced by the seasons and 
winds. It follows the north coast of Spain, then sets north 
along the west of France, and runs at the rate of more than 
half a mile per hour. It passes the entrance of the English 
Channel, where it flows at a velocity of a mile an hour, and to 
it is attributed the loss of many vessels. One branch sets to 
Cape Clear, and another to St. George’s Channel. 

In lat. 46° 30’, long. 7° 10’ W., where the current sweeps up 
from the Bay of Biscay, I cast over three bottles addressed to 
the Meteorological Office, in the hope of testing seasonal change 
on this current. It appears, however, from my experiments 
of a former voyage—which I may mention as of passing inte- 
rest—that bottles do not always drift with the current, but 
may to a greater extent than in the opinion of Maury be in- 
fluenced by the winds. For instance, on May 17th, 1878, when 
in lat. 48° 19' N., long. 10° 27' W., a ‘position somewhat to the 
west of this current, I cast over bottles under west-south- 
westerly winds. These, instead of following the drift, which 
is strong with west winds, went easterly, right across it, with- 
out loss of time. One was picked up on the island of Sein on 
July 12th, one in the Baie de Quiberon about August 21st, an- 
other on the coast of the Department of Finistére, and a fifth 
went up channel to Brighton Beach, and was picked up on 
October 8th following. On the present voyage, in lat 45° 40’ 
N., long. 7° 50’ W., where the Biscay current setting to east- 
south-east joins the loop of Rennel’s current setting to west- 
north-west, I cast over a bottle, and in like manner it did not 
follow the current, but went right across it nearly at right 
angles, and was picked up four months afterwards on the coast 
of the Department of Loire-Inférieure. 

Early on October 22nd we sighted the steep and broken 
coast line of North-West Spain, a formation which I connect 
with the Cretaceous period. I was enabled to take several 
sketches of this interesting scenery with its fiord-like inlets or 
vias. The action of sub-aerial denudation is very apparent in 
the rcunded bluffs of Finisterre, and débris from the weather- 
ing action of Atlantic storms is seen in many a talus on the 
wild declivities of this littoral. Near Cape Carvoeiro the 
weathering action on the ruddy white chalk is again very ap- 
parent, and masses of débris cover the cliffs. 

When passing near Lisbon another bottle was sent adrift. 


203 


The Maranoa was then in the Portugal current which flows from 
Cape Finisterre, then south-south-east, coming very near to the 
coast, and after rounding Cape St. Vincent joins that portion 
of the North African current which enters the Mediterranean. 

I expected that my bottles would have followed this course, 
and was much surprised when, through the kindness of Messrs. 
Blandy, of Madeira, I received the original bottle-paper which 
had, instead, travelled south- west, and was picked up by fisher- 
men on the south beach of Porto Santo barely three months 
afterwards (January 14th, 1884). Messrs. Blandy in their 
letter to me say—‘‘It is a strange thing it having turned up 
there, as we have very distinct proofs of the current running 
usually from north-west past our group of islands. From 
Christmas until 15th January, however, we experienced a very 
unusual spell of south-east winds veering continually between 
east and south, and evidently of abnormal influence.” 

The mountainous ridge terminating in Cape Spartel is an 
imposing feature of much interest to the geologist. Alterna- 
ting, however, with the bold escarpments of this portion of the 
coast are low and undulating tracts, evidently the waste 
material from the softer parts of what was once a higher range. 

The following sea-surface temperatures are worthy of special 
note :—On October 23rd at 8 p.m, on coming up to Cape St. 
Vincent, 60°4° was the value. At 8 a.m. next day when passing 
abeam of the mouth of Guadalquiver, and about 80 miles dis- 
tant, 65°0° was recorded. At noon, wheu 40 miles from Cadiz, 
the temperature of the water had fallen 3:2°, and afterwards 
appeared steadily to rise till 66:0° was registered at 8 p.m. in 
the Strait. The discharge of the waters draining the heated 
plains of Andalusia, and the influence of the converging land, 
may tend to explain these temperatures. 

The famous ‘‘red glow” was first noticed at sunset on the 
30th October. East of the 24th meridian intense vapour bands 
were observed to the lett of D in the spectrum throughout the 
day at seven degrees above horizon. At times these bands were 
almost black, but usually faded off with elevation of the in- 
strument to the zenith. This extraordinary intensity of the 
rain-band in the clear skies of the Levant I attribute to the 
excess of vapour accumulated over the sea, and rapid evapora- 
tion, and cannot establish a connection between them and the 
sunset displays. 

Port Said was reached on the morning of November Ist, 
and soon afterwards we entered the Suez Canal. 

I was much gratified to find that since my last passage 
through the Canal (in 1874) a belt of vegetation had sprung 
up on many parts of the banks, acting as a natural barrier 
to the sand-dust, which otherwise would drift rapidly into the 


204: 


‘bed of the canal. Arundo phragmites, gnaphalium, and a species 
of lotus appear to prevail. At Ismailia I went ashore by spe- 
cial arrangement, and on the shores of Lake Timsah I obtained 
many specimens of marine mollusca, including Cardium edule, 
Mactra solida, and Mytilus, which the Arabs affirmed had mi- 
grated from the Red Sea. 

The maximum air temperature during the passage of the 
Canal was 77°3, and the minimum 61'0°._ The barometer, fully 
reduced, ranged between 30:080 and 29'904 during the passage 
of the Canal. 

I may mention that the highest sea surface temperature yet 
observed is 94° near the Straitof Bab-el-mandeb. On looking 
at the synopsis of this section it will be seen that 88°9° was the 
highest observed on this passage in lat. 17° 45’ N. The mean 
temperature of the Red Sea water north of latitude 20° is 77° 
4', and south of that parellel 81° 5’. In many parts of the Red 
Sea the water is intensely blue, the colour being quite as deep 
as in the Mediterranean. I observed this more particularly in 
lat. 26°20'N. The cause of this blue colour appears as yet to be 
imperfectly understood, and probably will remain so until the 
perfection of a sub-aqueous exploring telescope, as suggested 
by Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart., in the fourth edition of the 
“Admiralty Manual of Scientific Enquiry,” has been realised. 

At Aden I secured several specimens of metamorphic slates 
and calcite with some pieces of tracytic or felspathic lava. 

We sailed from Aden on November 8th as the north-east 
monsoon was becoming established, and on 10th we passed 
Socotra, an admirable position for a high-level meteorological 
station by the way, being 4,656 feet high. In this neighbour- 
hood I observed many fine specimens of Acalephe, purple 
“jelly-fish,” probably the quorea purpurea. They abounded 
in great numbers. vzocietas volitans was also prevalent. 
Here again the water was of a deep blue colour. Intense vapour 
bands were observed during this section to the left of the D 
line in the spectrum at 7° above horizon as in the Mediter- 
ranean and Red Sea. 

The prevailing upper wind current was N.E. by E., the clouds 
travelling with a velocity of about 2°5 on a scale of 0 to 10. 
The skies of the north-east monsoon are truly splendid, and the 
cloud-forms often exceedingly curious. One instance only I 
ean mention. On November 14th, after sunset, against a golden 
background, rose as from the offing dark cumuli of most gro- 
tesque shapes. They resembled trees, branches, islands, rocks, 
and even solar prominences, with heavy cumulo- stratus 
stretched above, while the full moon at the opposite azimuth, 
on a sky of grey blue and reflected on the water, added charm 
to the picture. I merely mention this because many travellers 


205 


having a knowledge of photography might add very largely to 
meteorological science by taking cloud pictures in various lati- 
tudes. 

The high values for relative humidity at sea wiil interest 
those who have not given special attention to meteorology,. 
especially when it is remembered that 25 and 15 are not un- 
usual percentages for this element in the dry summer climate 
of the Adelaide Plains. In the latter a percentage of nine, 
with a difference of over 36° between the dry and wet bulbs, 
has quite recently been recorded at the Torrens Observatory, 
lately established by me, two miles north-east from Adelaide. 


\ 


206 


(odAy [[euIs UL YYIMoIOy} orvduod 03 syuomeTo fod 4 osavy, ur ory somoryxo o1ydouds oy T—'g'N) 


> & ‘a1nsodxo Jo spotiod avyrauie 
a a IOJ puUL[IONG JO spuUv[YSIFA puv oAYspaoyrjg JO spuvyljAOOP GY} UT pourezqO son[vA Uv} ssoy {sINOY OA[OMy PUR ANOJ Jo sporioed soz 
5 roy “(OL 09 0 9[¥OS) Z°g ‘UAd.L0S JOJOTIOULAAY} OY OPIsUT pouuId ‘s}s09 oUOzZO sQvyoyy AQ on[VA JsoySIAR ‘puUvyureM UvolAyY OY) Suttovoidde 
p+ uo ABM 9AVS A[Ipvoys JI Jnq ‘atnssaid dzoydsourjye jo suoryenjgony poyaveu ON ‘poouattodxe o40M *AA'G*AA WOM] sope.y-r9oyunod 
§ =) 5 puv stomoys Suissed orsym ‘Avosigy jo Avg oy JO osessed oy} SulAnp ‘sPop p posvasoul oAnjesoduisy oovjans-vog—'SAUVINAY 
Se *sAUM]V [DA BOS PUL “WT “SOP ZE 0} PooONpol AOJOULOIV 
o wn 
8-01 | 6.ST 
e 2 ‘osuvy ‘osury 
O38 
4 8 ‘gryeaqg og ul]O.99 |}; — 2a | — | ‘t8910 81 |S 4a'm] L129] €8 | LLP. | 6.8 | 1-09 | 0.89 | 061-08 |urdg! Fz 
q 
= ‘GOS Pol = __ |. ‘aBeyo PE ‘ iF a oa “s fu _ | 061.0¢g judg 
= 33) Saoyg ‘4yreayg Sursoquq £.99) 00 404 Ajyer0uey| ynoqy a OVOFT.0g 03 p | Pe 
an 
me *19yaenb rl ‘snynumno . me z 
a 
= Ved ys : *s-10 
ed M ‘W0g *S9pg *Su0T ! “wma 0.2 = uoou 
*N “mUQg¢ ‘do 4 ; G 1% 
£ 2 N *W0g *oopop *JeT ‘CLINT 
ne is ‘queysQ wo7ry s *sn[nuimns nee F Ae , Saati 
= > ‘AN salt QP gnoqy| 2-94 0 @ | yarg E M'S | 0.2F | 69 | 193-| 6F | 0-Lb | BIG | — 8] 02 
O is ; 
queysyQ woz =f __ | ‘snyutumno ; ax is re ie me ra ST aeeetstis 
rag ag [EN saute 09 anoay 8.0G | ° josodsy, | Te M 04 p | 0% 
oO ae 00 ‘pO 
de® 
oC re 
ce) 5 a (eee = oS —— SS as ee |S ee a Se 
ae wel oF lewdleel of | GB) Soe ee oe) eee ee ea 
oe x Be |e” [Besse 2 5 BE | 4 bs) oe oR | & | Sar eis 
= oF) es as) B o oy 9 . ° 
| = a ‘syivmos puv uortsog | f" os SEs = 3 ; 3 3 "aa ral ¢ Bell Ee lho 
HA See ete Wee Ne is E Cee ss 
a Bi 2 | Belee : Rel 8 ; 
Zi o Ss ' » oe ona — ge 5B ® 
Se 
A 
oO 
a 
R 


‘SISHONAG TVOINOTOUOMIA 


October 24 to 28. 


2 


207 
Section I1.—Gibraltar to Malta, vid Cape Tennez, Algiers, 
and Cape Bon—direct coastal courses 


*APOATPOIASAI SAMO] FLBLO PUY ANOJ LOZ 9.¢ PUL C.E TOIMJOG POBUA SUT} OMOZQ *MOTJOVAJOA [VIA}SO.LIO} PUL ,AFTTIGISIA ,, 

OSMO}ME ILM pPoruedmooov ‘poureyqo Ayattyu vavyeg JO varie ofUo[oAd Ol[] JO aT pa UAOTJAOU Ol]? PUNOA Suyfjoavay spur ATAo\seg *(pvat{ 

uoouis})}v Aq Ite jo uoTsuvdxa puv uoryeiodvad Jo osvatoop 0} onp) ‘urd 9 puv "Ul'e OT WIM Jo suiddip puv *(anodva jo uoljyepnuindoe 
pur ae Surmiour Aly 0} FUTMO) ‘ure G puvx ‘ule G UdIMJoq FUISTA A[yUAS oAtnod oyjJ—Aprojs A[][v.ALOUIT PoUfeUoa OANSSO1g— SALON 
: } *poqeodzaqur sonjva oLijouo1sA YH y 


9.8 | Fel Tg1-0 
‘osuvy |‘aoury ‘oouvy 
‘aniq deep ' . 
for syem “guys som | ZOL) — | © | & | enmumg | &t |"H'N'G|F.99) 29 |6er.}€-9 |F-09| £99] eIT.og | ‘wdy | Le 
22 ‘urvoqe Aj[avou uog edep l 
*SADIS[W fon ee | eas “19/9 , See en pee eee Ae eee ‘urd 7 
wot} “ANG sar OL jnoqy V.8Z Aiperauagy | ST oO FOT-OF jo, uooxy 9% 
‘ond *SULIOT 5 C4 : 
doop 10}0M “A 'WLO Sapp | 6.69 = 9 | © cao yysuq) 81 m |L-6¢ ¢9 |#1¢./0,2/0.¢9| 0.2L | FOT-0€ UOON | 92 
‘BU0T =“ N ‘WZO “DOpLE “3eT ak ; 
‘zauuay, edegQ Woy = x cata | en *Ivalo - eae . RR 
‘a SQ AN. Sart og qnoqy Atperouay | &% © |8-09} 18 | Fes.) F-€|¢-€9) 6-99x1 €GO,0E | “ues | 92 
‘on{q Axyut daop ‘104 RAA . ; ‘ure g Ba 
jOoIMO[OQ “ALgTBAIGED WoAZ _— 0.19 q 0|«¢ eles og 's4a°aq})— | — | om} orl ncl — ~puas.noy GS 
}8Sv9 SoU OG JV poyVUIT}S I a 8g sUuLing 
"ARA[LAQHH WOAF = : ‘ +e ’ nae ae 
ygnos £q qsva sari pp ynoqy| 9-9 zd | 0 Iva | ST am |L-2¢} 98 |8lF,/8,G) 1-69} 0-29 | VBL.OE |3UstaprT|es-F2 
seyerqrp sowrengul] — | — | 4 | 0 | geri | ST} “H LL9] 78 [LLP 9.6 /6 6g) ¢-29x| VBLOE |-ard o¢'or| Fz 
‘0 
tae Oran ist ie ae “= “7 “| <i ¢la| o/s mb | 
we oe euclee o 2 = 5 eH fi2.8) & = a ag ° 2 
Ot i= 2 Oo 2 & a 7] oO i=] = 10 2p oS a co ne SI S 
"=O eS Sis ct] & Qu n for) B65 Stig ° 4 o for fe) 7. . 
eee wr 2S |lSebloo : = : Sitesi- Gl oe | g es o> 
SyIvwat pue UOTISOg 3 5 |B >Slom> = °. Go| A eee = ae 
O et ue) 5 +S = SS & * ; as 
| steele : Tl gel gl’ ; 
a & | 9giss 5 eel ¢ 
(‘od{4 [[vus UL YZTMoroYy orvdutod 07 syuouoya ‘odkz osAvT UL oe SoUOT}XO o1ydouds oy T—'g'N) 


‘SISCONAG TVOINOTOMORLA PT 


208 


Secrion III.—Malta to Port Said, direct course, October 28th 
to November Ist. 


‘papi0001 svi 9U0ZO 10] ON vA 
YUSIY ON ‘Opts ‘AEN OU} UO spuTM A]10}8¥0-t]4NOs Tensn O49 YIM ‘aouvqangsip oy4 jo yuo] UT porandd0 s[[enbs-ures Aavoy pue ‘Bury sty] 
‘sepunyg, ‘Apvejs sem oAAnod oryduasoreq oy ‘YIOE PUB YSZ EY} UTaMy4eq UOTssatdop oUO/dAD 4YBIS B JO UOTJde0xO OY} YITM—'SHLON 
*poqzelodiozur son[va o1nqowmoasA 


*U0OTIIAOF UT pot.andd0 9.@ e.9T €61-0 
‘dule} Jie ‘xv—'g'N|‘osury ‘osuvy ‘onuvy 
‘on {q deep 199v AA "sad Ay 


‘| ‘wg ‘sepeg ‘suol |6,92 18,92) 9 g snjuuing | PF [St¥@ “AVA €.89 | 99 | sBF- | 2.6) €-99 | 0.6L | BOL. |'UOON| Te 
“N ‘ulcT ‘“Sepzg “4vT 

*UOZIAOY U.10}SOM 
uo surTaqysIy faye 
Amod ‘a “WO0Z ‘Sopgz 
‘SuO] “* N "WO ‘dopeg “4v'T 


*1va[O 


‘ur'd 
7 % q 0 Ayjeasueg =| U AId’S | £.09 | OL | 98S. | 8-9] 8-F9x! 9-OLx OVvL.O€ 0g 


ye Apvozg} OT 


‘any[q daop 1998 AA Sty bs 1¥6.62 |. 
‘a “WZg ‘SopgT ‘suo, | FL 5 — ») g j-nutuo eure fT | “HSS | $09 | FL | FES | 8-F| G-F9 | 0-69 lay Kpeajg| FOON) 62 
“N ‘wgg ‘soppe ‘4vT “ayo ATUL 
| 
‘ul'd g : : ! 
qnoqeosre ‘www woay | BLL] — | % | 2 |p surtoy ung’ &t| “EN | 9-191 58 | 099. [6.0] 6-89 | 8.99 | 450s, mre sl 62 
‘ASA Sejlut OST ynoqy ppt 
*UlI0JSAAPUNTY pur 
stjenbs-urear Aq pouvd Bes 28. 5 
-tU0d08 ‘uo [ssaidop & 9 fi basta 8 euie4 = Pe eee | fare fe! — fae 
DAyJouUOA’wq Jo suoTyIp = 7a,09 n |ynoqy bo ce ata ea > E 
-U00 AapunN *B} VY WoAy PH eet ede Cor aN 0} A 
“HSH SOTTO OOS ULTFT AM | 
| ‘pO 
| 
SS _—— | | Oo — a | ee | EE —"| ——— ——_ ——s 
. bd =] 
cediee leediat| 2 Elen eee ee ome 
es | &_ |28s| BF E Pilsen Pine dat ae sa had es =i Seemed = hors 
“syrvUlo EP Mees |S ere |= 0i6 eit = : oe Re le S| oe. ae ; 
4 Y puv uoyisog | Bree! om D 2. 160 zeal) e | ee 
a eS ae «+2 ae 5 iy 8 o S eq 
@ ct o ofS 5 ct 19 ¢ ‘ % 
eas) ie) . oO (=r 
B| of | 8g 55 : eB) 8 4 


CodA4 [[vUs UL YZIMEIOY} porvdutod oq 04 szuowolo {odAz oSav] Ur ore soulod}xo o1ydouds oYT—'g'N) 
‘SISTONAQ 'IVIIDOTONOALAY 


November lst to Novem- 


209 


Secrron IV.—Port Said to Aden. 
ber 8th. 


*‘popaooxa IOAN BuIA ‘OT 0} 0 JO 9[VOS B UO ‘0.g ‘s}s0} SJVYOT Sutsn ‘ou0z0 A0F sonyva YSiy ou poureyqe J ‘advAOA Ot} Jo Javd sAoT]Av9 94 
UISY ‘odussed vog poy oY} SULAMp UOZILOY oYy AoE ‘sap J 4v adooso.sqoads oY} UL poAdosqo Ajquonbeaf 9.190M spuvquirs SUu0IJG—' SALON 


*poqe[odioqut son[va o1yomoiss A x 
et ee ee eee 


9-81 | LT F9T-0 
‘oduvy |‘osuvy ‘osue yy 
"119, 
foqer 0} dn phate 9.08 oa a es a et | ‘4199 | ¢-LL | €6 | oh6. | G.L | 9.82 | 0.08 | 926-68 [| UrecT Dh L 
[Joys SUlUyYovyT SarT* 
rayemtxoidds “mo | — |928) — | — = ge | ‘wre | OL | 69 | OTS. | 9-9 | SLL | 6-€8x) 166-66 Frere 9 
‘mI9e ‘Sepop “SuOT 
"N ‘WOE “SOpLI “eT 
“qu StU 
qe Mop aro ‘snjnuind 
‘oyeturxoiddy “q |6.88 |) — o | F | OAT g.. | ‘une: eek | GO" | Gel. | Leb | TLL | 8.78 | 106.60. | ‘aad 9 
‘m9 ‘sopop ‘suoT ‘sn[UuWUug 
"NE ‘UIGF “SOPLT “4eqT SI 
"NMOS | ren ee — — |ynoqy |STAN N | 0-99 | 82 | Ish | 9.0 | L-€9 |€-FLe) GOO.OE | “mo | F 
‘Bopeg ynoqe -4vy 
*JJos puv : 
tava ary zong | — | — | o | el goog | st | Atm | Tg | og | aap. |G.LL| oo | ons | pe66e jude | & 
WO SI[IUL gg Jnoqy 
“ysnot 
TOYA BIG ‘d4RIS 
‘oy «orayem jo: | 8.G2/ 102) 2 | 2 |sumump] cg | AIM | FF | Tg | Gh | HIT | 1.29 | TFL | 916-66 | “mdr | & 
ImMojog *zang Ulody 
ygnos sayiu og ynoqy “S881 
“AON 
a Ssa\erie oie aoe Sl ee eee |) cae sale 
co} 4 etm |o aa Ee oO = 4 “4 lo) 3 Ql wn a iS <= 4 & ey 4 
@ ct & Pople = oO Bb a OSs] 50 B ct << m SI ct 
Oo m Sp et] & s a n a ' Dac. S56 @ oy ia @ 
Sa | Ost Sera . = : eo Steer, en o S S co : 
SYAVWIOA PU UOTIISOG| Ff G |S eSlo™ = 3. Gs A 5 e, e oe 
ae eel S jee - B | Pelee a ae 
* Oo . fat Oo 
5 | gs | Sgl5a S Bel 8 é 
' ' 1 _ eS ix ie Tau ' fy 


‘(addy [[VUIS UL Y}TMoAOTY oreduIod 04 spuouoTs ‘odAy OSA] UI OLE SoUTTyXO orydouds oy [—'q'N) 


‘(NUCW OG ZAG) SISCONAG TVOINOTONOALAL 


210 


Fes 
0.8 SUM 
9U0Z0 IO} ONIVA OT} PUP “e.g, PUL g.Lg WOOMJOQ posuvA oANqvioduoy, *oA.ANO yeoTdo.1g [wUANIp Arvurp10 oY} JO WoUSTIOMOYA OT} patient 
A[oLaUL AOJOULoAvA OY} “UILT “UV T puv ‘YIOT LOQMIOAON “UUN'L J UOOMJOY ‘OMWLOTOD FE OIUM "UIT IOQUIOAO N OGUIO]OD 4B PIAL 
‘UOOU 4B PROA ‘IJGT OYJ UO OS[Y » 


um 


Coddy [[eus Ut YYLAoroyy orvdut0d 0} sywouojo fod Ay OSA] UT ov SOWOT}XO odouds oy —'g'N) 
‘SISCONAG IVOINOTONORLAT 


| 
a) 
(e@) 
ml 
o 
2 Od | Lor 
| osuvry ‘osury £61.0 
‘O0Uv 
oa ‘OQ(UIO[OD JO AOYOUR FV LG2 u 
nbs ‘ULIOWLOD EdD WO.IJ suyNUINd -O.1110 
A "M'S SoTL OF 9noqy| 6.18 | — o | 9 |‘sngeaqys-ornur) g | ‘aro | 9.2} 8 | Bos. | Le] 1-91 | 862 | LEB.6G ards ct 
s a tag opt -no ‘snjnumng 
® “OUOl  N 'WEP OOPL “VT 
wR 
les! *snpnurnd) 
3 *v1JOOOg WO.IJ GGBx| 9 ‘ : , , 
a g josooy ‘mug |*N Aq‘g| eth} 89 | 892. [6.9] 8-92] L128] £066 jad 
S CMO. POEs Og Mey, : -no snynwung pee rae 
~ *u9018 JO FUT FIM 
i) ‘ : : ‘snynuind 
oniq suaoays B 109eM P 
= Al ay cae ACSC) Aa 9 | p jesoop ‘mur et [a Aqa'N| 8-12 | ¢8 | 882- (6.0) 6-82 |-8-9L | $00.08 wes} OT 
= J CO ee “10 snynuing) 
ro “Pay jo puvjs— eu} HO 8 
= ‘UL SUI}JOS UOOSUOUL 
4s¥o-UQIONT *onTq-o7v,s *snpntuano . ae cae 
= ee eee Tle |) 8-109. Yo gacaege 3) BE | SCAG [88H | 0) | 9620 )6,F1 2.92) F-Gke | BOO.O8) iaiG 
qsvo solttr YgtT yuo 
S It av 
ey 
o *ANO[OD 9}V[S 
ystnjq doop B a04V me apaneeaars) 
= Le aey menos | O88| |. ele) (garmin | Sb | MAG 'M,| aks] «Cheol e Goss) 0:0 fG.el4) Ouest) O00 see 
WOAf Sd] TUL noc 
qj AON 
3) Se ee are ee — anme ere nite sh i | oe a a eer | eee 
ro 
b> Q s) x 6d, 8 ~) se] = 
< ae +5 Sil aie Cy E S @ leyfl ae | & = | ae a | 5 
oO =] Pow|o c oD b =| @ i) uo} ct d Ee: S ct 
| ig Bee oulen eh Rage a 7) Qu = 6) St g ° q o log One. of ° 
| ‘syIvUot puv UoIysog | =F "8 I2ba/ee ; =] : Bale ee Bee = ae. 
— A Fae | soe 5 5 ‘ ° S S base 
we) 2 st | (86 bo cu el seca = 
ee pl 8 | $gise F BES é 
ee 7 
AH 
e) 
aI 
R 


211 


a *SINOTL ANOJ SLY TITPLAA 4 *POAOWIT O OF} PLIL SIOJOMIOTIAIT]} HULIOSTHAA-J[S “PAAIASqO SP » 
0 $$$ ______— — Pi ae eee Ried na Be 

fa 1-11 0.¢T | } iia 
io) ‘oqvuurxord = |fexary)fosueyy 9I€.0 
ser -de “sm ‘ur}T | uf 

q ‘Bopag ‘aol tg | 
ere 2 

ii ‘te “Bopeg ‘yy 

r= ‘aAvqU sv oles _ — — — _- 82 “roa — as es sae a = erie 

i Ajpetoudd = toty} ‘ a BCl.O€ | ‘ud or) ¢z 
S -vAM JO SUOTJIPUDD 
* “‘qusia A[penbs 

pra § Suryoyrd : 
= dig ‘oyeuixoid Z Pe LEED pentgit 
TC) de “sg “wg, | 8.89) 29 | £4 | payprzop 8 | ‘a's | 9} 98 | 909. | Fe | F.99 | 8.89 | gotog |urdg | eg 
Rey nek} fe puv Ssurproidg 

qn OIPGH'SOUOT -"g . 

—) ‘WOP ‘Bopsq *4}eT 

2) ‘A “MU0g 
cae ‘SOpPTG ‘Suo'T *TYy Pama 

o ‘g ‘WGP ‘sap ‘und 9sSOOT 

= el yep ‘oniq et) = a) L |puvcumo nya! ge jay Aq ‘T'S! e.pL 9 9g. : u ; Z98.66 : 
S daap ‘tayeM jo ‘14v.14S-O.1.0 : - a : 6 | 98. | 2.0 | ee | 0.94 | 298.62 TOON | & 
wo amorwog *A|tAroy pie sg 
rq Suryoyrd dig 

A i ‘ayeutrxoad 

° -de “mW ‘UuIGP 

a ‘Sopes *SuUOT 

° f*g ‘Wwog ‘Sopg snyNUINd-O.1.119 
2 ‘wT = ooruind 16.08 | 8.€8] 2 | 6 |‘suyenssumd| et fa dsa‘a's} eto | ¢9 | 999. | 6.8] oct | ¢-18 | 218.6% |-uwds | og 
= surjvoy = sso.10v ‘snynung 

o) aug ‘an{q deep “EQ8T 
SS ‘19JVM JO ANOLON “AON 
> ‘yjoours AJaA vag 

ae 4/ el. se a 2 ona aeleet for eo) oe : 
HA gejeFlewsles| 2 || 2 | § jesflet| S| 2) 2 | of | # | 
ae *syAVUL a Oo oe S/o > os re ee 3 jee 5° g o o 2 mn a ° 
7, <2 1 puv uorzsog) & = Belle on ee @ g. Jo Fi g E = PE, 

° fe) ors iS ct S =e SS : ae ct ® J “4 

Ei 8 s | 5s] & F Bel 8 ¢ 

ro)  ———————— ee ee a ae | . ~~ = Bets \ ie oe) | ‘ 

BS “(eddy Tpeurs ur qyrMoroyy oavdutos 07 syuomoja ‘ody oSavy ur oav sautoayxo oydouds oy— g'N) 

£ ‘SISCONAQG ‘IVOIDOTOWOULAPL 


212 


“‘Qysigq UvIyety 
-sny Ul UI10}s 
-lopunyy suring 


‘ORV 
-edipory etpo1eyo 
Oy WOT “O'S 
Satur = OST = =6yNoqdy 


‘oqvuirxoiddy ‘57 
‘WQ ‘SOPOTT ‘su0| 
Sg ‘ulgp ‘Sopgg “4vT 


,1n longitude 95° 30’ E., 


=| ‘oyvulrxordds ‘op 
es UISh ‘SOPLG6 “UOT 
.O 8 "Wor dopsz “907 
a ‘oy SUL 
os) Ly ‘sapeg ‘sUO'T 
O's ‘wet ‘wopeg *yeT 
il e 

© py] oyeurxoadde “op 
© & |'wop ‘sopeg ‘suo; 
“a f°9 “aiOp ‘ep 
Om |Fo “wy ‘sured 
Sy puv Aypenbs 1oyyvo AA 
© a 
=a pais 
As 

| 3 

Peier| 
Ee *sy[AVUI 
= = -01 «=6puv UOdTZISOd 
» 

Sp emare? 

H 

oO 

ia 
RM 


2.6 | 2-0] 
‘osuvyy|‘oouvy 


‘sapngiqy] osoty} Ui sourr} ioyjo 4% OS[% PoArosqo Soy jo suoTyIpudd puv UOTyAnges oynjosqY | 


: poAloesqo SV & 


66 O 
‘osury 


— L962 | ‘ud tt 


€.09 | 0.6¢ Ol 00¢. 601-62 ‘UI'R 8 
ynoqy 
6.89} — g 90¢. 166-66 |*ur'd ¢L.F 
“¥ ee = = Olb.O€ we cT.01 
1.89 _ 8 Ply. 9ST-08 *UOON 
— | €.69 — LS* FST-08 LU'R 
ea. |e So hot noe ee a wears bd by 
me oe ct 4 oe o E to — fs a Be ae ) 
© ~) ro) 3 ct 6 =] 4 S 
Be |b |eeeiss| 8 g Se eee | oe S 5 
Bao eeeeeel Po alate St es| ae Be | ee 
* Baro| o °, oO ES Lea a= 
4 Sob ee s ee ts Sd ee 
- oS ® cs 2 8 7 ry 
Bil og] Sei 6 : Belg 3 


F 
‘00d 


P 
‘00d 


mt 
(090 


12 
‘AON 


96 
‘AON 


CodAq [[VUS UT YATMedoyy oavduod 07 syuoMoTO ‘odAy OSU, UL OL SOWMOA}XO odouds oy —' g'N) 
‘SISAONAQ ‘'TVOINOTONOALT 


MISCELLANEA. 


PLianrs CoLLECTED IN THE VICINITY OF THE MULLIGAN RIVER 
by Mr. W. H. Cornisu during his Survey Expedition in 
1885; enumerated by Baron von MueEtteR, K.C.M.G., 
MED,, Ph.D., FBS. 


Erysimum Blennodia, F. v. J. 

Tribulus hystrix, &. Brown. 

Zygophyllum Howittu, & v. AL. 

Lavatera plebeja, Sims. 

Sida corrugata, Lindley. 

Sida rhombifolia, Zinné. A variety with long-awned fruitlets, 
much like that illustrated by Cavanilles (Dissert. I., t. 12, 
fig. 2), but the leaves more like those of 8. virgata ; 
thinly velvety on both sides, and the flower-stalks much 
elongated. This particular plant was referred to by 
Bentham, as found on the Comet and Nicholson Rivers. A 
good distinguishing name would be atherophora. 

Melhania incana, Heyne. 

Owenia acidula, F. v. AL. 

Frankenia levis, Zinné. One of its numerous forms. 

Claytonia Balonnensis, & v. AL. 

Ptilotus obovatus, & v. I. 

Ptilotus alopecuroides, &. v. AL. 

Ptilotus helipteroides, #. v. JL. 

Rhagodia spinescens, /. v. IZ. The variety with deltoid leaves. 

Alternanthera triandra, Lamarck. 

Atriplex leptocarpum, &. v. IL. 

Kochia villosa, Lindley. 

Chenolea bicornis, &. v. J. 

Chenolea Cornishiana, / v. J. 

Chenolea quinquecuspis, & v. I. 

Enchylena tomentosa, &. Brown. 

Salsola kali, ZLinné. The variety with strobilaceous crowded 
fruits. 

Mesembrianthemum exquilaterale, Haworth. 

Codonocarpus cotinifolius, F. v. IL. 

Crotolaria linifolia, Linné, fil. 

Crotolaria Cunninghami, Rk. Brown. 

Crotolaria dissitiflora, Bentham. 

Crotolaria Mitchelli, Bentham. 

Psoralea patens, Lindley. 

Trigonella suavissima, Landley. 


214 


Indigofera hirsuta, Linné. 

Ptychosema trifoliolatum, #.v. MZ. This remarkable plant has 
been recently obtained by Mr. H. Andrae at Pulpulla, in 
New South Wales. Legume glabrous, oblong-linear, flat, 
hardly more than one inch long; seeds generally eight to 
nine, roundish; funicle short; strophiole none. Should 
on discovery of the fruit of the typical P. puszllum it be 
found needful to separate the two species generically, then 
for P. trifoliolatum the name Cornishia may be chosen. 

Sesbania aculeata, Persoon. 

Swainsona microphylla, 4. Gray. 

Swainsona oligophylla, F# v. AL. 

/Eschynomene Indica, Linne. 

Glycine sericca, Bentham. 

Bauhinia Leichhardti, F. v. JZ. 

Acacia aneura, JF. v. ATL. 

Eucalyptus pachyphylla, # v. WZ. The anthers occur roundish, 
so that this species could be transferred to the series of 
Strongylanthere. 

Eucalyptus terminalis, & v. I. 

Eucalyptus microtheca, &. v. A. 

Annamannia multiflora, Roxburgh. 

Haloragis Gossei, & v. IL. 

Didiscus glaucifolius, # v. 1. Imperfect specimens with blue 
flowers, seemingly referable to this species. The normal 
form has been gathered on the Barcoo by the Rev. T. 
Fherl, and on the Paroo by Mrs. Spencer. 

Santalum lanceolatum, R. Brown. 

Grevillea juncifolia, Hooker. 

Grevillea stenobotrya, F. v. I. 

Spermacocce marginata, Bentham. A variety remarkable for the 
narrowness of its leaves and calyx lobes. 

Minuria Candollei, #. v. J. 

Calotis porphyroglossa, #. v. I. 

Pterocaulon sphacelatus, Bentham. 

Helipterum pterochetum, Bentham. 

Helichrysum apiculatum, DeCandolle. 

Helichrysum semicalvum, fF. v. Jf. Referred by Bentham to 
the genus Leptorrhynchos, but best kept under Helichry- 
sum. Concerning Z. linearis, it may be noted that it con- 
stitutes merely a form of ZL. squamatus, but Bentham’s 
plant of that name is Z. nitidulus, and as such it is given 
already in my second report, p. 12 (1854). Mr. A. M. 
Howitt found it recently on Meriman’s Creek. L. pul- 
chellus has been gathered as far west as Fowler’s Bay by 
Mrs. Richards. JZ. tenuifolius extends to Gippsland and 
to Lake Bonney. 


215 


Rutidosis helichrysoides, DeCandolle. 

Myriocephalus Stuartii, Bentham. 

Calocephalus platycephalus, Bentham. 

Senecio Gregori, # v. M. Now known also from the Mur- 
rumbidgee and Lachlan River (Ff. v. I), Mount Murchi- 
son (Bonney), Spencer’s Gulf (Lattorf), Paroo (ZL. Morton), 
Alberga and Lake Eyre (Giles), Eyre’s Creek (Kayser), 
Finke River (2. Warburton), Pidinga (Mrs. Richards), 
Oldea (Lietkens), Gascoyne River (Hon. J. Forrest). 

Senecio lautus, A. Richard. 

Isotoma petrea, I’. v. W. 

Brunonia australis, Smith. 

Velleya connata, F. v. WL. 

Scevola ovalifolia, R. Brown. 

Erythrea australis, 2. Brown. 

Cynanchum floribundum, &. Brown. 

Ipomcea Muelleri, Bentham. 

Evolvulus linifolius, Linné. 

Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehmann. 

Duboisia Hopwoodii, # v. WZ. The famous Pituri bush, found 
also near Eucla by Mr. J. Oliver. 

Mimulus gracilis, R. Brown. 

Mimulus prostratus, Bentham. 

Pollichia Zeilanica, F. v. I. 

Mentha australis, R. Brown. 

Teucrium racemosum, Ff. Brown. 

Eremophila maculata, #. v. IL. 

Eremophila bignoniflora, Fv. Mm 

Eremophila Macdonnellii, #. v. MZ. A red-flowering variety. 

Triraphis mollis, R. Brown. 

Erianthus fulvus, Kunth. 

Eragrostis concinna, Stendel. 

Marsilea quadrifolia, Linné. The variety hirsuta as well as 
the form erosa. 

Appirionan LicuEens anp Funai or Souru AvsTRaLia, con- 

LECTED BY J. G. O. TrEppsr, F.L.S., 1880 ro 1885. 
These were remitted to Baron Sir Ferd. von Mueller, 

K.C.M.G., &c., the eminent Government Botanist of Victoria, 

who most courteously submitted them to European specialists 

of note for identification, and sent me the list of names, 
being addenda to previous contributions. 


LICHENS. 


Cladonia squamata, Hoffmann. Coast of St. Vincent Gulf, 
1883. 
Cladonia capitellata, Babington. Kangaroo Island, 1884. 


216 


Parmelia revoluta, Floerke. Yorke’s Peninsula. 
Physcia stellaris, Vylander. Yorke’s Peninsula, 1880. 
' «  tribacnia, Vylander. Clarendon, 1882. 
Thelaschistes chrysophthalmus, 7h. Fries. Yorke’s Peninsula, 
0. 


Usnea barbata, Acharius. Yorke’s Peninsula, 1880. 
Ramalina geniculata, Taylor. Yorke’s Peninsula, 1880. 
- fraxinea, Acharius. Yorke’s Peninsula, 1880. 
= calicaris, Acharius. Yorke’s Peninsula, 1880. 
Lecidea enteroleuca, Acharius. Yorke’s Peninsula, 1880. 


Funct. 

Peziza badia, Persoon. Clarendon, 1882. 

““  cochleata, Bulliard. Clarendon, 1882. 

‘< fumerata, Cooke. Clarendon, 1882. 
Agaricus cassiecolor, Berkeley. Clarendon, 1882. 
Polyporus pelliculosus, Berkeley. Clarendon, 1882. 

The Fungi were named by Dr. Cooke, through Baron Sir F. 
von Mueller, May 31, 1886. 


LICHENS NEW FOR SoutTH AUSTRALIA, EXAMINED BY Dr. JEAN 
MUELLER. 
Ramalina Eckloni, Vylander. Eucla (Batt). 
i: geniculata, Zaylor. Eucla (Batt). 
Parmelia hypoxantha. Eucla (Batt). 
Pertusaria punctulata, Duby. Yorke’s Peninsula (Zepper). 


EXCERPT FROM THE THIRD AND FourtTH SUPPLEMENTS OF BARON 
von MUELLER’S SysTEMATIC CENSUS OF AUSTRALIAN VAS- 
CULAR PLANTS, GIVING THE SPECIES ADDITIONAL TO THE 
Frora oF Exrratrroric SourH AUSTRALIA. 


[Third Supplement. | 


Tribulus macrocarpus, #7. v. WZ. Towards the tropic near the 
Queensland Boundary (Winnecke). 

Sida platycalyx, Fv. U. As above. 

Sida lepida, & v. UZ. As above. 

Phyllanthus thesioides, Bentham. Finke River (Rev. H. Kempe). 

Casuarina humilis, Otto and Dietrich. Eucla (Batt). 

Dodonea tenuifolia, Lindley. Near Barrier Ranges. 

Bassia Cornishiana, F. v. WZ. Field River (Cornish). 

Gomphrena lanata, R. Brown. Finke River (Rev. H. Kempe). 

Pultenza scabra, R. Brown. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Crotalaria Mitchelli, Bentham (Tate). 

Ptychosema trifoliolatum, F#. v. WZ. Near Barrier Ranges. 

Neptunia monosperma, F.v. 1. Finke River (Rev. H. Kempe). 


217 


Melaleuca quadrifaria, F. v. Wf. Eucla (Batt). 

Acacia Whanu, # v. J. Near Bordertown (Winnecke). 

Acacia stipuligera, # v. Mf. Subtropic region (Rev. A. 
Kempe). 

Acacia gonophylla, Bentham. Near Eucla (Batt), 

Hydrocotyle pterocarpa, Ff. v. IZ. Near the Glenelg River. 

Spermacocce marginata, Bentham. Near the tropic of Capri- 
corn towards the Queensland boundary (Winnecke). 

Pluchea tetrandra, F. v.12. Near MacDonnell Ranges (Rev. H. 
Kempe). 

Gnaphalium Indicum, Linné. As above. 

Calocephalus Dittrichii, Fv. W. Charlotte Waters (Dittrich). 

Calogyne Bernardiana, #. v. M. Near the Finke River (Rev. 
H. Kempe). 

Goodenia Strangfordi, # v. Jf. As above. 

Cuscuta Tasmanica, Hngelmann. Near Bordertown. 

Peplidium humifusum, Delile. Finke River (Kempe). 

Utricularia lateriflora, &. Brown. Near the Glenelg River. 

Eremophila denticulata, F’.v. MZ. Near Eucla (Batt). 

Acianthus caudatus, &. Brown. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Thelymitra luteo-ciliata, Fitzgerald. Near Mount Lofty (Fite- 
gerald). 

Crinum angustifolium, 2. Brown. Near MacDonnell Ranges. 

Triodia Mitchelli, Bentham. Near Barrier Ranges. 


| Fourth Supplement. | 


Comesperma silvestre, Lindley. Near Barrier Ranges. 

Stackhousia muricata, Lindley. Gosse’s Range (Rev. J. 
Schwartz). 

Portulaca australis, Hndlisher. In the subtropic region towards 
the Queensland boundary (Lieut. Dittrich). 

Nematophyllum Hookeri, #.v. 1. As above. 

“Eschynomene Indica, Linne. As above. 

Acacia coriacea, DeCandolle. Cooper’s Creek (Rev. J. Flierl). 

Lhotzkya Smeatoniana, /’.v. M. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Eucalyptus Oldfieldii, #. v. M. Near Finke River (Rev. H. 
Kempe). 

Hydrocotyle comosa, Ff. v. M. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Hydrocotyle diantha, De Condolle. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Actinotus Schwartzii, F.v, M. MacDonnell Ranges (Rev. J. 
Schwartz). 

Hakea chordophylla, F. v. M. Subtropic region near Queens- 
land boundary (Lieut. Dittrich). 

Hakea nitida, R. Br. Eucla (Batt). 

Podolepis rhytidochlamys, F. v. M. Near the Barrier Ranges. 

Helipterum leve, Bentham. Near the Barrier Ranges. 

Ceratogyne obionoides, Turczaninow. Near the Barrier Ranges. 


218 


Erechtites picridioides, Turcz. Murray River (F. v. M.) 

Candollea Tepperiana, Ff. v. M. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Catosperma Muelleri, Bentham. Near MacDonnell Ranges 
(Lieut. Dittrich). 

Styphelia hirsuta, Ff’. v. M. Kangaroo Island (Tepper). 

Logania stenophlla, F.v. M. Close to Eucla (G. R. Turner). 

Templetonia Muelleri, Bentham. On the Western Borders of 
Victoria. 


ADDITIONS TO THE EntomonoaicaL Fauna or Sovuru 
AUSTRALIA. 


I. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera. Part 1. By E. Mey- 
rick, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, second series, vol. L., 
part 3, p. 687, et seq. 


FAMILY ARCTIAD®. 
7. Scoliacma bicolor, Botsd. (Lithosia); L. rubratra, Tepper. 
18. Brunia replana, Lw. 
20. Lithosia bicosta, Walk. 
44. Sorocostia semograpta, Meyrick. 
47. Sorocostia vetustella, Walk. 
50. Sorocostia cycota, Meyrick. 
54. Nola lugens, Walk. 
69. Hestiarcha pyrrhopa, Meyrick. 
72. Thallarcha albicollis, Feld. 
$5, Areas marginata, Don. 
97. Deiopeia pulchella, LZ. 


FAMILY HYPSIDH. 
98. Nyctemera amica, White. 


FAMILY ZYGENIDEZ. 
146. Hestiochora tricolor, Walk. 
148. Procris dolens, Walk. 
155. Procris viridipulverulenta, Guér. 
156. Procris cuprea, Walk. 


II. The Genus Liparetrus. By. W. Macleay. P.L. Soc., op. 
cit., p. 807, et seq. 


1. L. phenicopterus, Germ.; 5. L. Germari, Wacleay; 7. L. vil- 
losicollis, Macleay; 10. L. nigrinus, Germ.; 11. L. ater, 
Macleay; 14. L. comatus, Macl.; 15. L. nitidipennis, 
Macl.; 20. L. Kreuslere, Macl.; 21. L. atratus, Burm.; 
22. L. iridipennis, Germ.; 27. L. bituberculatus, Wacl. ; 
31. L. discipennis, Guér.; 35. L. canescens, DMacl.; 45. 
L. rugosus, Macl.; 46. L. collaris, Macl.; 48. L. criniger, 
Macl.; 49. L. salebrosus, Macl.; 67. L. rotundipennis, 


219 


Macl.; 68. Ll. convexior, Macl.; 69. L. picipennis, Germ. ; 
70. L. obscurus, Wacl.; 71. L. nitidior, Macl.; 74. L. ves- 
titus, Blanch.; 75. L. nudipennis, Germ. ; 76. L. squamiger, 
Macl.; 79. L. abnormalis, Jacl.; 80. L. simillimus, 
Macl.; 81. L. Kennedyi, Macl.; 95. L. ordinatus, Wael. 


III. A Revision of the Australian Staphylinide. Part IL. 
By H. Sidney Olliff. P.L.S. op. cit., p. 887, et seq. 


97. Conosoma phoxum, Olliff; 98. C. ambiguum, Ollif; 100. 
C. eximium, Olliff- 
R.T. 


New AvstRALIAN FresHwatErR ENTOMOSTRACA, BY PROFESSOR 
G. S. Brapy, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, Feb. 2, 1886. 


The paper 1s prefaced by a list of all the Australian fresh- 
water Entomostraca which have been described. The list gives 
the names and references of eight Phylopods, nineteen of 
Cladocera, five of Copepoda, and fifteen of Ostracoda. 

The species now described and figured are of Phyllopoda four 
and of Ostracoda seven, whilst four previously described are 
now illustrated for the first time. 

The South Australian species were collected by Professor h. 
Tate, and have been named as follows :—LZimnetis Tatei, Rivoli 
Bay ; Estheria lutraria, Cooper Creek, at Innaminka; Hstheria 
Packardi, Lake Bonney, River Murray; also Fowler’s Bay ; 
Eulimnadia Rivolensis, Rivoli Bay; Cypris Tatei, Adelaide ; 
Cypris mytiloides, Kangaroo Island; Chlamydotheca australis, 
Penola. 

Lepidurus viridulus, Tate, Port Creek, is figured. 


REMARKS ON AN Unusvat DEVELOPMENT OF A Low 
VEGETABLE ORGANISM. 


Whilst passing between the city and North Adelaide on the 
morning of Friday, October Ist, 1886, I observed that the 
asphalt pavement presented a somewhat peculiar appearance. 
The weather was warm and calm, and a steady rain had been 
falling for about two hours. The wet asphalt was thickly 
dotted with slimy patches of a brownish colour, ranging in size 
from minute points to the circumference of a dinner plate. A 
little of the glary substance was gathered, and having been 
mixed with chloral in a phial, it was at once apparent that the 
colour of the mass was the result of a large number of small 
cellular bodies of a brownish tinge, which found support in the 
otherwise colourless slime. Under the microscope the cells. 


220 


were shown to be an elongated-oval in shape, and with the ex- 
ception of a very thin film of transparent substance bordering 
the periphery, the cell was filled with a brown granular mass. 
The cells were arranged end to end in a somewhat peculiar 
manner. At first sight the arrangement seemed to be that of 
along spiral, but on closer inspection it was recognised that 
the circle of the spiral was not made complete, but that the 
line of cells just before completing the circle, at each turn, re- 
turned upon itself, so that on one side of the column the spiral 
looked perfect, but on the opposite side there was a slit ex- 
tending the whole length of the column, bordered on either 
side by the rounded loops and intervening open spaces caused 
by the line of cells returning upon itself instead of completing 
the circuit. I believe each cell to have been disconnected from 
the others in the line of growth, although the majority seemed 
to be just at the touching point. I possessed no means of 
identifying this curious organism (if already known to science), 
but judge it may be one of the unicellular conferve. The 
weather for some time previously had been very dry. Rain 
commenced about 6 a.m., and by 8 am. the confervoid (?) 
spores had attained an enormous development. The rain 
ceasing shortly afterwards, and the sun being warm, the pave- 
ment quickly dried, and the slimy patches were left as only 
dirty stains. The morning following was also wet, but the 
lowly organisms manifested but a very feeble vitality, and all 
traces of them quickly passed away. My observations did not ex- 
tend beyond the distance covered from Government House to the 
Children’s Hospital (about three-quarters of a mile), and can- 
not say whether they were present in the city or beyond the 
point in North Adelaide to which I traced them. Their distri- 
bution over this length was moderately even, but around the 
walls and gateposts of the Children’s Hospital the patches 
were unusually large. The warm, humid conditions of the 
morning were no doubt specially favourable for the rapid in- 
crease of the species in question, but the sudden appearance of 
the form in such incalculable numbers, where their presence 
had never been suspected, is a somewhat curious phenomenon. 


WattEeER HowcHuHin. 


221 


mao TRACT OF ;-PROCEE DINGS 


Aoval Society of South Australia, 
For 1885-86. 


Orpinary Meretine, NovemsBer 10, 1885. 


H. C. Mars, M.I.C.E., in the chair. 

Batitor.—T. 8S. Reed was elected a Fellow. 

W. L. Cretanp, M.B., read some notes drawing attention to 
the existence of polished rock-surfaces on the top of Caroona 
Hill, Lake Eyre. 

H. T. Wuirretyt, M.D., drew attention to and described a 
telescopic eye-piece for the microscope to correct imperfec- 
tions in the illumination of objects. 


Orpinary Mererrine, DrEcEmMsBeEr 1, 1885. 


H. C. Mats, M.I.C.E., in the chair. 

Batior.—J. T. Mitchell, M.D., was elected a Fellow. 

Paper by Mr. R. B. Lucas upon “ The British Standards of 
Weights and Measures.” 


Orpinary Meretine, Frpruary 2, 1886. 


H. C. Mats, M.I.C.E., in the chair. 

Mr. J. G. O. Tepper was transferred to the list of Feilows 
from the list of Corresponding Members. 

J.G. O. Teprrr, F.L.S., exhibited a number of insects and 
insect-habitations. Also preparations of the codlin moth and 
its larva, found at Unley. 

Frazer S. Crawrorp reported that he had found a species 
of Tortrix, which had attacked some apple trees near Port Ade- 
laide. The larva was about an inch and a-half long, but was 
marked differently from that of the codlin moth, by having 
spots of an ovoid form on the sides. 

W. Ernest Cooke, B.A., read a paper entitled “ Notes on 
the Planet ‘Jupiter.’ ”’ 


222 


Orpinary Merrtine, Marcu 2, 1886. 
W. Howcurn, F.G.S., in the chair. 
Batior.—A. Zietz and D. Fleming were elected Fellows. 
Crement L. Wraaee, F.R.G.S., read ‘Scientific Results of 
the Voyage of the S.S. Maranoa.” 


Orpinary Merrtine, Aprit 6, 1886. 


W. Howcurn, F.G.S., in the chair. 

Battor.—W. B. Poole and James L. Scott were elected 
Fellows. 

J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a number of Mantide and 
Phasmide. Also « species of Acantholophus found on Xanthor- 
rhea Tateit, Kangaroo Island. Also a species of weevil 
(Chrysolophus), black with a white line. Also the core, sec- 
tions, resin, and leaf-basis of Xanthorrhea Tatet from Kan- 
garoo Island. 

Prof. Rennie read a paper upon “Poisoning by Tinned 
Foods.” 


Orpinary Meretine, May 4, 1886. 


W. Ror, C.E., in the chair. 

Battor.—Prof. Bragg was elected a Fellow, and the Rey. C. 
G. Nicholay a Corresponding Member. 

A. Zrerz showed a series of fishes belonging to South Aus- 
tralian waters. j 

F. A. PuLuerne showed specimens of Migerlia Williamshousit 
and Limopsis Tenison-Woodsit from Encounter Bay. 

J.G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., read a paper on “ Aerial Boats; 
suggestions as to the principles of construction, and the obstacles 
to be surmounted.” 


Orpwary Meerine, JuNE 1, 1886. 


W. Howcarn, F.G.S., in the chair. 

Frazer S. Crawrorp showed some olives from near the Ade- 
laide Gaol which had been attacked by Aspidiotus Nerit. 

He also corrected an error made by the Hon. P. L. Van der 
Byl, of Cape Colony, in giving evidence before the Commis- 
sion on Vegetable Products in Melbourne, in which he stated 
that Saria Purchasit had been seen in South Australia on the 
Acacia armata. The coccus found upon these plants was in 
reality yet undetermined, but he would provisionally name 
it Hrinum globosum. Saria Purchasit was not common now, 
although abundant at the Cape. 


223 


A. Zrerz exhibited a number of lizards of one species, but 
varying very much in colours and markings. 

R. B. Lucas read a paper upon ‘‘ Photometry,’ with some 
illustrations. 


Orpinary Mrerine, Juty 6, 1886. 


H. C. Mats, M.I.C.E., in the chair. 

Battot.—John Wilson, F.E.I.P., was elected a Fellow. 

A. Zrerz showed specimens of Zrachinina, common in the 
River Murray, and many creeks along the coast. 

J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., read “Notes on some S.A. 
Trogide.” 

J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen of ‘Agyris 
amaryllis, from Yorke Peninsula. Also some wood fossilised, 
obtained at Echunga from a depth of 60 feet. 

G. GoypER, sun., read “ Notes upon the Determination of 
Gold in Minute Quantities i in Ores.” 

Water Howcuiy, F.G.S., read the results of his investi- 
gations respecting the Foraminifera in the Tarkinnina and 
Mirrabuchinna bores. 


Orpinary Mererina, Avaust 3, 1886. 


W. Howcuty, F.G.S., in the chair. 

Battot.—A. P. Vaughan, M.B., was elected a Fellow. 

H. T. Wauittrert, M.D., exhibited the results of some ex- 
periments he had made with vaccine lymph. 

“‘Notes upon some New Fresh-water Entomostraca,”’ by Prof. 
G.S. Brapy, were read; illustrated by specimens obtained by 
Prof. R. Tate from Rivoli Bay, Cooper’s Creek, Lake Bonney, 
Fowler’s Bay, Kangaroo Island, and Penola. 

WALTER Howcury, WG... showed a number of geological 
specimens from Crystal Brook, and pointed out the errors that 
miners might avoid if they only possessed a little more scien- 
tific knowledge of geology. 

J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., brought forward some Phasmide— 
one probably new and undescribed. 

A. Zizerz showed a large collection of stone implements be- 
longing to the Museum. 


Orpinary Mrrtine, SEPTEMBER 7, 1886. 


Watrer Howcutry, F.G.S., in the chair. 

Avprror—L. C. E. Gee was appointed Auditor of the Hon. 
Treasurer’s accounts. 

THomas Parker, C.H., showed a sandstone with ‘ripple 
marks” from Betaloo. 


224: 


J.G.O. Tepper, F.LS., exhibited Callitris Muellert from 
near the Murray Bridge. 

A. Zievz showed a coccus (Dorthesia), also a specimen of 
Lipidurus and a species Lyphlops. 

J. Puitties forwarded geological specimens containing 
organic remains from near Hergott. 

J. G. O. Tepper submitted lists and descriptions of newly- 
recorded plants from Kangaroo Island. 

Baron F. von Mvuertter forwarded a paper on “ Corchorus 
Elderi.” 

Gavin Scounar sent a paper descriptive of the “ Physical 
Features and Geology of the-District about Lake Eyre.” 


AnnvuaLt Meertine, Ocroper 5, 1886. 


H. C. Mars, C.E., in the chair. 

Watrer Howcuin, F.G.S., showed samples of gelatinous 
masses, the result of confervoid growth, found by him on the 
asphalt pavement on King William road. 

A note from Baron F. von MUELLER respecting two addi- 
tions to the flora of South Australia was read. 

The annual report aud balance-sheet were read and adopted. 

Exrecrion oF Orricers.—Professor Rennie as President ; 
Walter Howchin, F.G.S.,and R. L. Mestayer, F.R.MS., as Vice- 
Presidents ; Walter Rutt, C.E.,as Hon. Treasurer; W. L. Cle- 
land, M.B., as Hon. Secretary ; as members of Council, H. T. 
Whittell, M.D., Charles Todd, C.M.G., M.A., D. B. Adamson, 
J. W. Bussell, Prof. Bragg, J. Davies Thomas, M.D. 

J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., suggested some alteration of rules, 
which were reterred to the Council. 

The PresipEnt read his annual address (see p. 228). 

Gavan Scountar forwarded a paper respecting Prof. Tate’s 
objections regarding his paper on “ Past Climatic Changes,” &e. 

Prof. Tare forwarded papers relating to the Palliobranchs, 
Lamellibranchs, Pteropods, and Scaphopods, with descriptions 
of some new Mollusca for South Australia. 

Prof. Tare sent a description of Caladenia cardiochila, with a 
drawing by J. G. O. Tepper. 

Prof. Joun Brazier forwarded a paper on the “ Trochide of 
South Australia, with their Synonyms ; part I.” 

E. Guest forwarded paper upon the “ Geometrina Found 
Round Balhannah.”’ 


225 


ANNUAL REPORT. 


—__——- - 


The Council has to report that the work of the Society has 
been successfully carried on during the past year. The fol- 
lowing papers have been read or laid on the table :—“ Refer- 
ences to some Polished Rock Surfaces on Caroona Hill, Lake 
Gilles,” by Dr. Cleland; “ Description of a Telescopic Hye- 
piece for the Microscope,” by Dr. Whittell; “The British 
Standards of Weights and Measures,” by R. B. Lucas; “ Notes 
- of a large Sawfish found at Carnavan, W.A.,”’ by Geo. Sarter; 
‘“‘ Notes on some Insects and Insect Nests,” by J. G. O. Tepper, 
F.LS.; “ Notes on a Species of Tortrix,” by Frazer S. Craw- 
ford; ‘‘Observations on the Planet Jupiter,’ by W. Ernest 
Cooke, B.A.; ‘“ Scientific Results of the Voyage of s.s. Maranoa 
in the Indian Ocean,” by Clement L. Wragge, F.R.G:S.; 
‘“‘ Notes on the Mantide and Phasmide,” by J. G. O. Tepper, 
F.L.S.; ‘“‘ Poisoning by Tinned Foods,” by Professor Rennie; 
‘On Aerial Boats,” by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.; “ Photometry,” 
by R. B. Lucas ; “ Notes on some South Australian Trogide,”’ 
by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.; “ Notes on a New Butterfly for 
South Australia—Ogyris amarillis,’ by J. G. O. Tepper, 
F.L.S.; ‘‘On the Determination of Minute Quantities of 
Gold,” by G. Goyder, jun. ; ‘‘ On some Foraminifera found in 
the Tarkininna and Mirrabuchinna Bores,’’ by W. Howchin, 
F.G.S.; “On the Cultivation of Vaccine Lymph,” by Dr. 
Whittell; “Some Fresh-water Entomostraca,” by Prof. G.S. 
Brady; “Some Geological Notes on the neighbourhood of 
Crystal Brook,” by W. Howchin, F.G.8.; ‘On some Phas- 
mide,” by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.; “Some newly-recorded 
Species of the Flora of Kangaroo Island,” by J. G. O. Tepper, 
_ EF.LS.; “ Notes on Corchorus Elderii,” by Baron F. v. Muller; 
“The Geology of the South and South-Western portion around 
Lake Eyre,” by Gavin Scoular ; “‘ Notes on a New Species of 
Caladenia,”’ by Professor Tate, F.G.S., &.; “A Revision of 
the Recent Lamellibranch and Palliobranch Mollusca of South 
Australia,” by Prof. Tate ; “Notes on Past Climatic Changes 
in South Australia,” by Gavin Scoular; “The Geometrina 
found near Balhannah,” by E. Guest. 

The exhibits have been numerous and varied, although 
nothing has been brought forward requiring special notice. 

The membership of the Society consists of 117 Fellows, 11 


g . 


226 


Hon. Fellows, 14 Corresponding members, and two Associates. 
Several names, to the number of 16, have had to be removed 
from the roll on account of deaths and other causes. Nine 
new Fellows have been elected, and one Corresponding Mem- 
ber—the Rev. C. G. Nicholay, of Western Australia. 

During the past year another Section of the Royal Society 
has been formed, namely, the Microscopical Section. It already 
includes many leading members of the Parent Society, as well 
as other independent workers ; and under the guidance of its 
first chairman (Dr. Whittell) it has made considerable pro- 
egress, and promises to be a valuable auxiliary. 

The reports and balance-sheets of the two Sections appear 
satisfactory, and speak for themselves and of the particular 
work that they are respectively accomplishing. 

Tt having been felt that the many valuable books of the 
Royal Society of South Australia were in their present posi- 
tion quite useless to the Fellows generally, your Council has 
proposed to the Board of Governors of the Public Library to 
allow a certain space for them in the Public Library, so that 
they may be easily accessible to the Fellows. This proposal 
has been favourably entertained by the Board, and it only re- 
quires the duplicates to be weeded out for the proposal to be- 
come an accomplished fact. It is hoped that this alteration 
may prove of benefit to the Fellows. 

During the past year the Society has continued to receive a 
number of European and American and colonial periodicals on 
scientific matters generally. The Council has had a number of 
completed volumes bound, in order that they may be the better 
preserved. Amongst other books may be specially mentioned 
the receipt of additional numbers of the ‘Geological and 
Natural History Survey of Canada and the United States,” 
“Report of the recent Volcanic Eruptions in New Zealand,” 
“A Classified Index of Naturalised and Indigenous Plants of 
Queensland,” and also a “Synopsis of the Queensland Flora,”’ 
by F. M. Bailey; ‘‘ Descriptions of Papuan Plants,” by Baron 
F. v. Mueller; and by the same author, “ On the Extratropical 
Plants of Australia.”’ 

A recommendation was made to the Board of Governors of 
the Museum by the Council, at the suggestion of the Field 
Naturalists’ Section, with respect to the formation of a collec- 
tion illustrative of the economic entomology of South Aus- 
tralia. The Board expressed its sense of the importance of 
the matter and willingness to co-operate as far as their limited 
space would allow, if the Fellows would furnish the material. 

The Council has been communicated with in respect to the 
holding of a Centenary Science Association in Sydney in 1888, 
and has, on behalf of the Fellows, expressed its willingness to do 


227 


its best to represent South Australian science. The Council has 
also asked Mr. Russell, the Astronomer-Royal of Sydney and an 
Honorary Fellow of this Society, to represent this Society at 
the preliminary meetings. This he has very kindly promised 
to do, and the Society may congratulate itself on having secured 
so able a representative. 

As in the previous year, the Council has authorised the pre- 
paration of a large number of plates illustrating some of the 
mollusca, and which are now being prepared under the valuable 
guidance of Prof. Tate. The results, as seen in the last volume 
of the Society’s Proceedings, will cause the scientific world to 
look forward with a lively interest to a further instalment of 
Prof. Tate’s scientific labours on this important branch of 
natural history. 


228 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


By H. C. Mats, M.LC.E., read at the Annual Meeting, 
October 5, 1886. 


I propose to touch upon various subjects with which most of 
us are familiar, and to take a retrospect of the advancement 
made during the past year. Confining myself more particularly 
to engineering achievements, the magnitude of the progress 
effected in engineering within recent times makes it impos- 
sible to present even an abridgment of the subject to the 
Society, involving as it would an exhaustive research into all 
the records of the various countries where the art is practised. 
Engineering is, as Telford aptly describes it, “ the art of 
directing the great sources of power in nature for the use and con- 
venience of man,’ and you will at once perceive the vastness of 
the field in which the science of engineering is being practised. 
Amongst the foremost of engineering works of the day bridges 
and tunnels may be mentioned, and some very important bridges. 
are in course of construction in England, America, and else- 
where. At the present time the most important structures 
now in progress in England are the Forth and Tay Bridges; in 
America, the Susquehanna River Bridge, the Henderson Bridge, 
and the John’s River Bridge ; in Canada, the Lachine Bridge ; 
in India, the Sukkar Bridge across the Indus; and last, but 
not the least in magnitude, is the Hawkesbury Bridge in New 
South Wales. Ido not propose to do more than briefly describe 
these structures, which are among the largest yet erected. 


BRIDGES. 


FORTH BRIDGE. 


The Forth Bridge crosses the Forth at Queensferry, and was 
designed by Messrs. Fowler & Baker, C.E.s. The work was 
commenced by Messrs. Tancred & Arrol in January, 1883, and 
consists of two spans of 1,700 feet each, two of 675 feet, four- 
teen of 168 feet, and six of 50 feet. There is about a mile of 
main spans and half a-mile of viaduct approach. The clear 
headway is 150 feet above the water, and the top of the girder 
of the great cantilevers is 350 feet above high water. There 
will be 45,000 tons of steel used in superstructure, and 120,000 
cubic yards of masonry in the piers. The contract price was 
£1,600,000. One peculiar feature in the design is that the 
bridge is constructed from its south abutment for a length of 
eleven spans of 1474 feet each as an ordinary double line of 
railway. The two lines of rails then diverge gradually, one on 


229 


each side of the centre line, by reverse forty-chain curves, for 
a distance equal to one span of 144 feet, two spans of 176 feet, 
and one of 1764 feet, at which point it reaches the Queensferry 
tower, and attains a width apart of 100 feet, forming two dis- 
tinct lines of railway. It then runs parallel at this distance 
apart for the length of the two 1,700-feet spans for the four 
towers, and for the two spans between the towers of 165 feet 
each. The lines will gradually converge by reverse forty-chain 
curves, and regain the form of an ordinary double line of rails 
as far as the north abutment. 


TAY BRIDGE. 


The Tay Bridge is now being erected to supersede the bridge 
that collapsed during the gale in 1877. The new bridge was 
designed by Mr. W. H. Barlow, C.E., of London, and consists 
of 85 spans, being a total length of 10,515 feet, or nearly two 
miles. There are four brick arches and thirteen spans over 
navigation (eleven of them being 245 feet each and two of them 
227 feet each), the two latter being 28 feet 9 inches deep. The 
piers are of wrought-iron, supported on iron cylinders sunk 
20 feet into the river bed, and filled with concrete and brick- 
work. The height of the under members of the girders above 
high water is 77 feet. The contractors are Arrol & Co., of 
Glasgow, and the cost will be £700,000. 


SUSQUEHANNA BRIDGE. 


The Susquehanna Bridge is on the Baltimore and Ohio 
River, and is 6,315 feet long, having four spans of 480 feet, 
and one span of 520 feet. 


HENDERSON BRIDGE. 


The Henderson Bridge is also across the Ohio River, in Ken- 
tucky, U.S.A., is 3,200 feet long, with one channel span of 725 
feet; the remaining spans are 250 feet each. It is 1034 feet 
above low water, and 57 feet above high water. The approach 
is by trestle work three miles in length, and the cost has been 
£372,000. 

ST. JOHN'S BRIDGE. 


The St. John’s Bridge is acantilever bridge 447 feet between 
the piers. It is built across the river before it enters the Bay 
of Fundy, and at a point where it is contracted between two 
rocky ledges to a width of about 500 feet. The tide rises and 
falls about 22 feet, producing violent currents, so that a canti- 
lever bridge was the most feasible structure. The rail level is 
75 feet above tide. The erection of this bridge occupied 90 
days, and the structure is capable of carrying a moving load of 
one and a quarter tons, and a wind pressure of 40 pounds per 


superficial foot. It was designed by Mr. Abbot, and built by 


230 


the Dominion Bridge Company at Quebec. The total cost was 
£110,000. 
LACHINE BRIDGE. 

The Lachine Bridge is on the Canadian Pacific Railway, and 
has 20 spans of 242 feet. They are simple truss girders, car- 
rying the rails on the top, except on the two channel spans, 
where the rails run between the girders. The cost is £250,000. 


SUKKAR BRIDGE. 


The Sukkar Bridge is built across the Indus and has a eanti- 
lever span of 790 feet in the clear, the clear centre span being 
200 feet ; the height of the cantilever is 40 feet, and it is sup- 
ported with trussed iron guys 280 and 300 feet long respec- 
tively. The width of the members at the bed-plates is 100 feet, 
and at the cantilever ends and centre of back guys 20 feet wide. 
It is built of steel, and for a single track, and will weigh, 
exclusive of the clear centre 200 feet span, 3,000 tons. It was 
designed by Mr. Rendel and built by Westwood, Bailie, & Co., 
of Poplar, England. I am unable to state the cost, but the 
coffer dams cost £1,635, and the erection of the ironwork 
£4,354. 

HAWKESBURY BRIDGE. 

The Hawkesbury Bridge is to be built across the River 
Hawkesbury, in New South Wales, near its discharge into 
Broken Bay. Itis to be 2,896 feet long, in five spans of 416 
feet each and two spans of 408 feet each. The width will be 
28 feet centre to centre of trusses. The total height from the 
bottom of the piers to the rail level will be 227 feet, the rail 
level being 42 feet above high water ; the piers have to be sunk 
185 feet. The sinking of the piers, which will be of wrought 
iron filled with cement concrete up to low-water level, will be 
watched with much interest. The piers are all oval in shape, 
being 20 feet wide and 48 feet long, of three-eighths inch 
boiler plate. Within this large tube three cylindrical tubes 
will be placed, and joined to the outer shell by bell-mouthed 
connections. These inner tubes are to be used for dredging 
the contents of the large tube, and by this means allowing it 
to sink to the required depth. The contract price for delivery 
and erection is £327,000, and the work is let to the Union 
Bridge Company, of New York, and a large portion of the 
ironwork is being executed in Glasgow. 


IRON AND STEEL. 


‘The question of Bridge construction leads me to touch upon 
the relative values of iron and steel for such purposes. In 
looking at these values, I find that in a paper read in August, 
1885, Mr. Jeremiah Head, the President of the Inst. Mech. 


231 


Engineers, supplies the following reasons why steel made 
according to Lloyd’s requirements is superior to iron for ship- 
building. 

1st. It is very much more ductile. 

2nd. It is equally ductile in both directions of the grain. 

3rd. It has 30 per cent. more tensile strength in the direc- 
tion of the grain. 

4th. It has 50 per cent. more across the grain. 

5th. Its elastic limit is 21 per cent. more in either direction 
of the grain. 

He goes on to point out a curious and important fact, though 
little known, that the elastic mit in iron plates is equal in 
both directions, as it is in steel, although the ultimate strength 
and ductility are inferior in the cross direction. 

It seems clear that mild steel has much less practical advan- 
tage over wrought iron when used for bridges and roofs than 
when used for ships. 


STEEL FOR BRIDGES. 


The great advantage gained by the use of steel for bridges 
and other similar work is its high elastic limit as compared 
with its weight, and in all large spans this is an important ele- 
ment, as the weight of the span is the principal cause of the 
strain, but, notwithstanding this, English engineers are slow 
to introduce steel very largely into general use, as wrought iron 
is still more used than steel in bridges and roofs and for agri- 
cultural implements. 


RAILS, TYRES. 


Closely connected with the use of steel for bridge and roof 
building is its application to rails, tyres, axles, &e. The use of 
steel rails is now almost universal, and they can be produced at 
a lower rate per ton than wrought iron rails. They are usually 
made by the Bessemer or Siemen’s process, and are found to be 
infinitely superior in wear and tear to wrought iron. They 
should be tough, and yet not brittle under traffic, and able to 
stand the breaking and crushing effects produced by the loco- 
motive wheels. Mr. Price Williams, a recognised authority, 
states that a steel rail will outlast nine iron rails under the 
same conditions of traffic, and it may be accepted as a fact be- 
yond dispute that it will at least last double the time. 

It is chiefly on account of the great resistance of steel to 
abrasion that this material has superseded iron for railway wheel 
tyres, but where sucha quality is not absolutely essential, such 
as in ordinary works where bars, angles, and plates are used, 
and in bridges, roofs, and ships, iron is as good as steel, and 
steel is only used in consequence of its superior elastic limit in 
proportion to its weight. With regard to the application of 


232 


steel for axles of railway engines and rolling stock, experience 
has shown that this material is not altogether trustworthy, and 
the returns of the Board of Trade show that steel axles are not 
so reliable as iron. 

During the year 1884, 385 axles failed on the English rail- 
ways, killing 24 and injuring 75 passengers, and out of the 385 
axles that failed 200 were locomotive crank axles, and the 
average mileage of iron crank axles for the same year was 
216,333 miles, and of steel 173,287 miles, but the breakage of 
steel axles is not confined to crank axles, which are essentially 
of a weak form to resist the varying strains to which they are 
subjected, for numerous instances of the breakage of carriage 
and waggon axles have occurred, and are occurring, and I do 
not doubt that we shall eventually return to iron as the best 
material for railway axles. 


TUNNELLING. 


Tunnelling is executed with much greater dispatch now than 
formerly, in consequence of the introduction of rock drills 
driven by air or water, the use of better explosive compounds, 
and better system of ventilation. 

The most recent examples of large tunnels completed are 
those under the Mersey at Liverpool, and under the Severn. 


MERSEY TUNNEL. 


The Mersey Tunnel, connecting Liverpool with Birkenhead, is 
3,820 yards long, and is carried under the bed of the river, 
which is 1,820 vards in width. It is constructed for a double 
line of rails. It leaves the Central Station in Liverpool and 
joins the Central Station at Birkenhead, the distance being 
about two miles. The tunnel is 26 feet wide and 19 feet high, 
and is lined with brick-work, set in cement. It is ventilated 
with four “Guibal” fans, which work in separate air passages, 
7' 4" diameter, cut through the rock and connected with the 
tunnel. There are two underground stations—one at Hamilton- 
square, the other at James-street, and being about 80 teet below 
the street level, are approached by an inclined subway and 
hydraulic lift 18 feet square, capable of seating 100 passengers. 
The underground portion of these stations is hewn from solid 
rock, and is 400 feet long, 50 feet wide, and 30 feet high. The 
traffic amounts to over 26,000,000 of passengers and 750,000 
tons of goods per annum. The engineers were Mr. James 
Brunlees, with whom was associated Mr. Chas. D. Fox. The 
tunnel was formally opened to the public by H.R.H. the Prince 
of Wales on January 20th, 1886, and occupied six years in its 
execution. The length of the railway is three miles, and the 
cost has been £1,000,000. 


233 


SEVERN TUNNEL. 

_ The Severn Tunnel is the largest work of the kind ever car- 
ried out in England. It passes under the river about half a 
mile below the railway ferry, and is 7,942 yards long, of which 
3,960, or two and a-quarter miles, are under the bed of the river. 
The depth of water over the line of tunnel at high water is 96 
feet, and at low water 60 feet. It is lined with brickwork in 
cement, the brickwork varying from 1 foot 10} inches to 3 feet 
in thickness. The total cost is estimated at £1,500,000. 


CASCADE TUNNEL. 


The Cascade Tunnel on the Northern Pacific Railway has 
been commenced, and will be 9,880 feet long. 

Tunnels have been projected under Mont Blane and the 
Simplon, each being about twelve miles in length, but it 1s 
feared that after the experience of the St. Gothard Tunnel the 
heat in the centre of the tunnel would make it impossible for 
human beings to live in the atmosphere. 

The great Dover Straits scheme has collapsed for a time, and 
it is much to be regretted that a work which seems so prac- 
ticable should be deferred. 


SUBMARINE BLASTING. 


Regarding the removing of large masses of rock by tunnel- 
ling and blasting, we have an excellent example in the recent 
successful removal of Flood Rock in Hell Gate, New York Har- 
bour, in October last year. By this one blast 200,000 cubic 
yards of rock were so disrupted as to render its removal by 
dredging an easy operation. The area of the work was nine 
acres, and 225,000 pounds of giant gunpowder and 75,000 
pounds of dynamite were used on this occasion. 


WATER SUPPLY. 


Water supply is in this country at all events a very impor- 
tant subject tor discussion, and I do not propose to discuss this 
question now, leaving it for those who have specially interested 
themselves in the subject to deal with it at some future time, my 
present intention being only to allude to the two great water 
schemes now in progress, viz., those in Liverpool and New 
York. 

VYRNWY DAM. 

The Vyrnwy Dam, from which it is proposed to supply the 
town of Liverpool, is to be built of masonry, and is to be 136 
feet high in the centre, 1,258 feet long, and 117 feet thick in 
its greatest width, impounding 1,118 acres of water, from 
which an aqueduct 35 miles in length will convey the water to 
the town. 


234 


NEW YORK. 


The works in New York are intended to supply 320 millions 
of gallons of water daily to the city. The works consist of a 
masonry dam 178 feet high, 1,300 feet long, and impounding 
3,200 millions of gallons. The masonry dam has to be sunk 
100 feet to reach rock foundation, so that its total height will 
be nearly 300 feet, and its bottom width 200 feet. ‘he water 
will be conveyed by an aqueduct with its diameter averaging 
twelve feet, and will be 31 miles long to the Central Park 
Reservoir. The aqueduct crosses the Harlem River by means 
of a syphon 156 feet below the surface of the river. 


RAILWAYS. 


Some interesting information has been compiled in a paper 
read before the American Society of Civil Engineers, ‘‘ English 
and American Railroads compared,” by Mr. B. Dorsey. He 
states that in 1883 there were in England 18,681 miles of rail- 
way, costing over £40,000 per mile, and at the same date there 
were completed in America 110,414 miles, costing on an aver- 
average £12,400 per mile; the operating expenses of the 
English lines being £2,000, and of the American, £880 per 
mile. The ton mileage of the English was 9,589,786,848 and 
of the American 44,064,923,445, and passenger mileage 
5,494,801,496 and 8,817,684,503 respectively. 

Assuming that the above statements are correct, considerable 
allowance must be made for the difference in the value of the 
land traversed by the railways in the two countries, and, 
although the cost of floating railway companies in America 
is great—amounting in some instances to £2,000 to £3,000 
per mile—yet when you value the different conditions under 
which the work is carried out in the two countries, there is no 
doubt that railways can be and are made more economically in 
America than in England, and a perusal of an excellent paper 
written by Mr. Robert Gordon before the Institution of Civil 
Engineers will throw much additional information upon the 
subject. This paper is ‘On the Economical Construction and 
Operation of Railways in countries where small returns are ex- 
pected, as exemplified by America.” This subject, although of 
great interest to us as colonists, would occupy too much time to 
enter into on the present occasion, but I will briefly refer to 
one or two points mentioned in the above paper. 

The author attributes one of the great and essential features 
in the American as compared with English practice to the 
adoption of types capable of automatic reproduction in identical 
forms where practicable. In one case alone, the whole railway 
system of America will shortly be of one universal gauge of 


235 


4 feet 83 inches, and I think it worth while recording the fact 
that between May 31st and June 3rd of this year the gauge of 
11,500 miles of railway was changed to the standard with 
scarcely any impediment to trafic. 

Up to the present time the only standard article accepted is. 
the freight-car axle, and it is expected shortly that a standard 
size of wheel and shape of tyre will be agreed to. One 
important feature in the shape of the tyres likely to be intro- 
duced and adopted is that the portion under ordinary circum- 
stances in contact with the rail shall be cylindrical for a width 
of two inches, and the remainder coned as usual for use when 
running round curves. 

It is customary in the United States, where timber is com- 
paratively cheap and good ballast scarce, to use a larger number 
of sleepers per mile and a less quantity of ballast than usual ; 
but there is a decided determination among the leading 
American engineers not to use light rails either for narrow 
gauge or so-called light railways. Economy is to be sought for 
elsewhere than in either rolling-stock or permanent way. The 
principal economy is, therefore, to be found in the first cost of 
laying out and grading the line. It is interesting to note the 
results accruing from attempts to avoid heavy gradients by 
increasing the magnitude and cost of the earth and other works. 
Some of the Main Trunk Lines cross the ranges at very high 
levels, notably the Baltimore and Ohio line, which crosses the 
Appala chain range at an elevation of 2,706 feet by grades of 
1 in 45 eleven miles long on one side, and seventeen miles long 
on the other, with curves of 600 feet radius. 

The Pennsylvania Railway originally crossed the same range 
at an elevation of 2,160 feet with the gradients of 1 in 87 and 
1 in 49, but these grades have been much improved since that 
time. The Erie Railway was originally most carefully laid out 
to get over a summit of 1,374 feet, and heavy expenses, 
amounting to £44,000 per mile, were incurred in obtaining a 
maximum grade of 1 in 88. 

The New York Central has maximum grades of 1 in 56, with 
sharp curves; and its rival—the West Shore line — has 
a low summit level, with grades of 1 in 264 and 1 in 176, but 
the cost has been so great that it is feared the line will have to 
be absorbed by its rival, the New York Central. On all 
economical railways of the standard gauge moderately steep 
grades have been successfully adopted. The largest private 
company in the States, or in the world, is the Chicago, Mil- 
waukee, and St. Paul. It owns and operates 5,000 miles of 
line. 

The plan adopted in the United States is to locate the line 
carefully in the first instance, with the view to subsequent 


236 


improvements as traffic develops; and to this end the use of 
steep grades, the free use of curves and wooden structures are 
largely availed of—wood being used because it is plentiful, 
and is the cheapest and handiest material procurable. As the 
revenue of the country becomes larger and the business of the 
railway develops, the lines are improved, the grades lowered, 
the curves made larger, and permanent structures introduced. 
Whenever 40 per cent. of the gross earnings will pay the 
interest on the funded debt, the balance, after deducting 
operating expenses, is expended in making improvements. The 
rails are now all of steel—about 67 lbs. to the yard for trunk 
lines, 60 lbs. to the yard for minor lines; sleepers never less 
than 2,800 per mile. The average life of the timber bridges 
is nine to eleven years. 

Mr. Gordon, from whose paper I have quoted largely, winds 
up with the following observations :— 

I. There is no difference in the principles underlying the 
American practice in the location of light railways and that of 
the most expensive and perfect railways for heavy traffic, and 
that while the former is looked upon as an imperfect stage of 
development of the latter, due consideration is usually given 
and provision made for the growth and improvement of the 
line to a better condition as the traffic increases, with the least 
possible fundamental alteration in the line and its belongings. 
The highest engineering skill is as much, if not more, required 
im laying out a cheap and light as a heavy line. 

II. The latest and best American practice rejects the use of 
light rails and permanent way for an economical railway. It 
must be prepared for the ordinary passenger and freight cars 
of the country to pass over, the only difference being that hght 
loads would be carried on the lighter line at lower speeds. To 
fix these ideas without attaching precise value to figures, it 
might be expressed by saying that whilst 3,000 pounds per 
lineal foot of train appears to be the maximum load of a 
freight train on a heavy road at the present time, 2,000 
pounds per lineal foot is a limit for a light railway, and the 
bridge-work should be calculated for these loads. Steel rails 
not less than 55 pounds per yard, and sleepers not less than 
2,800 to the mile, with 15,000 super feet of bearing surface, 
should be used. 

IIT. Some advocate light engines and frequent trains; others 
prefer heavier engines and fewer trains, with greater loads. In 
the Far West, where only one or two trains run each way per 
diem, the heaviest engines are frequently used, with trains 
loaded to the utmost. 

IV. When no extra cost is incurred the same grades and 
curves that would be given to the best railway the country ad- 


237 


mits of should be used for the economical one. In the ordinary 
rough country the usual curvature is about 573 feet (or less 
than ten chains) radius, with gradients properly compensated— 
in fact, the practice was to use the best curves that the topo- 
graphical nature of the country allowed. To use the words of 
Mr. Wellington, an eminent American engineer :— 

‘Roughly speaking, and excluding curves in stations, one- 
half of American mileage might be said to be built to a radius 
of 1,900 to 1,430 feet; half the remainder to 955 feet; half 
the remainder to not over 573 feet, and only about one-eighth 
to sharper radii, the standard maximum being 359 feet radius, 
which brought the cost in the roughest country within reason- 
able limits, and enormously below what twice the radius ren- 
dered possible; whilst on the other hand using any sharper 
radii than that best adapted to the given topographical condi- 
tions rarely saved more than an inconsiderable percentage.” 

Terminal and station facilities should be of the cheapest des- 
cription, and level crossings should be used everywhere, and 
fencing dispensed with except in cattle-grazing districts. 

The question to be solved in America and in all new coun- 
tries is, ‘‘ Shall we construct a cheap railway or have none at 
all?” This was essentially the case in Queensland, and it prac- 
tically was the reason for the introduction into that country of 
3’ 6” or narrow gauge as it is termed. In America narrow 
gauge lines are not now built, and every year sees the change 
from the narrow to the standard gauge, 4’ 83”, which is now being 
carried out at a very heavy cost, but the break of gauge has be- 
come so troublesome that the various Companies are only too 
desirous to adopt the standard. The best American practice 
was not a wasteful employment of heavy grades for the sake of 
saving distance and eliminating curves, but it was to get aslow 
grades as possible for the longest portion of the distance, and 
to concentrate the heavy grades together and work them with 
extra engine power. 

One important element should not be forgotten when we 
speak of the cheap system of railway construction adopted in 
America, and that is the country is generally well supplied 
with timber and water, thereby materially cheapening the con- 
struction. 

ABT SYSTEM. 


During the past year a very satisfactory system has been in- 
vented by Mr. Abt, of Switzerland, for overcoming mountain 
inclines. This problem has taxed the brains of mary inventors, 
but the plan devised by Mr. Abt appears destined to supersede 
all others. He has abandoned the well-know rack rail with its 
two sides and rollers acting as teeth between them, and builds 
up a number of elementary racks, and places them side by side. 


238 


Each one of the elementary parts is nothing more than a rack 
in its simplest form, ora bar of iron or steel provided with 
teeth. Whatever may be the tractive power to be developed 
by the pinion working in the rack, by placing side by side the 
proper number of bars, each one is strained only to its chosen 
limit. The bars are connected by chairs and boits, by which 
they are secured to the road bed. The bars are laid with broken 
joints, so that the teeth of one bar are slightly in advance of 
those in another. The pinion is similarly constructed of dises, 
and are stepped to suit the teeth in the rack. The discs have 
elastic springs of rubber between them and the shaft to which 
they are fixed, thus admitting of adjustment to any imperfec- 
+ion in the accurate manufacture of the racks. This works so 
well that at a speed of sixteen miles an hour there is no noise or 
blow whatever. 

One characteristic feature in the system is the adaptation of 
the rack to the steepness of the gradient, the number or thick- 
ness of the elementary bars being chosen according to the 
traction required. Curves can also be easily traversed, which 
is not the case with the ordinary rack rail. This system has 
been most successfully used on the Hertz Railway, Prussia, and 
is being applied to the Héllenthal Railway, South Germany, 
and on the extensive slate quarries connected with the Bavarian 
State railways. 

SHIP RAILWAYS. 


An American engineer of some celebrity (Captain Eads) has 
conceived the idea of transporting ships overland by means of 
railways, and although considerable opposition has been offered 
to the scheme by engineers, it has been approved by Congress. 

It seems to me a very difficult problem to solve, bearing in 
mind the enormous weight of the vessels now built, including 
their machinery and cargo, and it is difficult to conceive how 
the very large number of wheels required to carry this load 
without straining the ship can be moved over rails unless they 
are laid on an unyielding foundation with mathematical accu- 
racy. The locomotive power to move such a mass would also 
be very great. 

- There is, however, a ship railway now under way from the 
Gulf of St. Lawrence to the bay of Fundy, and another is pro- 
jected across the Florida Peninsula. 


; PANAMA CANAL. 

Among the great works in progress may be mentioned the 
canal across the Isthmus of Panama. Grave doubts are ex- 
pressed by many eminent American engineers as to the pcssi- 
bility, or rather the probability, of the successful completion 
of this great undertaking. Great faith is placed by the 


239 


French people in M. Lesseps’ ability to carry out his scheme. 
In fact, his name exercises a spell over the majority of French- 
men, who are looking forward with implicit confidence to the 
time when this great highway shall be opened. 

It is more than 300 years ago since this project was first 
brought into notice by a Portuguese navigator (Antonio 
Galvao), and varying attempts have been made to carry out 
the undertaking. The great difficulty to be encountered will 
be in dealing with the valley of the Chagres River, which is 
known to be subjected to heavy and practically uncontrollable 
floods, which rise to a height of 40 feet in 24 hours. It is in- 
tended that this shall be a sea-level canal, but it is not impro- 
bable that if it is ever built at all it will be made with locks. 


BALTIC CANAL. 


Another scheme for a ship canal is that contemplated between 
the Baltic and North Seas, as well as the 


MANCHESTER SHIP CANAL, 


for which a charter has been obtained from the British Parlia- 
ment, but from the latest advices there appears to be some 
difficulty in floating the latter scheme, owing to the opposition 
of the Railway Companies interested. 


RECENT ATLANTIC STEAMERS. 


The transition from ship canals to steamships is an easy one, 
and as a mark of the recent progress made in marine engineer- 
ing as applied to transatlantic steamships I would refer briefly 
to the record of the steamship America, built for a British 
Company by Messrs. Thomson, the well-known Clydebank 
builders. This vessel is really an innovation in transatlantic 
voyaging, and was designed to steam through the water at the 
rate of 18 to 19 knots an hour continuously, and has proved 
equal to the tests imposed, not only in regard to her speed, 
but likewise in her consumption of fuel, as she burns only 180 
to 190 tons of coal per diem when steaming at the above 
speeds, whereas the usual consumption of similar steamers at 
a much reduced speed is from 300 to 350 tons of coals per diem. 
She is built on the principles laid down by the late Mr. Froude, 
viz., that a comparatively short and broad vessel with a fine 
entrance and run aft, carried on continuous curving lines, 
could be driven through the water ata higher velocity than a 
long and narrow vessel of the same capacity, but with fine 
entrance and parallel sides. 

The s.s. America is 459 feet long, 51 feet wide, and 384 feet 
deep amidships. Her tonnage is 8,830, and carrying capacity 
2,830 tons; her engines are 7,000 horse power, and at 66 revo- 
lutions give a speed in smooth water of 18 knots, and with 


240 


70 revolutions a speed of 19 knots, on a coal consumption of 
180 tons per day. She carries 670 cabin and 300 second-class 
passengers, whose quarters are abaft the engines, which have 
one high-pressure cylinder 63 inches diameter, and two low- 
pressure, each 91 inches diameter and 66 inches stroke. The 
steam enters the cylinder at 90 lbs. per square inch. The 
time occupied in steaming from Liverpool to New York has 
been reduced from about eight days six hours to six days twelve 
hours. 


ELECTRICITY. 


Electricity seems destined to work great wonders, and tends 
to develop, if not to solve, the great problem of transportation. 
It has already been successfully apphed to the working of 
tramways, and I do not think that the day is far distant when 
it will be employed in many instances to supersede steam in 
propelling steamships and drawing railway trains. Immense 
progress has been made during the past twelve months in 
developing the application of electricity to street-railway 
transit, especially on the Continent of Europe. It is only 
recently that the application of electric and magnetic currents 
has been extensively used in some of the larger cities, and the 
electric motor, as now perfected, certainly justifies the belief 
that it will be the motive power in the future. Professor 
Thompson has asserted as his opinion that electrical energy 
used for the transmission of power has a far greater future 
before it than its transformation into hight. Professor Ayrton 
also is contident of the future use of electricity as a motive 
power for our railways which will combine speed, economy, and 
safety, and entirely abolish smoke and other inconveniences. 
The ‘ Daft” motor, the Antwerp tramway tests, the Siemens 
and Holske electric locomotive, and several American machines 
of like nature show that the electric railway is gaining upon 
its rival the steam railway. 


ANTWERP. 


At Antwerp five motors were tested—three propelled by 
direct steam action, and two by direct stored-up force supplied 
by a fixed engine. After a trial of four months’ duration the 
first prize was awarded to the electrical motor driven by accu- 
mulators, which consisted of Faure batteries, from which the 
car was also lighted at night with incandescent lamps. The 
car weighed 5,654 lbs., the accumulators weighing 2,400 lbs. ; — 
the weight of the machinery, including the dynamo, was 1,232 
lbs., and carried about 34 passengers. 

Electricity has been also employed for colliery purposes—the 
locomotives carrying their own storage of current, consisting 
of a series of accumulators, whose weight was usefully em- 


241 


ployed in increasing the adhesion of the car-wheels to the 
rails. 
BESSBROOK, NEWRY. 


At the Bessbrook spinning works, Newry, Ireland, there is 
an electric tram running having a capacity for 34 passengers. 
The trams surmount grades of 1 in 85 at a speed of seven miles 
an hour easily. The motive power is supplied by a turbine 
wheel, the conductor being an inserted steel channel laid on 
insulators between the rails. 


SIEMENS AND HOLSKE. 


The Siemens and Holske electric railway from the Military 
Academy at Berlin to Potsdam, eight miles distant, is in suc- 
cessful operation on an ordinary railway, insulated wheel tyres 
being used to take off the current. 


BLACKPOOL. 


An electric tramway has been installed at Blackpool, Eng- 
land. The electrical portion of this line is placed beneath the 
surface of the street, and the rails are not used as in the previous 
ease at Berlin, but the conductor consists of two copper ellip- 
tical tubes having a wide slot for attachment to iron studs sup- 
ported upon porcelain insulators, fixed to creosoted blocks of 
wood. The tubes are attached to the studs by wooden wedge 
pins. This line is working very satisfactorily. 


ECONOMY OF ELECTRICITY AS A MOTIVE POWER. 


As an economical agent for propulsion it is claimed for elec- 
tricity that when used as a motor every pair of wheels can be 
utilised for pulling or retarding. That by a suitable propor- 
tion in the speed of the generator to that of the electro motors. 
70 per cent. of the effect given out by the generators can be 
utilised. 

It has also been demonstrated that a power equal to that 
developed by one horse can be obtained from an electro motor 
for every 50 lbs. dead weight of car. 

It is also claimed that when the rails are used as a medium 
through which the electric current passes there is no chance of 
accident from a broken rail, as the current would be either 
broken or so much attenuated as to cause a stoppage of the 
motor. Hach horsepower of effective energy developed by the 
stationary engine that supplies the power will produce in the 
electro motor an effective energy equal to one-half horse- 
power. 

The motion communicated to the electro motor being circular 
and not reciprocating as in an ordinary steam engine, it is 
claimed that all shocks and jars are avoided, and the mainte- 
nance of the motive machinery, permanent way, bridges, &c., 


R 


242 


are materially reduced, so that eventually greatly increased 
speed will be possible with complete safety. 


NORTH METROPOLITAN. 


A new electrical engine of the North Metropolitan Tramway 
Company, Stratford, England, solves the problem of economical 
working by combining electrical power with the aid of the me- 
chanical application of the lever. The engine consumes only 
two tons of coals per week, and will charge batteries sufficient 
to do the work of four cars, requiring 44 horses per week. 

A curious fact connected with the development of the electro 

motor occurred in Paris during the Exhibition in that city in 
1873, when one of the workmen engaged in fixing the dynamo by a 
mistake connected together the wires of the Gramme dynamos, 
with the result that the electricity from one dynamo caused the 
shaft of the other to revolve rapidly. This blunder gave to the 
world the principle of the power of reversing the dynamo, and 
formed the germ of the electrical railway. 


WORKING RAILWAYS BY AID OF ELECTRICITY. 


Without the aid of electricity the working of the railway 
system of the present day with safety would be almost if not 
quite impossible. 

BLOCK WORKING. 

By its means the block working of trains is carried on, and 
it is now almost impossible to have what are known as “rear 
collisions” on double lines where the system is in use. 


LOCKING SIGNALS BY ELECTRICITY. 


One system that came under my notice when travelling in 
England was the application of electricity to lock the starting 
signals from one station to another by making the train itself 
perform the duties necessary for completing the signals, and 
restoring the electrical current for setting a second signal. By 
this means a signalman cannot lower his train-starting signal 
to allow it to proceed to the next station until the signalman 
at the station in advance has in reply to an arranged bell code 
unlocked the signal lever. The electric lock having been taken 
off enables the signalman to lower the signal, and on putting 
it to danger again after the departure of the train to protect 
it he cannot lower it again for a second train to follow on the 
same ime until the lock is removed by the signalman at the 
station in advance, and he is unable to take off this lock until 
the first train has passed a certain point fixed by the railway 
authorities. When the train passes this point the apparatus in 
the signalman’s box in the rear is re-set by the action of the 
train itself, the weight of which deflects the rail and makes 
- contact whereby the apparatus is re-set for the next following 


243 


train. By this system the men at each end of a section cannot 
make a mistake, and the men themselves are controlled by the 
action of the train itself until it is clear of the section. 


TABLET SYSTEM. 


There is a very ingenious electrical apparatus used for 
working single lines of railway, which works most admirably. 
It consists of a box containing tablets, and is fixed at each end 
of a section of the railway—say at every station. It is necessary 
that the driver of the train should have one of these tablets 
given to him before he can leave the station at which he is 
standing. The tablet is given by the stationmaster to the 
euard, and by him to the engine-driver, so that both may know 
they have the necessary authority to start. But before the 
stationmaster can remove one of these tablets from the box 
containing them he must first communicate with the station in 
advance, when the stationmaster there, if the line is clear, re- 
leases one of the tablets by sending an electric current through 
for the purpose; and before another tablet can be taken from 
the box at either station for a train to proceed in either direc- 
tion the tablet in the possession of the engine-driver of the 
train occupying the section must be previously placed in the 
box at the station in advance on its arrival there, thereby ren- 
dering a mistake almost impossible. 


ELECTRIC LIGHTING. 


When in America I noticed with much interest the plan of 
electric lighting adopted in some of the cities. It consisted of 
mounting the light or lights upon a tall mast, or framework of 
iron. If it is required to light a square, it is accomplished by 
erecting a tall mast in the centre, and having a ring of are or 
other lamps fitted to it, and a very good and sufficient light is 
thereby obtained. If it is required to light the intersection of 
two thoroughfares, then a hight iron framework springing from 
each curb and uniting at the top where the lights are attached. 
This forms an excellent method of lighting. The London and 
South-Western Railway Company of England have adopted 
the high-mast system for lighting their goods-yard at Nine 
Elms, and it answers admirably, facilitating, as it does, the 
marshalling of trains, and preventing to a considerable extent 
the practice of thieving from the waggons and sheds. 

Time will not permit me to refer to many other subjects of 
great interest, such as the nature and use of 


| NATURAL GAS, 

as found in Pennsylvania. It is used for domestic as well as 
‘for manufacturing purposes, iron, steel, and glass factories 
using it instead of coal. It also, when imperfectly burned, 


244: 


deposits carbon of considerable density, and sufficiently good 
to be used for the purposes of the electric ight. It absorbs 
and carries off oil and grease when used under pressure, and 
is employed for cleansing delicate fabrics. It produces superior 
glass to that obtained by fusion with coals, and covered pots 
for this purpose are found to be unnecessary. 

Before concluding I would like to refer to the progress made 
an. 
MILITARY ENGINEERING WITH REGARD TO ARMOUR-PLATE AND 

WEAPONS. 

Great progress has been made during the past few years in 
this direction, and shields, cupolas, &c., are now made from 
chilled cast-iron as well as of steel. 


CHILLED CAST-IRON ARMOUR PLATE. 


The Gruson chilled cast-iron armour plate, which lately 
withstood most successfully three shots from the 16-inch 100- 
ton gun at Spezzia, has just successfully resisted a fourth shot, 
although it struck the plate at a point where it had been 
weakened by previous shots. This experiment has yielded the 
best results on record of any armour-plate up to the present 
time. 

The experiments made in the improvements in construction 
of torpedoes still continue, and the perfection to which these 
dangerous weapons are now brought is marvellous; they can 
be steered in any direction, and manceuvred with the greatest 
ease. Nitro-glycerine has also been successfully used in filling 
shells for destructive purposes ; but one of the most successful 
machines lately introduced has been the Maxim gun. 


MAXIM GUN. 


This gun is automatic, and is the invention of Mr. Hiram 
Maxim, of London, and it differs very materially in its action 
from the machine guns generally adopted. The first mechanical 
gun of any practical value was invented by an American, Dr. 
Gatling, in 1863, and they were used extensively during the 
American War in 1865. Subsequently another American—Mr. 
Hotchkiss—invented a machine gun, and took his invention 
to France, where these guns are extensively manufactured. 
The Nordenfelt and the Gardner guns followed in rotation. 
All these guns require manual labour in loading, firing, and 
discharging the empty shells. They also have magazines for 
the ammunition holding from a dozen to 100 cartridges. The 
workmanship in these guns, to be reliable, must be of the very 
best, and the great fault found with them in action is their 
liability to jam or hang fire. 

The Maxim gun, which I propose to shortly explain, is 


245 


entirely automatic, and the chief feature is that the recoil is 
used for loading and firing. The gun is about 4 feet 9 inches 
long, and stands on a tripod 3 feet 6 inches high. The cart- 
ridges are placed in a canvas belt made in two lengths, rivetted 
together at regular intervals so as to form loops, into which 
the cartridges are first inserted by hand. In order to keep up 
continuous firing a fresh belt is hooked on to the end of the 
one that is running, and no delay ensues. A water-jacket 
encircles the barrel, which prevents the excessive heating 
caused by the rapid discharge. To fire the gun all that is 
necessary is to turn a handle, which brings the first cartridge 
into the barrel. On pulling the trigger the first cartridge 
explodes and the empty shell is expelled from the breech, 
which instantly receives a fresh cartridge from the magazine, 
which is pressed firmly home by the breech-block closing and 
locking the breech completely during the explosion; and it 
cannot be unlocked again until the barrel, which participates 
in the recoil, has moved backwards about seven-sixteenths of 
an inch. By this time the shot is some distance out of the 
barrel, and the pressure of the gases is sufficiently reduced to 
render it safe to open the breech. The barrel stili recoils, and 
while it is stopping the breech-block, with its attachments, is 
sent further backwards, thereby removing the empty shell and 
cocking the hammer. ‘The return or forward travel of the 
block pushes another cartridge into the barrel, closes the 
breech, and pulls the trigger, and so on. On pulling the 
trigger by hand, the first shot is fired; the gun will then 
supply itself from the belt, and continue firing as long as 
there are any cartridges in the belt. For naval purposes larger 
guns are made, to take shells 1} inch diameter and 6 inches 
long, and will fire 150 shots a minute. A six-pounder, capable 
of piercing four inches of steel plate, will fire 50 shots a 
minute. 
HEAVY GUNS. 

Forging guns from steel is carried on on a large scale both in 
England and on the Continent. Herr Krupp, the owner of the 
extensive steel works at Essen, has just completed two giant 
guns intended for the defence of Pola, in the Adriatic Sea. 
The length of each cannon is 341 feet, the diameter at the 
bottom 475 feet, and at the mouth 2 feet. The transport of 
these guns from Essen to Pola will cost £300. They will be 
carried on sixteen-wheel trucks specially constructed, and 
weighing 39 tons, and having a carrying capacity of 75 tons. 

I fear I have trespassed too long upon your patience this 
evening, my difficulty being to know when to stop my address, 
having left untouched so many subjects of general interest. I 
hope, however, that during the coming session some of our 


246 


members will find leisure to give us papers on electricity, water 
supply, and water conservation, as applied to this colony in 
particular, the influence of tree-planting as regards rainfall 
and climate, sanitary engineering, the possibility of the apph- 
cation of irrigation in this colony with water obtained from 
artesian borings, &c., and other subjects of importance to us as 
colonists. 


PrwtsKEGH ES 


THE TREASURER IN 


ACCOUNT WITH THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 


Dr. 
October 1st, 1885. 
To Balance brought forward .. 
‘* Subscriptions— 
Royal Society a ee 
Field Naturalists’ Section 
Microscopical Section “a 


‘* Government Grant— 
1884-5 (second instalment) 
1885-6 ey es es 


‘* Interest—Savings Bank oe 


247 


Audited and found correct, 


£5 :Biad. 


LIONEL C. E. GEE, Auditor. 


October 5th, 1886. 


£ 
367 


8. d. 
Page), 


bo 


Cr. 
By Cost of Transactions— 
Printing and Binding = 
Illustrating .. 28 ee 
Publishing ve oe 
‘“ Salaries, &c.— 
Assistant Secretary oe 
Attendant .. ae we 
‘* Advertising .. a e 
711 ‘“ Printing, Postage, and Stationery 


lor) 


Library—Binding oe ve 
‘ Field Naturalists’ Section— 

Grant ae as oe 
Printing and Stationery .. 


- 


‘© Microscopical Section— 


Grant es oe as 

Advertising .. ac ac 
‘“* Balance— 

Bank of South Australia .. 

Savings Bank ao AC 


J 


WALTER RUTT, Treasurer. 


S 8; ds Co eee 

Gre O28" rete 

igatlo loo.70 

ee co? Oe 
=—— 101 =s 

we 21: OO 

be > 93 20 
—— 22 9 
oe Baek 
ee 19 4 
a prea 

«3 220° "0-0 

ee 5 1 6 
= 2p 

ee all. 20° 0 

ee 0 17 6 
ee Tiley: 

ov 128: Loe? 

var 2d: at 20 
er OOO 
£588 2 


8 
7 


248 


DONATIONS TO THE LIBRAR 


For the Year 1885-6. 


I.—TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS. 
Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments: 


Baltimore, U.S.A.—American Chemical Journal, vol. VI., No.5, 
6; vol. VIL. No. 1, 3, 4, 5. 

Johns Hopkins’ University Circulars, vol. 
IV., No. 36, 38, 40, 42; vol. V., No. 43, 
45. 

Johns Hopkins’ University Studies in His- 
torical and Political Science; Third 
Series, I, II., LIL, 1V., Vi Vij va 
TX: OX ee AEE 

—__—_—_——_——— Ninth Annual Report of the President of 

the Johns Hopkins’ University, 1884. 

—___——_—_—_——. Proceedings of the Trustees of the John F. 
Slater Fund for the Education of 
Freedmen, 1883, 1884. 

Memoirs of the National Academy of 
Sciences, vol. II1., part 1. | 

Batavia—Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indié, 

utgegeven door de Koninklijke Natuurkundige 
Vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indié, Deel XLV. ; 
Achtste Serie, Deel VI. 
Belfast—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural His- 
tory and Philosophical Society for 1884-5. 
Berlin—Sitzungberichte der kéniglich-Preussischen Akademie 
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin; Nos. 40 to 44, 
1884; 1885, 1 to 39, 40 to 52. 
Bombay—Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 
vol Ts ING: 2.3: 
Bonn—vVerhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der 
Preussischen Rheinlande und Westfalens; 1882 
(one part), 1883 (two parts), 1884 (two parts). 
Do., 1883 and 1884. 
Boston—Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural His- 
tory, vol. XXIII., part 1, 4. 


249 


Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, 
vol. III., No. XI. 

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and 
Sciences; New Series, vol. XII.; whole Series, 
vol. XX. 

Cambridge, U.S.A.—Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative 

Zoology at Harvard College, vol. XII., | 
Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5. 

—__—__——_-—— Twelfth Annual Report of the Curator of 
the Museum of Comparative Zoology 
at Harvard College, 1884-5. 

Bulletins, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 11. 

Canada—Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto ; 
Third Series, vol. III., No. 143. 

Summary Report of the Operations of the Geological 
and Natural History Survey of Canada, part 3. 

Cape Town—Transactions of the South African Philosophical 

Society, vol. III., part 2. 
Colorado, U.S.A.—Proceedings of the Colorado Scientific 
Society, vol. I., 1883-4. 
Dublin—Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, 
vol. III., series 2, parts 7 (duplicate), 8, 9, and 
LO: 
—-—— Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society, 
vol. IV., New Series, parts 7, 8,9; vol. V., parts 
1, 2. 
Edinburgh—Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, vol. 
VIIL., part 2. 
Gottingen—Nachrichter von der Konigl. Gesellschaft der 
Wissenschaften und der Georg. Augusts. Uni- 
versitat zu Gottingen, Aus dem Jahre, 1884; 
Nro. 1-13. 
Greensburg, Pa., U.S.A.—From Frank Cowan, “Australia: A 
Charcoal Sketch.” 
Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vandoise des Sciences 
Naturelles 2e S; vol. XXI., No. 92-98. 
Leicester—Provincial Medical Journal ; vol. V., No. 49, 55. 
London—Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society ; Series 
IL.,.vol.V..,. Parts:5, 6,5 and vol. VL, Parts, 1, 2, 
3, 4. 
Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 
for 1885. 
Mexico—Annario del Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de 
Tacubaya para el Ano de 1886. Formido bajo la 
Direction del Ingeniero Angel Anguiano. Ano 
VI. 

— Antropologia Mexicana. El Hombre del Pefon. 


ae 


a 


250 


Noticia Sobre el Hallazgo de un Hombre Prehis- 
torico en el Valle de México. From Mariano 
Barcena. 
Manchester—Report and Proceedings of the Manchester Field 
Naturalists’ and Archeologists’ Society for 
1885. 
— Journal of the Manchester Geographical Society, 
1885. - Vol. I., Nos. 1, 2, 3. 
Montreal—Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. 
Contributions to Canadian Paleontology. 
Volk E 
Munchen—Sitzungberichte der Mathematish-Phy sikalischen 
Classe der K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften 
zu Munchen. 1884, Heft 2, 3, 4; 1885, 
Heft 1, 2, 3. 
Abhandlungen der Mathematisch-physikalischen 
Classe der Koniglich-Bayerischen Akademie 
der Wissenschaften Fiinfzehten Bandes, Zweite 
abtheilung. In der Reihe denkschriften der 
. LII., Band. 1885. 

New South Wales—Australian Museum. Report of the 
Trustees for year 1884. 

Catalogue of the Echinodermata in the 
Australian Museum. By HE. P. Ram- 
say, F.R.S.E., &c. Presented by the 
Trustees. 

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of 
New South Wales. Vol. X., parts 
3. 4. 

Do., do., New Series. Vol. L., parts 1, 2. 

Descriptive Catalogue, with Notes, of the 
General Collection of Minerals in the 
Australian Museum. By Felix Ratte. 
Published by order of the Trustees. 

—__—————-_ Royal Society of New South Wales. Pre- 
sident’s Address, 5th May, 1886. By 
the author. 

—___——_————_ Royal Society of New South Wales. Re- 
sults of Rain and River Observations 
made in New South Wales during 
1885. By H. C. Russell, B.A., &. 

———_————_ Local Variations and Vibrations of the 
Earth’s Surface. By H. C. Russell, 
B.A., F.RB.A.S., &e. 

—_—_—————-_ Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean 
Society of New South Wales. 

——___-——_-_ Sydney University Calendar, 1886. 


251 


Australian Museum. Report of the 
Trustees for 1885. 
Annual Report of the Department of 
Mines for 1886. 
New York—Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 
vol. II., No. 8. 
Transactions of the New York Academy of 
Sciences, vol. III., 1883-4 and 1885-6. 
New Zealand (from Colonial Museum of New Zealand, James 
Hector, Director)—Handbook of New Zea- 
land; fourth edition. 
—_————— New Zealand Court, Indian and Colonial Exhi- 
bition, 1886. 
The Recent Volcanic Eruptions. 
Philadelphia, U.S.A.—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, part II., of 
1885. 
Queensland—Classified Index to the First Supplement to the 
Indigenous and Naturalised Plants of 
Queensland; F. Manson Bailey, F.L.S. 
—-— Queensland Woods: Catalogue of the Indigenous 
Woods contained in the Queensland Court, 
Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886; 
F. M. Bailey, F.LS. 
————— A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora, containing 
both the Phenogamous and Cryptogamous 
Plants; Fredk. Manson Bailey, F.GS., 
Colonial Botanist. 

Salem, Massachusetts—Bulletin of the Essex Institute, vol. 15, 

complete; vol. 16, complete. 

—____-—_——_—— Peabody Academy of Science. High- 

teenth Annual Report. 

South Australia— Report of the Geological Character of 
Barossa and Para Wirra. H. Y. L. 
Brown, F.G.S., &c., Government Geolo- 

ist. 

—_—————_—— Report on the Fusicladiums, &c., by Frazer 
S. Crawford. Presented by the Govern- 
ment of South Australia 

Tasmania—Papers ordered by the Legislature to be printed. 

— Royal Society of Tasmania. Abstract of Proceed- 

ings, July 18, 1886, August 10, 1886. 

Turin—Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia com- 

parata della R. Universita di Torino, vol. I., Nos. 1 
to 8. 
Victoria—Australasian Statistics for 1884, with Report. 
— Observations of the Southern Nebule made with 


252 


the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 
1885 ; part IT. 

Statistical Register of the Colony of Victoria for 
1884; parts V., VI, VII., VIII, IX. Index 
and Agricultural Statistics. 

Statistical Register of the Colony of Victoria for 
1885; part I., Blue Book ; II., Population; III., 


Finance. 

The Australasian Scientific Magazine, vol. 1., Nos. 
3, 4. 

Victorian Naturalist, vol. II., Nos. 8, 9, 10; vol. 
HT. Nos. 1s,2. 


Victorian Year-Book, 1884-5; by H. H. Hayter. 
Three copies. 
Seventh Annual Report of the Government Statist 
in connection with Friendly Societies, 1884. 
The Chemist and Druggist of Australasia, vol. I. 
No. 4 and No. 5. 
School of Mines, Ballarat. Annual Report for 
1885. 
Descriptive Notes on Papuan Plants; F. von 
Mueller; No. VIII. 
Select Extra-Tropical Plants, 1886 edition; F. von 
Mueller. Presented by Government of Vic- 
toria. 
Department of Mines, &c., Victoria. Reports of 
the Mining Registrars for Quarter ended March, 
1886. 
Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. Sixth Annual 
Report. 
Myoporinous Plants of Australia—II., Lithograms; 
F. von Mueller. 
‘Vienna—Kaiserlich Academie der Wissenschaften in Wien. 
Sitzung der Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen 
Classe; Nos. XIX. to XXIV., of 1885, 25 to 27 
index and title-page, 1886 ; No. 1—4, 5, 6, 7, Bye, 
11, 12, 13, 14, 18. 
— Annalen des K.K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums 
redigirt von Dr. Franz Ritter von Hauer, Jahres- 
bericht, fur 1885; Band I, No. 1. 
—— Mittheilungen des Ornithologischen Vereines in 
Wien; 9 Jahrgang, Nos. 20-32 ; 10 Jahr., No. 1. 
—— Verhandlun gen der Kaiserlich- Kéniglichen Zoolo gisch- 
botanischer Gesellschaft in Wien ; Jahrgang, "1884 
and 1885, Nos. 1 to 15 of 1885; "also 17, 18, and 
No. 1 of 1886. 
——— Personen-Ort-und, Sach-Register (1871-1880), der 
K.K. Zool.-botanischen, Geselischaft in Wien. 


253 


Washington—Monographs of the United States Geological 


ee 


Wirzburg—Sitzungberichte 


Survey, vols. VE, VIL; VIll., vols. TEL, Ev., 
V., and atlas to vol. III. 

National Academy of Sciences.—Proceedings, 
vol. I., part 2. 

National Academy of Science.—Report for 1883. 

Report for 1884. 

Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 
1881-2. 

Report of the International Polar Expedition to 
Point Barrow, Alaska. 

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the 
Smithsonian Institute for 1883. 

Annual Report of the Comptroller of the Cur- 
rency. H. M. Cannon. 

Fourth Annual Report of the United States. 
Geological Survey, 1882-3. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1883-4 
(U.S. Geological Survey). 

Bulletins of the United States Geological Survey ;. 
Nos. 2; '3;/40, 5,.6, 7578, 9, 10; 11, 12 Ta 44. 

Memoirs of the Washington Academy of Sciences,. 
vol. If. 

United States Geological Survey.—Contributions: 
to American Ethnology, vol. V. 

Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 
1880-81. 

der Physicalisch-Medicinischen 

Gesellschaft zu Wirzburg; Jahrgang, 1885. 


254 


LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c. 
NoveEMBER, 1886. 


‘Those marked (Fr) were present at the first meeting when the Society was 
founded. Those marked (t) are Life Fellows. Those marked with an 
asterisk have contributed papers. 


Date of 


HONORARY FELLOWS. Election. 
Barkley, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B. ie 55 oie LOSE 
Ellery, BR. L. J., F.R.S. 2. Melbourne ae .. 1876 

*Garran, A., LL. D. ae ~¢ Sydney <é ie Jo eas 

*Hull, H. M. Hobart é -. 1855 
Jervois, Sir W. F. De KC. M. G.., C2 B. New Zealand ‘ a STS 
Little, E. e sia ss 1858 
Macleay, Hon. W., FL. ac Sydney .. of wo “2a¥s 

*Mueller, Baron F, von, K. C.M. G., 

F.R.S. -- Melbourne ae os (L878 
Russell, H. C., B. me F.R. A. S. <- Sydney qc ss wee 
Warburton, Col. PB; E., C.M.G. -. Beaumont < -- 1858 

*Woods, Rev. J. E. T., F.L.S., F.G.S8. Sydney .. os or dea es 

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 
Bailey, F. M., F.L.S. =e .. Brisbane.. xs oo. JESE 
Canham, J. ate as ss Ptuart’s Crask ©. -- 1880 
Chandler, T. Se we - PORKE 0 es a oo) 28B8 

*Cloud; T.'C., F. C. Ss. ote -- Wallaroo aie ~<. ook 

*Hast, I: J. ae is oe Mallala/<< oe -- 1884 

*Foelsche, Pam iv. ~ -. Palmerston "f -- 1882 
Goldstein, J. R. Y. -- Melbourne oi o. 1880 

*Hayter, H. H., M.A., C. M. a. F.S.8. Melbourne ae o«. 1878 
Holtze, Maurice i os -. Palmerston os wie ESO 

*Kempe, Rev. J. .. “ “. Hinks “2 ye ox t588 
Nicholay, Rey. C. G. ae .. Fremantle, W.A... -.- 1886 

*Richards, Mrs. A. a -- Port Augusta -. 1880 

*Scoular, Gavin .. se -. Smithfield o. 187s 

*Stirling, James, F.L.S. so, “OMeO: 5. a Pe 

FELLOWS. 

*Adamson, D. 5B. .. et -. Adelaide... : ao abe 
Adcock, D. J... id .. Adelaide.. ae o<| JSBT 
Angas, J. H. te ete .. Angaston 38 -- 1874 
Black, A. B. ake ae .. Adelaide.. oe os, L882 
Boettger, Otto .. ter .. Adelaide... of -. 1884 
Bragg, Prof. 2 on .. Adelaide.. aie «30 ee 
Brown, J. E., F.L. ‘Ss. ai -. Adelaide... a -- 1882 
Brown, L. G. e -» Two Wells és ou eae 
Browne, H. Y. a RB, Giese -. Adelaide.. ote -- 1883 
Bruer, J. 3 oie -. Adelaide.. oie eo 1883 
Brunskill, Geo. .. = -» Morgan .: Sie os L878 
Burchell, F. N.* .. oie .. Adelaide... os os OSE 
Bussell, J. W. .- oie .. Adelaide.. : os SBE 


—- ~~ 


255 


*Campbell, Hon. Allan, M.L.C., 
L.R.C.P. Edin. Adelaide .. are sive? OO? 
*Chalwin, Thos., M.R.C.V.S. Kng. Adelaide. er LST 
Chapple, F., B. Ne Bots a< Prince Alfred College se LBV 
*Cleland, W. i MB. ,Ch.M., F.R.M. 8. Parkside. ca -. 1879 
*(t)Cooke, K. os -. Adelaide.. «ABTS 
*Cooke, W. Ernest, B. 1 .. Adelaide.. B . 1885 
Cox, W. C. ar ava .-. Semaphore 5 - 1880 
Cornish, 1 eS 2 ee sie Adelaide.. : sa, td 883 
*Crawiord,F. 8. .. . Adelaide. : -. 1865 
*Davenport, Sir Samuel -. Adelaide... a o« 1856 
Davies, Edward .. ae Adelaide .. 3 ie ese 
Davis, F. W. .-. Adelaide... - -. 1882 
Dixon, Samuel .. se -- Adelaide. oe 1887 
Dobbie, A. W. és -. Adelaide.. ove, 4 LO FG 
Elder, Sir Thomas $e .. Adelaide.. ; aoe sg E 
Fleming, David . . -. North Adelaide .. 1886 
*Fletcher, Rev. W. ie M. A. Kent Town 3 oo LOFG 
Foote, H. £ ‘ Outalpa .. Pew sisRs 
Fowler, W. we  Kulpara:.. ‘i se EOBZ 
Gall, David a . -» North Adelaide ‘é es 1865 
Gardner, Wm., M.D., C. M. .. Adelaide.. , -. 1882 
Gee, Lionel Oi. 5 .. Adelaide... ae -. 1882 
Gill, George es .. Adelaide.. — -. 1884 
Gill, H.. P. Adelaide.. rs ae? “1883 
Gill, Thomas... Adelaide.. we Oe (Si5155 
Gosse, John, M.R.C.S. Wallaroo ne e. L884 
*Goyder, Geo., jun. os -. Adelaide.. ar -- 1880 
Grundy, HB. .. os .. Adelaide.. Be «- 1882 
*Haacke, Wm., Ph.D. e. Adelaide.. ae s- 1882 
*Harne.C. AH.  <. a .. Adelaide... oe s+ L883 
Harris, T. W.- -.. ote .. Adelaide.. oe Fs.» LOS2 
Harrold, A. L. ‘ .. Adelaide.. ia ss) LO%6 
*Haslam, John .. es .. Adelaide... as sie. lias 
Hay, Hon. A..M.L.C.  .. «« Adelaide. oe ~» A861 
Henry, A., M.D... a -. Adelaide.. ae -- 1882 
Hopkins, Rev. W. -- Adelaide.. ore - 1880 
*Howchin, W., F.G.S. -- Goodwood Hast .. 1883 
Hughes, H.W. .. -- Booyoolie re 1883 
*Hullett, J. W. H. si ..- Port Augusta oe 1876 
Johnson, J. A. .. Pe .. Adelaide.. ihfinchs 1875 
*Jones, W. E. sé io) SaCKslde ce ats -« 1885 
*(F) Kay, R. 3 aie -. Adelaide.. A « e853 
Kelly, Rev. Robert oe -- Mount Barker... 1884 
Knevett, S. .. Adelaide.. rs 1878 
*Lamb, Prof., M. A. FB R. a s.  Hneland::.. oy 1883 
*Laughton, 1 ae a -. Adelaide.. Ne 1874. 
Lendon, A. A., M.D. . Adelaide.. ye are) PALO 
*Lloyd, J.S. — : ae . Adelaide.. te nics PEOOO 
*Lucas, R. B. Ss sie . Adelaide. : <eahees 
Magarey, A. T. .. : .. North Adelaide : BR ALS: 
*Magarey, S. J., M.B. oe .. Adelaide. ee os AST 
Mais, H. C., M.LG.E. ~~ .. Adelaide .. ae ate 1883 
*Mayo, Geo., F.R.C.S. .. Adelaide.. 1853 
Mayo, G. es ‘ -- Adelaide.. 1874 
Mestayer, R. L., F.R.M.S. .. Adelaide... 1883 
*Meyrick, E. B. ‘AL Po, ws sydney .. 1881 
Middleton, W. J. E. ee -. Kangarilla aS 1882 


256 


Mitchell, J. T., M.D. ake is 
Molineux, A. ; 
(t) Murray, Hon. David, MHCs> A. 
Munton, H. 8. 
Nesbitt, W. Peel, M. DB; 
Neale, W. s Aa ae 
O’Leary, M. P., M.R.C.S. . 
Parker, Thomas, C.E. 
Phillips, W. B. .. 
Pickels, W. E., F.R.M.S. 
Poole, W. B. . 
Poulton, B., M. D. 
Rigaud, R. ip 
Reed, T. S. 
Robertson, eae ae F. PS: 
*Rennie, Prof., D. Se., F.C. 
Renner, F. E., M.D. 
Russell, William. 2 
*Ruitt, Walter, C.E. 
Salom, Hon. M., M.L.C. 
*Schomburgk, R., Ph.D. 


4 e e e S wm: 


Scott, Jas. L. .. Ale: 
*Smeaton, Thos. D. me 

Smith, E. Mitchell 

Smith, R. Barr .. ae 

Smyth,C.B.  .. Be 

Smyth, J. T., B.A., B.E. .. 
*Stirling, E. C., M.D., F.R.C.S., M.P 

Stuckey, J. J., M.A. : 3 
*Tate, Prof. R., F.G. ae 
*Thomas, J. Die Mi. Ay 


8 
*Tepper, aie wot. 06. ae 
*Todd, Charles, C.M.G., 
Tyas, J. W. a 
Umbehaum, C. .. 
“Varley, A. K.**. «. : 
Vaughan, A. P., M.B. “ 


° eeee@ ° e ° e e e 


Port Adelaide : 
Kent Town 
Adelaide... J 
Adelaide.. ps 
England.. 4 
Adelaide.. j 
Port Victor ae 
Port Adelaide nee 
Adelaide.. Me 
Adelaide .. oe 
Adelaide.. en 
Adelaide... 
Adelaide .. 
Adelaide... se 
Adelaide.. J 
Adelaide.. 
Carrieton 

Port Adelaide 
Adelaide.. us 
Adelaide .. we 
Adelaide .. cS 
Hyde Park ae 
Mount Barker ae 
Adelaide. aye 
Adelaide.. ss 
Adelaide.. we 
Norwood.. =“ 
Adelaide. 
Adelaide. 
Adelaide... a 
Adelaide.. ite 
Norwood.. - 
Adelaide.. = 
Adelaide.. ae 
Adelaide. at 
Mount Gambier ste 
North Adelaide 


*Verco, J. C., M.D. oe -. Adelaide.. ee 
Vickery, G. 44 oe -- Meadows ie 
Ware, W. L. 2 4x ~- Adelaide.. 
Wainwright, E. Hx B.S0:.. .. St. Peter’s College 
Watson, Rev. J ohn ate «- Parkside .. ae 
Way, E. W., M.B. 0 .. Adelaide... se 
Way, 8. J., Chief Justice .. .. Adelalde.. a6 
Wheeler, F, ste ae -. Adelaide.. a 
White, R. A. os ae -. Adelaide.. aa 
Whiting, J.B. .. 4c -- Adelaide... «rs 
Whittell, H., M.D., F.R.M.S. .. Adelaide.. ws 
Wilson, John, ps Od = ae -- Goodwood sis 

*Wragee, CG. i (FE RG... .. Brisbane.. oe 
Young, Wm., M. ae .. Hindmarsh Pa 
Zietz, A. we 5 .. Adelaide... a 

ASSOCIATES. 
Burchell, D. ae A .. Adelaide... oie 
Hodgson, Mrs. .. as Port Victor oe 


1885 
1880 
1859 
1884 


1880 


1884. 
1884 
1883 
1883 
1883 


1886: . 


1883 
1882 


1885. 
1882 
1885. 
1885: 
1879 


1866 


1866: 
1865- 
1886. 


1857 


1883. 


1871 
1884 
1882 
1881 


1878. 


1876 
1877 


1878. 


1356 
1882 


1879’ 


1883 


1886- 
1878. 


1868 


1878: 


1883 
1884 


1879: 


1859 


1884. 
1882" 
1882: 
1882" 
1886: 
1877 
1880° 
1886- 


1883 


1884. 


Ss “120° WHdVH WD 


PLATE lI. 


“ ~ 


7 ae Se AP Aah ‘ 
werk #9 ate pian 


x) 1+ 


PLY 


a ne Ye diye beer 


SR eR Be PAE RRA IY 


coe diet 
{isa aHERTS 


Meo 


barrnsine die 


hes 


Ou 


WJCHELEY. CEL. 


5 fice pweys 
4d R )| og sound rae 


GHAa AAV, "of 


(4720N) 
GaAD GAVT 


a doshas Popo] PAdjMOL) § 22044 “IQIYTIAV'ID1340 STVYINIO YOARZANNS 


6 uoode 


0b og 02 ol 0 S 01S37KW 
—aVOs'—= 


i Saw 02 


99952" AIUD A TP 
= fuppuosay 


aUuoyspuny 94asaqy 


fhsvysay, anan 


"SONSYS434 


—— 


% Soe i 


a ( / 


Vi ‘. 
_— Kt 
(PUUDIDALUM DLL GTP TY! 


| 


‘NISVa SYAR 3YV1 JO dVW HOLSNS TVOID01039 


"8 ALVId 


Piy. 


eR ATE OE Ny ee A UN 


end 


cena sae ener Rees Cee REE SS Cae ND EE FO ES AAT SOTO TPES PORTE LTS TEA SO tS SRT SEY ARPS 


; 
teen re emer ne eee nee ne en OE ES RE LY EN Et ES TTT RS LL TAT 


| 


WJ.CHIRLEY DEL 


{ 
oe hai 


aed as Br etait 


A | 


PELTON 0 BL as aT LISI NLS SINT TNT AAR RMR ENED AN LRG, HT YB AAT ONS SBR Ay SO VNTR INT CLR BO EAT: ED SRN 


OSS ET IP ANAL hOB HR 


Wa CHIDLEY. DEL 


aCe, 


oY 


RS Se se on ee SE Se Nes ore ow 


eS | 


t; 
eA) 
- v — ee 
a os ee = = » = 
sabre yee sae : oe SS rte eet Pe ee 
e < Elf WOE remteeis a inweceisiee PY ewan mn At) cocci Smt Wise wom ==) as werner enema ee : 
, -. bd bode! ed = ro sx 5 eee ame 
- eam | ‘ SY | ee. a eee Beas 
epee mF » yg ee = Se oe 
na x = 
‘ Pas 
%y ‘< 


25252 525232225: 


— eins # ‘ ‘ 
aes mS ae OR, 


fese 


TOOT 


Mec ra 
TT acco | 
Loledo 


Kenna 
 ermnan| 
Varsaw 

id 


fo 
ne 


DIAGRAM 
SHowinc Comparative LeNcTHS OF FEET OF 


VARIOUS COUNTRIES 


Plate VII. 


—— ORDINARY BED STANDARD. 


=] 


fest. feest. 
Dteel Bedurth Bronze Bar MECEtOTL 
Sete banal Ft: 3¢7:=t Fee 


& 4 
{3h a Sea 2 A 


NS: lo BC compared 


Brass Bar sin. square and Brass Ped | 
Scale bin:= “Aft: 


wo, is 
xe ieee Nhasurcment ryerred CRY eechbrergr Seale. >! & 
ES: eS) Ry) IG (72.00. Short e Oe lard. y ¥ < 
SVs BS, 


Tivo Phruss [rears iy 5yuave | 
Cale p11. Ce 


S.- A) 

as. i= _Slandard to Le Cermuared. v's 
RN ; ; aS roe ce RN 
8h The he /ine Zirtes st Is 2 See SQ 


ees Sy Ss 
peepee Soe eee NQ2. 


RBI. deit Tivo Brass Bars 3 + ogure . 
Scale fia: = Lye 


™ 


t 


er sig 


ia 


aa ae ee 


Plate IX. 


MICROSCOPIC COMPARING APPARATUS. 
Ves. ACL - ye VU, 


a, te 
n 


s81atE Shelr. 


FRONT ELEVATION 
Petle. Zjamn 


bi see _ Fea ra 
Was) 5 | 


Qu | f 


ELEVATION. ( Onec qaurler fallsize / PLAN. 
CONTACT APPARATUS,——— 


it et ogee GO 


CONTACT PIECES FOR SPHERICALENDS. 


| YO ~\ Gold Stad 
Og fu ( -} enlarged. 


Contact Pieces For Square ENDS. 


RB.L.delt 


Plate X. 


-—- SAIVINOD 


“Wve awao “SNOISIAIGQGNS BULIW F QUVA HLIM UVA BAZNOUA 40 AIAUNS YUaddN JO GNA QANVH LHI 


NOL193S ASUBASNVEL 


sul bahabina baa dbs hs 


“Ve 8¢ Ge Qt “le St Gt 


"S'S GUVONVLS NVIOQVNVD SHI 


BYOT, CE 7M FPALIWI 


“1981 " NOGNOTDT ‘“SWWis % NOLHONOYUL 


SHLYOMLIKHM —— 


RB.L.del* 


Minor : jaa 


Plate Xl. 


— 5 STANDARDano OTHER POUND WEICHTS. — 


eT Re 


MATERIALS .. 
Yo FULL Size. 


\ ORDINARY itRON 
\ TRADESMANS WEIGHT 
- AD Aaa 
ee > 
——— 


IMPERIAL STANDARD OFFICIAL STANDARD VAT 
PLATINUM PouND. Gitt GUN METAL Pound / wi? 'Ay : 


— oF VARIOUS 


SCALE. TO, 
ae N°3I 


ORDINARY EARTHENWARE 


Quartz PounoWEIGRT. 
TRADESMANS WEIGHT. 


RBL.delt Il} A % 


rt —— VACUUM BALANCE. 


[ dete form Akernery / 


Plate XI. 


SECTION OF 
1M PERIAL STANDARD BUSHEL. 
With late TL LNC-1 ldyestér. 


q} 
74h”, oe 
: IK 
l 
i 
Abs 
| 
! 
Hy i 
l 
a 1B eae | : 
CUBIC FooT 
| f 
{ 
9 , : 
y S kh 7 N wi wv 
~~ aS Sak g of a 
N RS Npelp ds 42 Sa 
Y ~ al & es $3 


Sees Peres ay AER. eer 


IN 
‘ 


RBLdelt ~ 
M.RECNALTS HRYCGROMETER. STANDARD CUBIC FOOT 


On thilhe val. BOTTLE. 


Plate XIll. 


(daze ina 31VH ) 


—— dINUNEG ONVOUY — 
——-— oe a ee 
vo 3 TaNNV — QUVANVIS NOGNOF— 


—— UANUNG AGUVONWLS 


| “Ayvanyis — ( azve Vind) 
4 — W3aM0Gg— y B == 
A == 
SNILYNIWATTI Y g —— 
ee Slee aes Zuae —— 
SN3AH LAW AeA 
1 BA 


e 
a 


—— gayalawoLond "Nado" wO-—— 
N3SNNG@ AGaAwHita3a 


2, 
3 
= 
ie 
fa 


PLAY 


= 


e 


4 A Methane oP . 


ray 


PL XVvil 


eee 


L 


WICHIDLEY DEL. 


ene 


bt 


PCHEey Del 21. Seager eT 


‘ 


Sw OCP 


Aven aes a ; 
Ris Bra OE in 
PE PEITRRN i Ca 


WJ CHIDLEY. DEL 


SSS 


yee na geese aera 


RESEND FEZEai'Ezr gE EE 


mame lag a ie eFee  eezeec's =e ~ 


| far 
SES DS Gee Ge See Sa ee Go 
CESS ST (ee a a ee 


e 
HT 
TTT 
i 


Hi 
LN 


I 
HTT 


IN 
I 


| i 


il 
LT 
Ue 
fa 
| 
tit 
UE UEGUSEATISGSUERIETAS 


tH 


TT 
E vn 
Ba 
til 
I 
nat 
I 


ae S22 25sS=== — aes == ae = == SSS eS 
Seece === SSseee sel = == Se2eesceS: 


=aene aes Btecee= == See 


—o Sr = es 


o PlateXXT. 
thy ord a By Mere rw f fi oy rdf, Aih, | At 


SS ea ae sc Eee 
-—-—f FF Sa ei 


Och Wey 
Porreers guages eosin azzas BEE rrr EET oe 


S5e=tr= FESS===2 


SEPEESes sae 
3 ZSaa: 


HLL 


it 
inl 
i 


rer dst 


4 
¥ 


23 
e- 
wy 
+. 


0 Sozaee2as==5= 


A 
Sa 
= 
ios 
= 

pal 

I 
a] 


HHH 
oe 


: PlateXXTV. 
7 ofan AD 7 Hurfsd G4 f Toit folk s7 cou, 19 


EE OEE LESSE2 GEEEE: (2U0E2 REE EEDERD GEER: RE BUEE BEEZ DEE CETTE EE 
Sees oeaes sana sa sessae ese aessoeese eee! eize222e275==22225 EEzseee enSeeeees 


CU a ee) ISD BS RAZA noise = rime aS zeey 1: Ne | Hy pr SS =o Pra FEE] 
Ser “Sey ay mee ee a EE ES SND ST RT ON © RD Ce Se ey Sod a) as en c= a ee ee eee eae [—t—Fy i eS =o ee. 
On et toe fe ae aoeE CS Ce oo 0 on es ae ED) es 7 yj fF ff ft an | eis eS SSeses t—} H 
Ey Ce a Se a a Be ES ee St be I ES aS GO CS a a ee Soe oe ea 
— Soe = See Sa 2 Se 5 = 1 Or oN BO ES 25 H 
H+ ee ee eee sas RS SeSeSsesai SS 
H Ca oe Ss Se ee me et Se) CS OS OR ET ET i= =a 
))---—+~. SS Se I Ss eo eee 1) a 
|—_+ Te3 — | a = = | sn ee — a aes = == 
}— 1 i os a a a a A Sa et A Ri A a en ae os 
F—f—+- See ee ee ee ee a pt 
s=— Se es Oe ee SSSSse ee ee ee t—+t+--+ 4 
S25 SE Baa: 
tas) [-+—L -— ise 
J at 
+ —|}—, TS SS Se ee aise las t+ 
—)— Te ES ed Be eo jd} al Ee ee ae ee ins HD year ees GS: 
| ++ oe oe ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ol ei = 
——7 ae ES Geeon fan t— on = 
BSS See SSS aaa SSS SSSeae oy t+ = == a 
BSS), Fa Se fA = 22.0 ee SS TS Pt ero eo J i a. — oa t+—+—} + 
1+ ee ee eS ee a SSSSSSS5 Jl eS eR eS Sw ty POA ea soa ates sre Sie same = = os 
TD BS SS SC SO TS a CR TW GS EL eS a CS +—] Ga 
{—\ {ee ER ES CE PSE A CN MS GE SS C= 1S nS ERO ER COC) Go LE CoS Ce OE A Te SS en —t—t— 
a SS SS SS SS Sa eet tt a tt Bie RII Res Se = SS ae Stet 
|--41—-4 ¥—}—}—_f| 1} 4} 4) i} 2 ee ae es SE ee a 9 SRD RSET |S Sa Ce TS ee Ce t+ - ———— ==== = === a —7—s (amen town fas roe a 
tr = + TS ee en een eee eer et — es — el Sa es ee ee en SSS a ee Ty ee rt = vm —j = esas a 
t-te = 0 $=SSS5 S25 S25 a= SSS Sees SSS eS See ee See = a —= SS 
—}— Taso Ge Pe eR ES = Fa Ta aS GS GES GES! Ce A een ee SS ee eee ee wea SE) as Roe ees 
a ee ee eG Ss es ss ses es sols ms es Ws es oe SS See Seeeeee SSSSssseesaee 
Eee Se ee ee ee ee (See Geel (SC Ge Ee ES ee === eee === ean = erected 
=S=s=". 2 ee ee eS ae a Se SS oe === 


os 
SSS ad 


MEP et 


ei? wees’, 


2 


do 
= 
ao] 
So 
aS 
2S 
i) 
a 
9 
= 
| 
= 
& 
S 
= 
= 
5. 
S 
™ 
2 
_ 
Se) 
~~ 
a 
— 


a | 
\, 
KS 
au 
S 
ww 
~~ 
—_ 
— 
“ts 
i 
S 
S 
tS. 
bh 
“os 
x 
a 
S 
NS: 
a 
Ss 
% 
Sc 
; 
Sy ia 


mA) 


—s | 


aaa 
HH 

y| 
1 

‘+ 


m7 fa = ‘ = 
OE te i = - a 
_ i -| c 
ve 1 = : 
: 2 

— = 7 — i M1 

sy) ~ c 

7 

7 4 Rs 

*| + = : 

= : a | f=: 


ee 


yaaa 
BtAd ae 
oli 


fy 
re 


ae 
ee A 
fe a q 


on a 
ok 
i 


‘J ane ks 


7 i 
te aa a 


haa ar 


ia et 
ar 


Pas 


Bor oe 


waka 


i. > a Rr 


aN 1 


eels 


a a . 


rn i 
Pie, ae 


mid pe 
i a. 
iy ay 
ey ve 


an 


es 


7 wae 
eis, ) 
Py Aiay> es 


oy jig Ph al ) rn = en) wh Ue ; 
ie bestia | re ai! rg 


Sa Ms 
ay 


wy ust 


at’ tg 

ha ye wa 
bia, 
wis a 


Bata oe 
ae - ye 
a 
vi 


4 mae 


ye : ad 


rae 


ct eae aaa 
er ee eh eel 


fi ite 


al o 


is 


ea Lo 
NUT ne, oy 
rake ae Die 7 
Aa are es i 
Obs yt 
ne Ve 


ne cane r 


cee om rv 


ee 


mae ee 


ae i: sae 
Bory aa 
a | 4 i 
oe 
“a i au, 
: <i ~ se aan 


ae 


ana 


: . oy 
7 1 ee Ves 
. pi ‘ ' 


di vee 
ih we 
? 


es ities Voto oe vine ya 
aa a at : be 
ape oe nace ah 
pe \ a ar we 4 
Ques a 
an ; 


he 0 A oe ny, 
es 
ae rae eae 


ei eo 


¥ , 
yg ae ‘es 
e , . - 
of en wy ; 
ae as 


wer Lure nm 


ae me 
oth S “ on | roy ¢ 
ai, 


‘ae 
rig ‘i ee a 


hema ye ae 
Ce, ah 
ve ‘as 


Bey? 
Wee mete Lak 
, ite ae et od 

ihe ae ms bk w 
Seite ie 
ae, 


Lan a Phe 
u™ ‘aoe rend 
ii ho Cie 


te Paes) 


Ba a 
ee a 


ai 


Wh 7 
Larne Pep: w J Nal) 7 
OA A X J oe elnae dy - a rae - ’ 

Fie a. Papert! 
Me e 


lek Fi 
7 “‘) 
hia ' Dr ae Oat hi, 


ha 
va re 


‘ 7 ee 


“{ pa 
0 : ne 


ve 
fe oa a - 
7 a 


Py *~ 
nie sig: 2 “o ; 
as et 


“f , 
ae "a en 


, ae 
es. ne 


eu 


7 racist) 


uy. aes 


a i 
a 


2 


+H a . 


a 


ar 
q, 


Y 


has > 
\ aU i Wales > 
f . Pa ¢ 
a wer 5 
ox F 
i 
‘ = 
‘ 
. 
‘ 
. 
7 = 
‘ 
. 
. 
~ 
‘ 
~ 
. 
” 
a 


Ve : 
ENA 

ON 
cehvepls 
‘48 


t 
‘ 


ave 


GH